5E3 


A   REVIEW 


OF   THE 


NON-MARINE  FOSSIL  MOLLUSCA 


NORTH 


BY 


0.  A.[WHl£E,  M.  D. 

Matthew  Library 


403 


LETTER  OF  TKAXSMITTAL. 


SIR:  In  accordance  with  your  request  that  I  should  prepare  an  arti- 
cle for  your  annual  report  upon  a  subject  which  has  for  some  years  been 
engaging  my  attention,  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  the  follow- 
ing, which  I  have  entitled  UA  Keview  of  the  Non-Marine  Fossil  Mol- 
lusca  of  North  America." 

In  the  preparation  of  this  article  I  have  endeavored  as  fully  as  prac- 
ticable to  follow  your  suggestion,  that  it  should  be  as  free  from  techni- 
cal forms  and  methods  as  the  nature  of  the  subject  will  allow.  I  have 
therefore  endeavored  to  address  the  general  reader  rather  than  the  spe- 
cial investigator,*  but  I  have  given  copious  references  in  the  form  of 
foot-notes,  so  that  those  who  wish  to  pursue  the  subject  further  may 
readily  refer  to  nearly  all  that  has  Been  published  upon  it  in  America. 

Your  recognition  of  the  fact  that  there  is  a  natural  and  growing 
desire  on  the  part  of  intelligent  readers  to  know  something  of  the  geo- 
logical history  of  the  predecessors  of  the  animals  with  which  they  are 
more  or  less  familiar,  or  which  are  frequently  referred  to  in  the  books 
they  read,  would  be  expected  by  those  who  are  familiar  with  the  graphic 
style  of  your  own  writings;  and  your  wish  to  gratify  that  desire  is  too 
obviously  correct  to  make  any  explanation  or  apology  proper  on  the 
part  of  a  specialist  who  may  be  called  upon  to  communicate  with  the 
public  in  the  form  proposed  by  you. 

In  the  selection  of  a  subject,  I  have  chosen  one  which,  although 
primarily  based  upon  molluscan  species  which  are  all  extinct,  embraces 
the  consideration  of,  or  reference  to,  living  forms,  congeners  of  those 
which  have  ceased  to  exist,  that  are  scattered  over  all  parts  of  the 
country.  It  is,  therefore,  a  subject  which  a  far  greater  number  of  per- 
sons will  find  of  ready  application  within  their  every  day  experience 
than  many  others  which  the  wide  range  of  paleontology  might  furnish*. 
In  illustrating  this  subject  on  the  accompanying  plates,  I  have  in  each 
case  selected  such  figures  (which  are  in  part  copies  of  illustrations 
already  published  by  various  authors,  but  largely  newly  drawn  from  the 
type-specimens  of  the  various  species)  as  would  exhibit  the  form,  and 
such  features  of  the  objects,  respectively,  as  strike  the  eye  of  the  ordinary 
observer,  omitting,  in  many  cases  at  least,  those  details  of  structure 
which  more  especially  engage  the  attention  of  the  special  investigator. 

405 


406  LETTER    OF   TEANSMITTAL. 

While  the  material  upon  which  the  present  statements  and  discus- 
sions are  based  is  in  many  respects  very  incomplete,  it  is  nevertheless 
extremely  suggestive  and  instructive,  and  a  knowledge  of  it  is  sure  to 
awaken  a  strong  interest  in  future  labors  in  the  same  field  that  has  been 
fruitful  of  these  results. 

A  majority  of  the  illustrations  accompanying  this  article  have  been 
drawn  directly  from  specimens  in  the  United  States  National  Museum, 
permission  having  been  kindly  given  to  do  so  by  Professor  Spencer  F. 
Baird,  the  Director  of  the  museum.  A  large  part  of  the  specimens  thus 
used  are  the  original  types  of  the  species  which  are  illustrated. 
.  The  drawings  have  been  made  with  pen  and  ink  by  Dr.  J.  C.  McCon- 
nell,  of  Washington,  and  they  have  been  reproduced  by  the  photo- 
engraving process. 

Yery  respectfully, 

0.  A.  WHITE. 
Hon.  JOHN  W.  POWELL, 

Director  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Letter  of  transmittal 405 

Introductory  remarks 411 

Annotated  and  illustrated  catalogue 420 

Conchifera 420 

OstreidtB 420 

Anomiidaa 421 

Mytilidae 423 

Unionidse 424 

Cyrenidae 435 

PisidiidsB 440 

Corbulidae 441 

Gasteropoda ~. 443 

Auriculidae 443 

Limnaeidse 444 

Physidse 449 

Ancylidae 451 

Vitrinidae .'. 452 

Arionidse ? 452 

HelicidsB 453 

Pupidse 455 

Succinidae 457 

Neritidae 457 

Cerithidse , 459 

Melaniidao 459 

Ceriphasiidas 462 

Rissoidae 465 

Viviparidae 466 

Valvatidse 470 

Tabular  view  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  of  North  America 472 

Spurious  and  doubtful  species 478 

General  discussion 479 

407 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Page. 

Plate  1.  Devonian 488 

2.  Carboniferous 490 

3.  Jurassic  and  Triassic  ? 492 

4.  Cretaceous 494 

5.  Cretaceous 498 

6.  Bear  River,  Laramie 498 

7.  Bear  River,  Laramie 500 

8.  Bear  River,  Laramie 502 

9.  Laramie ' ; f 504 

10.  Laramie .' 506 

11.  Laramie 508 

12.  Laramie 510 

13.  Laramie ......._r 512 

14.  Laramie 514 

15.  Laramie 516 

16.  Laramie 518 

17.  Laramie 520 

18.  Laramie 522 

19.  Laramie 524 

20.  Laramie 526 

21.  Laramie 528 

22.  Laramie 530 

23.  Laramie 532 

24.  Laramie 534 

25.  Laramie 536 

26.  Laramie 538 

27.  Laramie 540 

28.  Eocene 542 

29.  Eocene 544 

30.  Eocene 546 

31.  Eocene 548 

32.  Miocene  and  Pliocene?..  550 


A  REVIEW  OF  THE  NON-MARINE  FOSSIL  MOLLUSCA 
OF  NORTH  AMERICA. 


BY  C.  A.  WHITE,  M.  D. 


INTRODUCTORY   REMARKS. 

In  this  article  I  propose  to  review  the  principal  known  facts  concern- 
ing the  fossil  fresh- water,  brackish-water,  and  land  mollusca  of  North 
America,  taking  up  each  family  in  the  order  of  systematic  classification, 
and  tracing  the  history  of  its  occurrence,  so  far  as  it  has  been  learned, 
from  the  earliest  known  appearance  of  any  of  its 'species  Avithin  the 
present  limits  of  North  America  until  the  present  time;  and  to  follow 
the  same  with  some  general  discussion  of  certain  questions  that  are  sug- 
gested by  the  facts  thus  set  forth.  For  the  purpose  of  giving  an  ap- 
proximately chronological  view  of  the  different  faunse  the  figures  are 
arranged  on  the  plates  under  headings  that  indicate  the  successive  geo- 
logical periods  to  which  they  belong.  The  plan  proposed  involves  at 
least  brief  mention  of  every  species  of  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  yet  dis- 
covered in  North  America,  and  the  illustration  of  nearly  all  of  them  by  fig- 
ures, which  show  their  external  form  and  leading  features,  so  far  as  they 
are  known.  To  avoid  frequent  repetition,  it  is  mentioned  here  that  all 
statements  made  in  this  article  in  regard  to  the  range  of  families  and 
genera  in  time,  must  be  understood  as  applying  to  North  America  alone, 
unless  it  is  otherwise  expressly  stated. 

The  scope  of  this  article,  as  indicated  by  the  title  and  foregoing  "re- 
marks, is  a  very  wide  one;  and  the  presentation  of  such  a  title  would 
seem  to  imply  the  known  existence  of  much  material  upon  which  to  base 
a  discussion  of  the  subject.  Lest  I  should  seem  to  assume  greater  knowl- 
edge of  this  subject  than  the  facts  will  warrant,  it  may  be  stated  that 
while  the  material  upon  which  our  present  knowledge  of  it  is  based  is 
really  considerable  and  very  important,  it  is  nevertheless  true  that  as 
regards  a  continuous  history  of  the  fauna3  herein  discussed,  and  the 
geological  epoch  in  which  our  most  common  living  molluscan  types 
really  originated,  our  knowledge  is  very  imperfect.  Enough  material, 
however,  has  been  collected  to  throw  much  light  upon  the  character  of 
the  ancestral  representatives  of  many  of  the  families  which  are  herein 
mentioned.  It  is  proposed  to  go  so  far  only  in  the  discussion  of  these 

411 


412  NOX-MARIXE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

fossil  forms  as  we  are  warranted  in  doing  by  the  well-ascertained  char- 
acter of  the  evidence  adduced. 

As  to  the  scope  of  the  general  subject,  although  it  embraces  the  three 
categories  of  non-marine  mollusca,  namely,  those  of  brackish-water, 
fresh -water,  and  land  habitat,  it  is  still  small  as  compared  with  that  of 
the  great  mass  of  that  portion  of  the  molluscan  subkingdom  which  is 
embraced  by  the  marine  mollusca.  Not  only  is  the  diversity  within  the 
three  categories  of  molluscan  forms  which  are  herein  discussed  almost 
incomparably  less  than  that  which  obtains  among  marine  mollusca,  but 
a  greater  proportion  of  the  remains  of  formerly  existing  non-marine 
than  of  marine  mollusca,  have  almost  certainly  been  destroyed  as  the 
result  of  geological  changes  and  other  causes  which  will  be  suggested, 
or  they  have  failed  to  be  preserved  in  an  available  condition  for  study. 
Therefore  the  record  furnished  by  the  fossil  non-marine  mollusca  is  much 
more  imperfect  than  it  is  in  the  case  of  the  marine  mollusca.  Still,  the 
scope  of  this  subject  is  a  very  broad  one,  even  with  our  present  incom- 
plete knowledge  of  its  details,  and  the  discussion  of  many  interesting 
points  pertaining  to  it  must  be  deferred  to  other  occasions. 

Again,  while  the  three  non-marine  categories  of  mollusca,  especially 
the  first  two,  in  the  order  in  which  they  have  been  named,  may  be  de- 
fined from  each  other  with  a  good  degree  of  accuracy  in  the  case  of  their 
jiving  representatives,  yet  it  has  not  always  been  found  easy  to  say 
whether  some  of  those  fossil  forms  whose  nearest  living  congeners  are 
found  exclusively  in  perfectly  fresh-water  may  not  have  lived  in  waters 
which  contained  at  least  a  small  proportion  of  salt ;  but  this  subject  will 
be  further  referred  to  on  subsequent  pages.  Neither  are  we  positive  in 
all  cases  that  those  species  which  we  refer  to  a  land  habitat  were  really 
land  pulmonate  mollusks,  or  that  they  may  not  have  been  in  some  cases 
palustral  pulmonates,  or,  possibly,  gill-bearing  mollusks.  But  generally 
these  determinations  are  made  with  much  confidence,  based  upon  the 
kuown  correlation  of  shell  characteristics  with  the  soft  parts  of  the  liv- 
ing mollusks  which  formed  them. 

The  more  indefinite  boundary  of  the  scope  of  the  present  article  is 
that  which  I  have  drawn  between  the  brackish-water  and  marine  forms. 
The  difficulty  of  drawing  such  a  line  arises  largely  from  the  fact  that 
some  of  the  genera  which  have  more  or  less  abundant  representatives 
in  brackish  waters  have  also  representatives  in  marine  waters  5  but  I 
have  regarded  those  strata  as  of  brackish- water  origin,  which  have  been 
found  to  contain  by  natural  deposition  forms  whose  living  congeners 
are  found  in  brackish  waters,  even  though  such  fossil  forms  are  found 
associated  with  those  on  the  one  hand  whose  living. congeners  are  some- 
times, but  not  not  always,  found  in  marine  waters ;  or,  on  the  other  hand, 
with  those  whose  living  representatives  are  known  only  in  fresh  waters. 
Such  a  commingling  of  forms  as  is  here  indicated  really  occurs  in  nu- 
merous instances,  especially  in  the  strata  of  the  Laramie  group.  Thus 
theassociatioumoneandtbesiimcsti^ 


WHITE.]  INTRODUCTORY    REMARKS.  413 

&c.,  is  held  to  indicate  a  brackish- water  origin  for  such  a  stratum,  even 
though  it  holds,  associated  with  those  shells,  such  forms  as  Unio,  Vivi- 
pqrm,  Goniobasis,  &c.,  especially  if  such  strata  alternate  (as  is  often  the 
case  in  the  Laramie  Group)  with  strata  which  contain  on  the  one  hand 
only  such  fresh-water  forms  as  Unio,  ViciparuSj  &c.,  and  on  the  other 
hand  such  saline-water  forms  as  Ostrea,  Anomia,  &c.  This  view  is  also 
confirmed  by  the  fact  that  in  the  Laramie  Group  Corbicula,  Corbula,  and 
Neritina  are  frequently  found  so  associated  with  Ostrea  and  Anomia  as 
to  plainly  indicate  that  they  all  lived  together.  It  is  thus  clearly  shown 
that  a  part  of  the  forms  discussed  in  this  article  have  near  allies  in  strata 
of  marine  origin,  and  also  many  near  allies  now  living  in  truly  marine 
waters,  and  none  in  fresh  waters  j  but  the  commingling  of  these  fossil 
species  of  undoubted  saline  habitat  with  others  which  clearly  indicate 
that  they  lived  in  water  of  far  less  than  marine  saltness,  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  regard  the  former  as  members  of  a  brackish- water  fauna,  and, 
therefore,  as  coming  within  the  scope  of  this  article. 

In  some  cases  the  brackish  waters  that,  by  the  presence  in  the  depos- 
its they  have  left  of  such  fossils  as  have  been  referred  to,  are  indicated 
as  having  then  prevailed,  were  plainly  those  of  estuaries,  which  indented 
the  coasts  of  formerly  existing  seas  at  the  mouths  of  then  existing  rivers. 
But  the  greater  part  of  the  species  enumerated  in  this  article, which  are 
regarded  as  having  had  a  brackish-water  habitat,  come  from  strata 
(namely,  those  of  the  Laramie  Group)  which  bear  evidence  of  having 
been  deposited  in  a  great  inland  sea,  in  parts  of  which  sea  brackish 
waters  alternated  with  fresh,  or  nearly  fresh- waters.  The  facts  upon 
which  this  conclusion  is  based  have  been  presented  in  other  publications, 
and  are  repeated  to  some  extent  upon  following  pages  in  this  article. 

Before  proceeding  with  the  enumeration  of  the  specific  forms  of 
non-marine  mollusca  which  have  been  discovered  in  ^North  American 
strata,  and  the  geological  position  which  each  fauna  represented  by 
them  respectively  occupies,  it  is  necessary  to  present  a  brief  tabular 
statement  of  the  arrangement  or  order  of  the  geological  formations, 
beginning  not  with  the  earliest  known  fossiliferous  rocks  in  the  geologi- 
cal series,  but  with  the  formation  which  has  furnished  the  earliest  known 
molluscan  forms  that  come  within  the  scope  of  this  article,  namley,  Devo- 
nian. 

This  tabular  view  of  the  formations  has  been  made  with  especial  ref- 
erence to  those  which  have  been  recognized  in  Western  North  America, 
because  it  is  there  that  the  greater  part  of  the  fossils  have  been  collected 
which  are  discussed  in  the  following  pages. 

It  may  not  be  eiftirely  unnecessary  to  state  that,  although  the  terms 
group  and  formation  are  somewhat  variously  used  by  different  writers, 
the  strata  that  were  formed  in  a  period  or  epoch  of  geological  time  are 
usually  and  properly  referred  to  by  the  same  name  as  that  of  the  period 
or  epoch  in  which  they  were  formed.  Thus,  the  following  table  of  geo- 
logical time  is  really  a  table  of  the  formations  that  were  produced  dur 
ing  that  time. 


414 


NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

Subdivisions  of  geological  time. 


Time. 

Ages. 

Periods. 

Epochs. 

Post-  tertiary    ......  < 

Recent. 

Cenozoic  orM^ronmlian 

j 

Qnarternary. 
Pliocene. 

1 

j 

Mcsozoic 

Laramie. 
Cretaceous. 

Eocene. 

I 

! 

Carboniferoaa 
Devonian 

1 

..  f 

Jurassic. 
Triassic. 
Permian. 
Coal-Measures. 
Lower  Carboniferous. 

No  special  explanation  of  the  terms  or  names  used  in  this  table,  with 
perhaps  the  exception  of  Laramie,  is  deemed  necessary,  because  they  are 
to  be  found  in  ail  text-books  of  geology  now  in  use;  but  some  supple- 
mentary explanation  of  the  terms  that,  in  connection  with  those  which 
have  become  so  commonly  known,  have  been  used  by  the  various  geolo- 
gists who  have  made  original  investigations  in  Western  North  America  is 
necessary  to  enable  the  general  reader  to  understand  clearly  the  use  of 
them  that  is  made  in  the  following  pages. 

The  term  Laramie  Group,  although  it  is  unknown  except  in  the  geology 
of  Western  North  America,  will  be  mentioned  oftener  perhaps  in  this 
article  than  the  name  of  any  other  formation ;  because  a  greater  number 
of  the  species  herein  mentioned  come  from  that  group  of  strata  than  from 
any  other.  This  name  is  applied  to  a  large  and  very  important  formation 
which,  in  the  western  part  of  the  continent,  conies  between  the  well- 
recognized  marine  Cretaceous  strata  below,  and  the  equally  well-recog- 
nized Tertiary  strata  above.  Geologists  are  not  agreed  as  to  whether 
this  great  group  should  be  referred  to  the  Tertiary  or  Cretaceous  period, 
some  contending  for  the  former  and  some  for  the  latter  reference.  The 
truth  appears  to  lie  between  the  two  opinions,  and  I  have  elsewhere 
presented  reasons  for  regarding  this  group  as  occupying  a  transitional 
position  between  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary.*  Neither  the  Lar- 
amie Group  nor  any  true  geological  equivalent  of  it  is  at  present  known 
anywhere  except  in  Western  North  America.  It  there  occupies  or  is 
found  at  various  localities  within  a  large  region,  the  present  known  limits 
of  which  may  be  roughly  stated  as  extending  from  Northern  New  Mex- 
ico on  the  south  to  the  British  possessions  on  the  north,  and  from  the 
vicinity  of  Great  Salt  Lake  on  the  west  to  a  present  known  distance  out 
upon  the  Great  Plains  of  more  than  200  miles  from  the  eastern  base  of 
tlie  Rocky  Mountains.  It  has  been  traced  within  tlie  western  boundary 
of  both  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 

In  the  course  of  the  earlier  geological  investigations  which  were  made 
in  the  west,  the  strata  of  this  great  group,  which  represents  a  distinct 

'An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Snr.  Ter.  for  1877,  pp.  259-265.     Ib.  for  1878,  pai  t  I,  pp.  51,  52. 


WHITE.]  INTRODUCTORY   REMARKS.  415 

period  in  the  geological  history  of  North  America,  were  studied  independ- 
ently by  different  investigators,  at  various  more  or  less  widely -separated 
localities  within  the  region  that  has  just  been  indicated,  which  resulted 
in  the  strata  of  that  group  receiving  different  names  in  different  regions. 
Thus,  Meek  &  Hay  den  gave  the  name  "Judith  Elver  Group"  to  those 
strata  in  the  valley  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  near  the  mouth  of  Judith 
Eiver,  which  were  found  tocontain  brackish-water  fossils.  They  gave 
the  name  "Fort  Union  Group"  to  strata  of  similar  faunal  character 
near  Fort  Union,  also  in  the  valley  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  but  at  a  con- 
siderable distance  to  the  eastward  of  the  Judith  Eiver  region.  They 
also  gave  the  name  "Lignitic  Group"  to  those  strata  in  Colorado  east 
of  the  Eocky  Mountains  which  were  found  to  contain  a  similar  fauna. 
Professor  Powell,  studying  the  strata  in  Wyoming  and  Utah,  gave  the 
name"  Point  of  Eocks  Group"  to  .a  series  which  agrees  mainly  with  that 
which  is  now  called  Laramie,  and  which  had  been  referred  to  by  Meek 
&  Hayden  as  the  "Bitter  Creek  Coal  series."  The  strata  which  are 
herein  called  the  Bear  Eiver  Laramie  beds  of  Southwestern  Wyoming 
and  the  adjacent  parts  of  Utah  were  by  Meek  and  Hayden  generally  re- 
ferred to  as  the  "Bear  Eiver  Estuary  beds."  Mr.  King  was  the  first  to 
place  all  these  local  groups  together  (except  those  of  the  Upper  Missouri 
Eiver  region)  under  the  general  and  comprehensive  name  of  Laramie 
Group.  I  subsequently  showed  that  the  Judith  Eiver,  Fort  Union,  Lig- 
nitic,  and  Point  of  Eocks  groups  are  all  connected  together  by  specfiic 
identity  of  fossils  in  their  respective  strata.*  I  have  therefore  treated 
the  strata  of  all  those  different  regions  respectively  as  only  local  devel- 
opment of  parts  of  one  great  group  5  but  I  have  retained  the  local  names 
which  they  originally  received  from  different  authors,  only  substituting 
the  word  "beds"  in  most  of  those  cases  for  that  of  "group,"  using  the 
latter  term  in  the  more  comprehensive  sense.  Thus,  I  speak  of  the  Judith 
Eiver  beds,  Fort  Union  beds,  Bear  Eiver  beds,  &c.,  while  referring  them 
all  to  the  great  Laramie  Group. 

A  similar  duplication  of  names,  arising  from  similar  circumstances, 
also  exists  in  reference  to  the  earlier  or  earlist  members  of  the  purely 
fresh-water  Eocene  series,  which  immediately  succeeds  the  Laramie 
Group.  Thus,  the  names  "  Wahsatch  Group"  of  Hayden,  "Vermilion 
Creek  Group"  of  King,  and  "Bitter  Creek  Group"  of  Powell  are  re- 
garded as  substantially  equivalent,  or  as  representing  one  and  the  same 
division  of  the  Eocene  epoch. 

To  aid  the  reader,  who  may  be  assumed  to  be  unfamiliar  with  the 
details  of  western  geology  and  with  the  names  which  the  different 
series  of  strata  in  the  West  that  are  necessarily  often  referred  to  in 
this  article  have  received  from  different  investigators,  the  following 
summary  of  facts  and  opinion  is  given: 

1.  The  "Judith  Eiver  Group,"  "  Fort  Union  Group,"  "  Lignitic  Group," 

*Au.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Snr.  Terr,  for  1877,  pp.  252-265. 


41 G  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

"Bitter  Creek  Coal  series,"  "Point  of  Rocks  Group/7  and  "Bear  River 
Estuary  beds  "*  are  all  parts  of  the  great  Laramie  Group. 

2.  The  Laramie  Group  is  regarded  as  a  transitional  group  between 
the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  series,  and  therefore  as  representing  a 
period  partaking  of  both  the  Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  ages. 

3.  The  "  Wahsatch  Group,"  "  Vermilion  Creek  Group,"  and  "  Bitter 
Creek  Group"  are  regarded  as  at  least  approximately  equivalent  strata, 
constituting  the  oldest  member  of  the  purely  fresh- water  Eocene  Tertiary 
series  of  deposits  in  the  West. 

4.  The  Green  River  and  Bridger  Groups  are  respectively  the  second 
and  third  members  of  that  fresh- water  Eocene  series. 

5.  The  Wind  River  Group  of  Wyoming  is  regarded  as  of  Eocene  age. 

6.  The  White  River  Group  of  Dakota  is  regarded  as  of  Miocene  age. 

7.  The  fresh-water  deposit  of  the  Kawsoh  Mountains,  in  Northern 
Nevada,  and  its  equivalent  in  Southern  Idaho,  called  by  King  the 
Truckee  Group,  are  regarded  as  of  Miocene  age. 

8.  No  strata  of  Pliocene  age  are  referred  to  in  this  article  except  those 
of  Cache  Valley,  in  Northern  Utah,  because  with  that  exception  no 
non-marine  inollusca  are  known  to  have  been  obtained  from  any  North 
American  strata  which  may  be  referred  to  that  epoch ;  unless  certain 
forms  of  Pliysa  be  also  excepted,  which  have  been  found  in  the  Brown's 
Park  Group  of  Powell,  in  Southern  Wyoming. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  various  geological  formations  which  are  found 
within  the  limits  of  North  America  enables  us  to  trace  with  a  good  de- 
gree of  satisfaction  the  history  of  the  evolution  of  the  continent  or  the 
progressive  steps  by  which  it  was  elevated  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 
A  brief  outline,  or  at  least  a  statement  of  some  of  the  phases  of  this 
history,  as  it  is  understood  by  geologists,  is  necessary  to  a  proper  un- 
derstanding of  the  facts  which  are  presented  in  the  following  pages. 
Without  going  into  the  details  of  investigations  by  which  geologists 
have  arrived  at  their  conclusions,  it  may  be  stated  that  the  continent  in 
its  present  shape  has  been  produced  by  the  coalescence  of  two  or  more 
principal  portions  which  were  elevated  above  the  level  of  the  sea  in  the 
earlier  geographical  ages  in  consequence  of  the  progressive  elevation  of 
the  continental  area.  The  two  principal  portions  of  the  continent  pre- 
vious to  the  Cretaceous  period  were  an  eastern  and  western  one  respect- 
ively, and  before  the  close  of  that  period  they  were  separated  by  a  broad 
stretch  of  open  sea.  By  the  continued  slow  rise  of  the  whole  continental 
area  this  broad  stretch  of  open  sea  became  land-locked  at  the  close  of  the 

*  It  should  be  remarked  hero  that  the  molluscan  species  of  the  Bear  River  beds 
and  their  equivalents  are  all  different  from  those  of  the  Laramie  Group  elsewhere; 
but  those  strata  are  referred  to  the  Laramie  Group  because  they  hold  the  same  strati- 
graphical  relation  to  the  Cretaceous  below  and  the  Tertiary  above  that  the  typical 
Laramie  strata  do  in  other  regions,  and  also  because  they  contain  a  brackish- water 
fauna.  Whether  this  difference  in  the  faunae  is  due  to  difference  in  age,  contemporane- 
ous isolation  of  waters  as  separate  seas  during  the  Laramie  period,  or  to  some  other 
cause,  is  not  yet  known. 


WHITE.]  INTRODUCTORY    REMARKS.  417 

Cretaceous  period  and  beginning  of  the  Laramie,  changing  the  area  thus 
inclosed  to  a  brackish-water  sea,  in  which  the  strata  that  we  now  call 
the  Laramie  Group  were  deposited.  By  the  continued  elevation  of  the 
continental  area  that  sea  became  much  reduced  in  size  and  entirely 
fresh  at  the  close  of  the  Laramie  period.  * 

During  the  immediately  succeeding  Eocene  Tertiary  epoch  at  least, 
the  great  fresh-water  lakes  that  were  thus  formed  prevailed_over  a  large 
part  of  that  area  which  in  the  Laramie  period  had  been  occupied  by 
brackish,  and  previously  by  marine,  waters.  Then  began  the  series  of 
movements  in  the  earth's  crust  which  resulted  in  the  elevation  of  the 
plateaus  and  the  great  systems  of  mountains  of  Western  North  America, 
into  the  structure  of  which  these  Laramie  and  Eocene  strata  enter. 
Some  portions  of  the  western  part  of  the  continent  continued  to  be  occu- 
pied by  fresh.water  lakes  of  the  kind  last  referred  to,  during  the  middle 
and  latter  portions  of  the  Tertiary  period ;  but  they  were  much  less  in 
size  than  those  which  previously  existed.  They  also  gradually  became 
smaller,  and  finally  disappeared  by  being  drained  of  their  waters ;  or 
remnants  of  them  remained  to  become  the  salt- water  lakes  of  to-day. 

The  incompleteness  of  that  portion  of  the  geological  record  which  is 
furnished  by  the  fossil  remain's  of  the  three  categories  of  mollusks,  which 
form  the  subject  of  this  article,  has  already  been  referred  to,  and  the 
causes  of  it  are  very  apparent  when  it  is  remembered  how  small  a  pro- 
portion the  non-marine  have  always  borne  to  the  marine  mollusca;  and 
also  how  small  a  proportion  of  fresh  and  brackish  water  deposits  there 
must  always  have  been  in  comparison  with  marine  deposits. 

The  extensive  fresh  and  brackish  water  deposits  of  Western  North 
America  are  remarkable  exceptions  to  the  general  rule,  that  extensive 
geological  formations  are  of  marine,  or  open  sea,  origin;  and  we  have 
therefore  in  that  region,  and  for  the  epochs  which  those  formations  rep- 
resent, an  unusually  full  record  of  non-marine  and  terrestrial  life;  for  it 
must  be  remembered  that  those  formations  contain  many  remains  of 
terrestrial  vertebrates,  and  an  abundant  flora,  as  well  as  of  fresh-water 
and  land  mollusca.  This  statement  of  facts  naturally  leads  to  a  brief 
consideration  of  the  conditions  which  prevailed  in  former  geological  pe- 
riods, and  which  conduced  to  the  preservation  of  the  molluscan  forms 
herein  discussed,  when  so  large  a  proportion  of  their  kinds  in  other 
parts  of  the  world  were  destroyed. 

While  the  remains  of  aqueous  mollusca  were  readily  entombed  and 
preserved  in  the  sedimentary  deposits  of  the  waters  in  which  they  lived 
(which  deposits  afterward  became  rocky  strata),  those  of  land  mollusca 
must  have  been  transported  from  the  land  into  such  waters,  where  alone 
they  could  have  been  preserved,  and  where  in  fact  they  did  receive  the 
same  entombment  with  those  that  had  lived  there.  This  transportation 
of  the  shells  of  land  mollusca  was  doubtless  in  most  cases  effected  by 
the  currents  of  rivers  near  the  banks  of  which  the  mollusks  lived,  and 
into  the  waters  of  which  they  were  swept  in  time  of  flood.  And  yet  an 
27  G 


418  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

unexpectedly  large  proportion  of  the  known  fossil  pulmonate  mollusca 
are  those  whose  habitat  was  constantly  upon  the  land.  The  conditions, 
however,  which  prevailed  during  the  Coalmeasure  period  of  the  Car- 
boniferous age,  and  under  which  the  immense  quantities  of  vegetable 
material  that  we  now  know  as  coal  were  preserved,  were  necessarily  some- 
what favorable  to  the  preservation  of  such  land  mollusca  as  may  have 
found  a  habitat  among  that  vegetation.  The  paucity  of  the  remains  of 
such  mollusca  that  have  yet  been  discovered  in  the  extensive  coal-bear, 
ing  strata  of  that  early  period  seems  to  prove  that  they  could  not  then 
have  been  very  abundant  5  but  the  discoveries  of  Dawson,  Bradley,  and 
Whitfield  show  conclusively  that  a  well-developed  and  widely  differ- 
entiated land  moluscan  fauna  existed  at  least  as  early  as  the  middle  of 
the  Carboniferous  age,  and  probably  much  earlier. 

From  the  Coalmeasure  period  until  that  of  the  Laramie  the  few  re- 
mains of  non-marine  mollusca  that  have  been  found  in  North  American 
strata  present  indications  that  the  layers  in  which  they  were  discovered 
were  deposited  under  estuary,  palustral,  or  limited  lacustrine  conditions, 
reference  to  which  will  be  made  in  connection  with  the  separate  men- 
tion of  the  species  on  following  pages.  The  conditions  which  prevailed 
in  Western  North  America  during  the  Laramie  and  Eocene  periods 
have  already  been  indicated,  and  for  fuller  details  the  reader  is  referred 
to  the  works  before  cited. 

Although  there  are  really  many  facts  now  known  which  throw  light 
upon  the  physical  conditions  that  prevailed,  and  the  molluscan  fauna3 
which  lived  in  Western  North  America  during  the  various  geological 
periods  from  the  later  Paleozoic  to  the  present  time,  a  part  of  which 
have  been  referred  to,  the  following  counter-facts  should  also  be  men- 
tioned, because  they  show  how  far  from  perfect  or  continuous  the  geo- 
logical record  really  is,  in  relation  especially  to  the  non -marine  mollusca. 

Eivers,  ponds,  and  marshes  have  necessarily  existed  ever  since  any 
considerable  portion  of  the  continent  rose  above  the  sea,  and  those 
rivers  and  ponds,  without  doubt,  all  had  their  own  molluscau  fauna3  ever 
since  the  later  portion  of  Paleozoic  time,  if  not  from  a  still  earlier  date, 
and  yet  no  trace  of  any  river  deposits,  except  those  of  estuaries  (and 
few  of  these  are  known),  has  yet  been  discovered  which  pertain  to  any 
geological  epoch  except  that  of  the  Post-Tertiary.  The  same  can  hardly 
be  said  of  palustral  deposits,  because  much,  if  not  all,  of  the  coal  must 
have  been  produced  under  palustral  conditions  j  and  yet  it  is  a  note- 
worthy fact  that  the  greater  part  of  the  known  fossil  palustral  mollusca 
ha  ve^  been  found  preserved  in  lacustrine  deposits  together  with  mol- 
lusks  of  lacustrine  origin,  and  very  few  in  true  palustral  deposits. 

Although  it  is  only  in  the  eastern  half  of  the  continent  that  any  re- 
mains of  non-marine  mollusca  have  been  found  in  strata  of  Paleozoic 
age,  the  remains  of  such  mollusca  as  have  been  found  there  in  strata  of 
any  of  the  periods  between  that  of  the  Coalmeasures  and  the  Post-Ter- 
tiary are  few  and  unimportant.* 

*  See  remarks  on  a  following  page  on  spurious  and  doubtful  species. 


WHITE.]  INTRODUCTORY   REMARKS.  419 

The  same  might  also  be  said  of  that  portion  of  the  continent  which 
borders  upon  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  for  the  same  periods,  but  for  the 
very  few  Unione  forms  which  the  Cretaceous  deposits  have  furnished 
there,  and  which  have  special  interest  in  connection  with  other  fossil 
Unionidse  mentioned  in  this  article.  Therefore,  almost  the  whole  of  our 
present  knowledge  of  the  character  of  the  non-marine  molluscan  types 
which  existed  during  the  whole  of  Mesozoic  and  Tertiary  time  and  of 
the  order  of  their  succession  has  been  derived  from  discoveries  of  their 
remains  which  have  been  made  in  the  interior  region  of  the  western  half 
of  the  continent,  mainly  in  connection  with  the  surveys  that  have  been 
prosecuted  under  the  auspices  of  the  government.  Moreover,  the  dis- 
coveries that  have  been  made  in  North  America  up  to  the  present  time 
give  us  very  little  information  of  any  molluscan  fauna,  except  the  marine, 
for  the  Miocene  epoch,  and  still  less  for  the  Pliocene.  Therefore  this 
review  of  the  non-marine  molluscan  faunae  of  the  continent,  although 
it  is  intended  as  a  synopsis  of  all  the  species  that  are  at  present  known, 
is  something  like  a  chapter,  or  parts  of  chapters,  taken  at  random  from 
a  book ;  but  these  selections  are  of  such  a  character  as  to  give  us  a  very 
good'indication  of  what  the  whole  book,  figuratively  speaking,  must  be. 
This  indication  is  all  the  more  clear  because  of  the  fact  that  while  every 
species  that  is  discussed  in  this  article,  from  whatever  formation  it 
comes,  is  regarded  as  extinct,  the  great  majority  of  the  genera,  and 
even  the  sections  or  subdivisions  of  the  genera,  are  precisely  the  same 
as  those  which  we  find  represented  by  living  forms.  In  the  case  of  many 
of  the  fossil  forms,  so  clearly  are  these  familiar  generic  and  subordi- 
nate types  expressed,  that  the  fossil  species  are  often  found  to  resemble 
those  now  living  so  closely  as  to  require  careful  scrutiny  to  discover 
wherein  they  differ.  This  persistence  through  long  periods  of  geologi- 
cal time,  of  even  the  simpler  types  of  non-marine  mollusks,  after  they 
were  once  established,  is  a  remarkable  and  interesting  fact.  Individ- 
uals, generations,  and  species  died,  as  the  epochs  succeeded  each  other, 
but  the  types*  have  remained  to  this  day. 

*The  word  "type,"  as  used  by  different  authors,  lias  often  necessarily  a  somewhat 
indefinite  meaning ;  but  as  used  in  this  article  it  may  be  defined  as  an  ideal  repre- 
sentation of  the  essential  characteristics  of  a  group  of  species,  usually  applied  to  a 
group  which  may  embrace  a  genus,  or  only  a  subordinate  division  of  a  genus.  In  the 
latter  case,  I  use  the  designation  subordinate  type.  I  do  not  use  the  term  type  in  any 
case  as  interchangeable  with  any  of  the  names  that  are  used  in  systematic  classifica- 
tion, such  as  species,  genus,  family,  &c. ;  but  sometimes  it  may  be  equivalent  in  scope 
with  any  of  them ;  as,  for  example,  when  only  a  single  species  of  a  subgenus,  genus, 
or  family  is  known. 

Thus,  although  types  may  have  no  material  existence  in  one  sense,  they  are  found 
to  have  been  more  persistent  in  time  or  duration  than  specific  forms;  for  we  find  that 
many  of  the  types,  as  above  defined,  which  now  exist  among  living  mollusca  also 
existed  in  various  geological  epochs  as  far  back  as  Mesozoic,  or  even  earlier,  time ; 
but  every  known  fossil  species  in  which  those  types  have  been  expressed  have  suc- 
cessively become  extinct. 


ANNOTATED  AND  IULTJSTRATED  CATALOGUE. 

OONCHIFEBA. 

The  families  of  the  Conchifera,  which  are  represented  by  the  fossil 
species  discussed  in  this  article,  are  those  only  which  are  represented 
among  the  living  non-marine  mollusca;  because,  so  far  as  we  now  know, 
there  is  not  a  single  representative  of  an  extinct  family  among  all  those 
species.  Moreover,  the  principal  genera  are  the  same  among  both  the 
fossil  and  recent  forms,  and  in  only  a  few  cases  at  most  is  there  a  sub- 
generic  difference,  or  even  a  difference  in  the  subordinate  types  into 
which  certain  of  the  genera  may  be  divided;  although  all  the  species 
are  regarded  as  extinct. 

It  should  be  understood  that  this  article  is  a  review,  and*  not  a  re- 
vision, of  published  species.  Therefore,  the  genuineness  of  the  different 
species  which  have  -been  published  by  various  authors  is  seldom  called 
in  question,  even  when  it  is  "doubted,  as  it  is  in  a  number  of  instances. 
It  is  thought  best  on  this  occasion  to  present  the  subject  somewhat  his- 
torically, and  defer  a  critical  revision  of  the  species  to  another  time. 

OSTREID.E. 

Although  the  Ostreidse  of  the  present  time  are  much  less  frequently 
found  living  in  the  waters  of  the  open  sea  than  in  those  of  bays  and 
estuaries,  the  fossil  shells  of  all  the  various  generic  groups  of  that 
family  are  often  found  quite  abundantly  associated  with  those  of  such 
molluscan  forms  as  must  be  regarded  as  having  been  denizens  of  the 
open  sea.  Indeed,  both  the  Mesozoie  genera  Gryphcea  and  Exogyra  seem 
to  have  been  invariably  of  open-sea  habitat;  while  Ostrea  proper  has, 
in  all  the  Mesozoie  and  Cenozoic  epochs,  existed  in  both  marine  a'nd 
brackish  waters;  but  the  last-named  genus  seems  to  have  always  been 
in  past  times  the  only  representative  of  the  OstreidaB  that  has  lived  in 
brackish  waters,  while  none  of  the  family  have  probably  ever  lived  in 
perfectly  fresh  waters. 

The  most  noteworthy  examples  of  the  fossil  brackish-water  Ostreida3 
of  North  America,  namely,  those  of  the  Laramie  Group,  occur  in  strata 
that  contain  no  truly  marine  forms,  but  which  are  frequently  found  to 
closely  alternate  with  other  strata  in  which  fresh-water  and  land  mol- 
lusca  prevail;  and,  indeed,  there  are  often  found  associated  with  these 
shells  of  Ostrea  those  of  species  whose  liviug  representatives  exist  only 
in  fresh  waters.  But  as  it  is  my  intention  to  prepare  a  separate  essay 
for  a  future  report  on  all  the  fossil  OstreidaB  of  North  America,  little 
more  than  incidental  reference  will  be  made  to  this  family  in  this  arti- 
cle— even  to  those  species  of  Ostrea  which  constitute  parts  of  the  brack- 
ish-water fauna  herein  discussed.  Since,  however,  the  molluscan  fauna 

420 


WHITE.  1 


ANNOTATED  CATALOGUE.  421 


of  the  great  inland  brackish-water  sea  which  existed  during  the  Lara- 
mie  period  will  be  necessarily  somewhat  frequently  referred  to  and 
briefly  discussed  on  following  pages,  it  is  thought  best  to  make  the 
series  of  its  illustrations  the  more  complete  by  presenting  a  few  figures 
of  the  more  characteristic  forms  of  its  Ostreidae,  which  will  be  found  on 
Plates  9,  10,  11,  and  12. 

Five  species  of  Ostrea*  have  been  described  and  published  -by  various 
authors  from  strata  which  are  now  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  Laramie 
Group;  but  in  view  of  the  known  wide  range  of  variation  among  the 
species  of  this  genus,  and  the  actual  discovery  of  many  intermediate 
forms  which  connect  at  least  a  part  of  those  supposed  species  together, 
it  is  now  thought  that  the  strictly  specific  forms  of  Ostrea  which  have 
been  discovered  in  the  Laramie  Group  do  not  number  more  than  two  or 
three  at  most,  t 

It  is  interesting  to  note  how  closely  some  of  these  ancient  species  of 
Ostrea  are  "allied  to  living  forms,  a  good  example  of  which  is  afforded  by 
0.  wyomingensis,  as  may  be  seen  by  comparing  the  figures  of  it  on  Plates 
10,  11,  and  12,  with  the  shells  of  the  common  Ostrea  virginica,  now  liv- 
ing so  abundantly  uppn  our  Atlantic  coast.  So  closely,  indeed,  are  some 
of  the  fossil  specimens  like  living  ones  that,  but  for  their  partially  min- 
eralized condition,  the  former  might  easily  be  taken  for  damaged  ex- 
amples of  the  living  species. 

While  the  Ostreida3  have  formed  a  more  or  less  prominent  feature  of 
all  the  molluscan  faunse  whose  remains  are  found  in  all  the  marine  de- 
posits from  the  Jurassic  period  to  the  present  time,  we  have  yet  discov- 
ered no  remains  of  the  family  in  any  North  American  strata  of  any  of 
the  epochs  between  the  close  of  the  Laramie  period  and  the  beginning 
of  the  Post  Tertiary  which  can  be  properly  referred  to  a  brackish  water 
origin.  Therefore  the  consideration  of  this  family  as  contributing  any 
of  its  species  to  non-marine  molluscan  faunse  must  cease  in  this  article 
with  the  references  that  are  made  to  the  fauna  of  the  Laramie  Group. 

Precisely  similar  remarks  maybe  made  concerning  the  genera  Anomia, 
Corbicula,  Corbula,  and  Neritina  so  far  as  regards  the  extinction  of  all 
the  species  of  those  genera  in  the  waters  of  the  Laramie  Sea  as  a  conse- 
quence of  their  becoming  completely  freshened  at  the  close  of  that 
period;  and,  also,  because  of  the  non-discovery  of  any  brackish  water 
deposits  of  a  later  date  than  that  period  in  which  such  remains  may 
have  been  deposited. 

ANOMIID^E. 

Since  among  fossil  fauna3  Anomia  is  an  almost  constant  associate  and 
sometimes,  as,  for  example,  in  many  of  the, layers  of  the  Laramie  Group, 

*  These  were  named,  respectively,  Ostrea  subtrigonalis  Evans  &  Shumard ;  0.  gldbra 
Meek  &  Hay  den ;  0.  arcuatilis  Meek;  0.  insecuris  White ;  and  0.  wyomingensis  Meek. 
Examples  of  all  these  forms  are  figured  on  the  plates  accompanying  this  article. 

t  See  remarks  on  this  subject  in  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1877,  p.  162. 
Also,  ib.  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  56. 


422  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

apparently  the  only  immediate  associate  of  Ostrea,  the  same  general 
remarks  may  be  made  concerning  the  Anomiidse  that  have  just  been 
made  concerning  the  Ostreidss  so  far  as  they  are  applicable  to  the  sub- 
ject of  this  article.  The  earliest  known  North  American  species  of  Ano- 
mia  have  been  found  in  Cretaceous  strata,  the  greater  part  of  them  having 
by  the  different  authors  who  have  described  tbem  been  reported  as  as- 
sociated with  forms  that  must  be  regarded  as  of  marine  origin,  but  some 
of  them  are  known  to  have  existed  in  the  estuaries  that  indented  the 
sea  coasts  of  the  Cretaceous  period. 

One  estuary  species,  A.  propatoris,  White,  was  discovered  by  Mr. 
Meek  in  an  interesting  estuary  deposit  of  Cretaceous  age  at  Coalville, 
Northern  Utah,  where  it  was  found  associated  with  Cyrena,  Unio,  Val- 
vata,  Melampus?  Physa,  and  also  with  some  marine  forms.  It  is  rep- 
resented on  Plate  5.  In  the  marine  Cretaceous  strata  of  the  same 
neighborhood  some  imperfect  examples  of  Anomia  have  been  found 
which  seem  to  be  specifically  identical  with  Anomia  propatoris.  If  this 
identification  is  correct  it  seems  to  prove  that  the  species  in  question 
ranged  from  marine  to  brackish  waters.  This  supposition  is  a  plausible 
one,  because  certain  living  species  of  mollusks  are  known  to  have  a 
similar  range  of  habitat. 

Anomia  propatoris  is  very  closely  like  some  of  the  various  forms  of 
A.  micronema  presently  to  be  mentioned,  and  the  former  not  improbably 
represents  the  latter  species  ancestrally.* 

Two  other  species  of  Anomia  only  are  known,  which  come  within 
the  scope  of  this  article,  both  of  which  are  found  in  the  strata  of  the 
Laramie  Group  in  Colorado  and  Wyoming 5  although  it  is  by  no  means 
unlikely  that  other  species  existed  in  the  brackish  waters  of  all  the 
epochs  that  have  passed  since  the  family  was  first  established..  These 
two  species  are  A.  micronema  and  A.  gryphorhynchus,  Meek.  They 
are  both  represented  on  Plate  12.  Both  are  from  the  Laramie  Group, 
and  although  in  the  same  neighborhood  they  are  seldom  found  associ- 
ated in  one  and  the  same  layer. 

It  has  been  the  subject  of  frequent  remark  that  not  a  single  example 
of  the  under  valve  of  either  of  the  three  species  of  Anomia  herein  no- 
ticed has  ever  been  discovered,  although  hundreds  of  examples  of  the 
upper  valves  of  at  least  two  of  the  species  has  been  obtained,  at  many 
different  localities,  in  a  good  state  of  preservation.  I  was  lately  so 
fortunate  however  as  to  find  in  the  Laramie  strata  of  Northeastern 
Colorado  several  examples  of  the  under  valve  of  A.  micronema,  one  of 
which  is  illustrated  by  Fig.  11,  on  Plate  12.  That  the  under,  or  byssus- 
bearing,  valves  of  A.  micronema  at  least  have  been  so  generally  de- 
stroyed is  due  to  the  fact,  first,  of  their  extreme  thinness,  and,  secondly, 
to  the  fact  that,  with  the  exception  of  a  thin,  porcelanous  layer  in  the 
middle  portion,  the  whole  valve  is  composed  of  a  prismatic  layer,  like 

*See  remarks  in  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  14,  pi.  12,  fig.  15. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  423 

the  shell  of  Pinna;  the  pearly  layer,  which  gives  such  strength  to  the 
upper  valve,  being  apparently  entirely  wanting  in  the  lower.  This 
prismatic  layer  breaks  up  into  its  component  prisms  with  great  facility. 
The  characteristics  of  the  under  valve  of  A.  micronema,  as  well  as  those 
of  the  upper  valve,  show  it  to  be  a  true  Anomia;  thus  presenting  evi- 
dence of  the  great  antiquity  of  the  genus  just  as  it  exists  to-day. 

MYTILIDJi. 

This  family  is  very  sparingly  represented  in  the  brackish  water  strata 
of  North  America,  and  not  at  all,  so  far  as  is  now  known,  in  either  any 
existing  fresh  waters,  or  in  any  strata  of  purely  fresh- water  origin;  yet 
the  family  has  representatives  in  some  of  the  strata  of  all  the  geological 
ages,  from  the  Paleozoic  to  the  present  time.  The  only  genus  of  this 
family  which  has  been  recognized  among  the  fossil  collections  from  our 
brackish  water  strata  is  Volsella  Scopoli;  and  all  the  examples  of  it 
that  have  been  discovered  in  those  strata  are  apparently  referable  to 
the  subgenus  Brachydontes  Swainson. 

Two  species  have  been  described  from  the  Laramie  Group  of  Wyo- 
ming and  Colorado,  namely  Volsella  (Brachydontes)  regularis  and  V. 
(B.)  laticostata  White  ;*  both  of  which  are  represented  on  Plate  13. 

An  un described  form  of  this  genus  is  also  known  to  exist  in  the  Bear 
Eiver  Laramie  beds  of  Southwestern  Wyoming.  At  least  one  species, 
which  is  closely  allied  with  those  just  mentioned  as  coming  from  the 
brackish-water  strata,  is  known  to  exist  in  the  marine  Cretaceous  strata 
of  the  same  region  in  which  those  Laramie  species  occur,  and  it  is  not 
improbable  that  they  are  genetically  related  with  each  other. 

The  genus  Dreissena  Van  Beneden,  a  living  species  of  which  is  so 
common  in  certain  of  the  rivers  of  Europe  and  Western  Asia,  and  which 
genus  is  so  abundantly  and  variously  represented  in  the  fresh- water 
Tertiary  deposits  of  Eastern  Europe,  is  not  known  to  be  represented  in 
North  America  by  a  single  spec'es,  either  living  or  fossil.  Neither  is 
Adacna  Eichwald  known  in  North  America,  either  fossil  or  recent, 
although  so  common  in  Eastern  Europe  and  Western  Asia,  in  brack- 
ish waters  and  brackish- water  formations. 

The  genus  Mytilus,  although  it  is  recognized  by  Meek  in  the  marine 
Cretaceous  strata  of  the  epoch  which  immediately  preceded  the  Lara- 
mie period,  seems  not  to  have  survived  in  the  brackish  waters  of  that 
period  as  did  Ostrea,  Anomia,  and  Volsella. 

In  the  foregoing  discussion  of  the  three  families  Ostreidae,  Anomiidse, 
and  Mytilidae,  representatives  of  which  are  now  so  abundant  upon  our 
marine  coasts,  it  will  be  seen  that  especial  reference  has  been  had  to 
the  faunaB  of  the  Laramie  and  other  great  groups  of  strata  in  the  west- 
ern portion  of  the  continent.  This  arises  from  the  fact  which  has 
already  been  stated  or  alluded  to,  that  in  the  epochs  represented  by 
those  groups,  the  conditions  were,  in  that  region,  widely  extended  and 

*  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  58,  59,  pi.  25,  figs.  3  &  4. 
2 


424  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

very  favorable  for  the  developement  of  brackish  and  fresh- water  faunjg; 
while  whatever  of  estuary  deposits  may  have  been  made  during  the 
periods  that  have  elapsed  since  paleozoic  time  in  those  regions  which 
now  constitute  other  portions  of  the  continent,  have  been  nearly  or 
quite  destroyed  by  the  geological  changes  that  have  occurred ,  or  they 
have  hitherto  escaped  discovery.  Consequently,  as  has  already  been 
remarked  in  relation  to  the  Ostreidse,  discussion  of  not  only  the  brack- 
ish-water representatives  of  these  -three  families,  but  of  all  brackish- 
water  forms  will  cease  in  this  article  with  the  references  that  are  made 
to  the  fauna  of  the  Laramie  period.  Discussion  of  the  fresh-water  and 
laud  mollusca  will  be  continued  to  a  much  later  epoch  by  .references  ta 
their  fossil  remains,  because  favorable  and  extensive  fresh  water  con- 
ditions continued  in  Western  North  America  long  after  the  wide-spread 
brackish  waters  of  the  Laramie  period  had  ceased  there. 

But  even  as  regards  these  purely  fresh- water  and  land  molluscan 
families,  few  of  their  remains  have  yet  been  discovered  which  are  refer- 
able* to  the  epochs  which  passed  between  the  Eocene  and  the  present 
time.  These  deficiencies  of  the  geological  record  and  their  zoological 
bearing  will  be  made  apparent  as  the  different  known  faun»3  are  pre- 
sented in  their  order  on  the  following  pages. 

UNIONHXE. 

For  various  reasons,  no  family  of  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  is  of 
greater  interest  than  the  Unionidae,  especially  since  the  discovery  of  the 
large  number  of  species  in  the  Mesozoic  and  Oenozoic  strata  of  Western 
North  America,  and  of  the  rich  Unioue  fauna  of  the  Tertiary  deposits  of 
Eastern  Europe. 

Although  certain  shells  found  in  the  Carboniferous  and  Devonian 
strata  of  Europe  and  America  have  been  referred  to  the  Unionidae  by 
different  authors,  the  accuracy  of  such  reference  has  been  by  others 
seriously  questioned  5  and  American  paleontologists  at  least  have  of  late 
years  not  generally  recognized  as  belonging  to  that  famliy  any  shells 
found  in  strata  of  earlier  than  Mesozoic  time.*  Prof.  James  Hall  has, 
however,  recently  expressed  the  opinion  t  that  the  two  bivalve  species, 
which  were  named  by  Vanuxem  Cypricardites  cattskillensis  and  0.  angus- 
tata,  respectively,!  belong  to  the  genus  Anodonta;  and  that  the  Mont- 
rose  and  Oneonta  sandstones  (later  Devonian)  in  which  those  species 
occur,  were  "deposited  under  estuary  and  fresh-water  conditions." 

Aside  from  the  apparent  Unione  characteristics  of  these  shells,  and 
the  other  facts  upon  which  Professor  Hall  bases  the  opinion  he  has  ex- 
pressed, the  wide  differentiation,  which  is  now  known  to  have  become  fully 
established  among  the  Unionidae,  at  least  as  early  as  the  later  portion  of 
Mesozoic  age,  points  to  a  very  early  period  for  the  origin  of  the  family. 

*  See  remarks  on  a  following  page  on  spurious  and  doubtful  species. 

t  See  "  Science  "  for  December,  1880. 

jVanuxem's  Rep.  Geol.-,  3d  District,  New  York,  p.  186. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  425 

It  is  not  improbable,  therefore,  that  representatives  of  the  Unionidae  ex- 
isted as  early  as  the  later  Devonian,  as  has  been  suggested  by  Professor 
Hall.  This  opinion,  furthermore,  is  all  the  more  probably  correct,  be- 
cause of  the  known  fact  that  a  well  developed  land-molluscan  fauna 
existed  during  the  Coalmeasure  period,  and  apparently  also  in  the  De- 
vonian, all  the  known  species  of  which  are  mentioned  on  the  following 
pages  and  figured  on  accompanying  plates.  Although  it  may  not  be 
regarded  as  certain  that  the  Cypricardites  cattsTcillensis  and  C.  anyustata 
of  Vanuxem  really  belong  to  the  genus  Anodonta,  copies  of  Yanuxem's 
original  figures  are  given  on  Plate  1,  for  the  purpose  of  comparison. 

Dr.  J.  W.  Dawson,  in  his  Arcadian  Geology,  second  edition,  describes 
seven  species  of  edentulous  bivalves  from  the  Coalmeasure  strata  of 
Nova  Scotia,  under  the  generic  name  of  Naiadites.  He  states  his  belief 
that  they  are  the  shells  of  brackish- water  or  fresh -water  mollusks  "  allied 
to  the  Mytilidae  or  Unionidae."  The  shell  structure,  as  given  by  Dr.  Daw- 
son,  is  like  that  of  the  Unionidae  and  unlike  that  of  the  Mytilidae.  It 
seems,  therefore,  not  improbable  that  at  least  a  part  of  his  species  really 
belong  to  the  Unionidae.  Three  of  those  species,  namely,  Naiadites  car- 
bonaria,  N~.  elongata,  and  N.  Icevis,  are  represented  on  Plate  2,  the  fig- 
ures being  copies  of  Dr.  Dawson's  original  illustrations  in  the  work 
referred  to. 

If  these  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  shells  do  not  really  belong  to  the 
Unionidae,  the  earliest  known  members  of  that  family  now  known  to 
exist  in  North  American  strata  are  two  or  three  species,  specimens  of 
which  were  collected  by  Prof.  E.  D.  Cope  in  the  valley  of  Gallinas  Creek, 
New  Mexico,  from  strata  which  he  regarded  as  of  Triassic  age.*  These 
shells  belong  unquestionably  to  the  genus  Unio  proper,  as  is  shown  by 
the  character  of  the  hinge  and  the  muscular  markings.  The  outer  pris- 
matic layer  of  the  shell  which  characterizes  the  Unionidae  is  also  well  pre- 
served on  some  of  the  specimens.  One  of  these  forms,  which  is  figured 
on  Plate  3,  was  described  by  Mr.  Meek,t  under  the  name  of  U.  cris- 
tonensis, and  specific  names  were  also  proposed  for  the  two  other  forms, 
the  specimens  of  which  he  deemed  to  be  too  imperfect  for  characterization .  J 
There  are  some  reasons  for  regarding  the  strata  from  which  these  shells 
were  obtained  as  of  Jurassic  instead  of  Triassic  age,  but  further  inves- 
tigation is  needed  before  such  an  opinion  can  be  confidently  expressed. 
The  figure  of  U.  cristonensis  is  drawn  from  one  of  the  best  of  Mr.  Meek's 
type  specimens,  but  which  is  nevertheless  very  imperfect.  The  species 
has  never  before  been  figured. 

While  U.  cristonensis  is  probably  the  most  ancient  published  North 
American  species  of  Unio,  this  portion  of  the  subject  ought  not  to  be 

*  An.  Rep.  Expl.  and  Sur.  west  of  the  100th  meridian,  for  1875,  p.  81. 

t  An.  Rep.  Expl.  and  Sur.  west  of  the  100th  meridian,  for  1875,  p.  83. 

t  These  two  names  are  respectively  Unio  gallinensis  and  U.  lerrce-rubrce ;  but  the  spec- 
imens to  which  they  are  applied  are  really  too  imperfect  to  justify  the  application  of 
any  specific  names. 


426  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

passed  over  here  without  reference  to  the  fact  that  Dr.  S.  G-.  Morton, 
Mr.  T.  A.  Conrad,  and  Dr.  Isaac  Lea  have  all  described  fossil  species 
which  they  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  Unionidse.  They  were,  however, 
either  incorrectly  referred  to  that  family,  or  the  formations  from  which 
they  were  respectively  obtained  are  incorrectly  stated ;  and  they  are, 
therefore,  enumerated  under  the  head  of  spurious  and  doubtful  species 
on  following  pages. 

That  the  Unionidas  existed  within  the  area  that  now  constitutes  West- 
ern North  America  in  the  Jurassic  period,  and  that  the  genus  Unio  of 
Ketzius  had  then  not  only  become  established,  but  had  reached  a  good 
degree  of  differentiation  as  regards  the  establishment  of  subordinate 
groups  of  forms  within  that  great  genus,  is  apparently  beyond  reason- 
able doubt 5  and  in  this  article  the  question  is  treated  as  affirmatively 
settled.  At  the  s'ame  time  it  should  be  stated  that  in  the  case  of  at 
least  a  majority  of  the  alleged  discoveries  of  fresh- water  inolluscan 
species  in  Jurassic  strata,  some  doubt  has  been  thrown  upon  the  gen- 
uineness of  the  fresh- water  origin  of  the  strata  in  which  they  were  de- 
posited, or  upon  the  actual  Jurassic  age  of  those  strata. 

The  first  discovery  in  North  American  Jurassic  strata  of  shells  which 
are  referable  to  the  Unionidse  was  announced  by  Meek  &  Hayden  in 
connection  with  the  publication  of  Unio  nucalis,*  which  is  figured  on 
Plate  3.  Those  authors,  however,  expressed  a  remote  doubt  as  to 
whether  the  strata  in  question,  which  occur  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Black 
Hills,  are  really  of  Jurassic  age.  No  other  examples  of  this  .species  be- 
sides the  type  specimens  have  ever  been  discovered.  They  are  shown  to 
be  those  of  true  Unio  by  the  hinge  characters  observable  upon  one  of  the 
specimens ;  and  the  outer  prismatic  shell-layer  is  observable  on  all  of 
them.  They  were  found  associated  with  shells,  which  Meek  &  Hayden 
referred  to  the  genera  -Planorbis,  Valvata,  Viviparus,  Neritella,  and 
Lioplacodes  respectively. 

Another  Jurassic  species  referable  to  this  family  is  Unio  stewardi, 
White,  which  was  described  from  some  imperfect  specimens  that  were 
collected  from  Jurassic  strata  by  Mr.  J.  F.  Steward  in  Northern  Utah.t 

Fig.  1,  on  Plate  3,  is  an  outline  illustration  of  this  species  which 
has  been  made  up  by  help  of  several  fragments,  no  perfect  example 
having  ever  been  discovered.  It  is  believed  to  represent  closely  the 
outline  and  general  aspect  which  the  species  presented  while  living.  It 
is  an  interesting  form,  because  it  illustrates  the  fact  that  at  least  one 
of  the  subordinate  types  of  Unio  that  now  exists  among  the  living 
species  of  the  Mississippi  Eiver  system  was  established  at  that  early 
epoch. 

The  next  known  member  of  the  Unionidae,  the  appearance  of  which  is 
to  be  mentioned  in  the  order  of  geological  time,  is  an  interesting  form 

*  Paleontology  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  p.  92,  pi.  iii,  fig.  13. 
t  Powell's  Report,  Geology  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  110. 


WHITE.] 


ANNOTATED  CATALOGUE.  427 


which  was  described  by  Meek  &  Hayden,*  from  Southeastern  Dakota, 
under  the  name  Margaritana  nebrascensis.  It  was  obtained  from  the  Da- 
kota Group,  which  is  the  earliest  group  of  the  Cretaceous  strata  in  the 
North  American  series ;  and  it  was  found  associated  with  Cyrena  dakotensis 
and  Pharella  f  dakotensis  of  the  same  authors.  These  forms  indicate  a 
brackish- water,  probably  estuary,  origin  for  at  least  the  layers  in  which 
those  fossils  occur,  although  the  remains  of  marine  mollusca  are  found 
in  other  parts  of  the  same  group.  Margaritana  nebrascensis  is  repre- 
sented by  two  figures  on  Plate  4,  which  figures  are  drawn  from  the  prin- 
cipal type  specimen. 

In  shape  and  general  aspect  this  shell  resembles  some  of  the  living 
forms  of  Margaritana,  but  it  is  of  a  somewhat  different  type  from  any 
known  living  species  of  that  genus.  It  differs  still  more  from  any  of  the 
other  known  fossil  Unionidse,  except  the  form  whicli  was  described  by 
Gabb  t  from  the  Cretaceous  strata  of  Vancouver's  Island  under  the  name 
of  U.  hubbardi.  This  suggestion  of  congeneric  relationship  is  based 
upon  the  external  characteristics  alone  which  both  present,  because 
nothing  is  yet  known  of  the  character  of  the  hinge  of  U.  hubbardi.  The 
hinge  of  M.  nebrascensis,  as  ascertained  by  Meek,  seems  to  warrant  its 
reference  to  the  genus  Margaritana,  and  if  this  reference  is  correct,  that 
species  is,  with  the  probable  exception  of  the  U.  hubbardi  of  Gabb,  the 
only  known  North  American  fossil  form  which  can  be  properly  referred 
to  Margaritana.  But,  as  before  intimated,  it  probably  belongs  to  a  sub- 
ordinate type  of  that  genus  which  early  became  extinct.  Unio  hubbardi 
is  represented  by  copies  of  Mr.  Gabb's  figures  on  Plate  5. 

Mr.  Gabb  also  described  and  figured  |  another  species,  a  strange  bi- 
alate  form  from  the  Cretaceous  strata  of  California,  under  the  name  of 
Unio  penultimus,,  of  which  he  seems  to  have  had  very  imperfect  speci- 
mens. Figure  1,  on  Plate  5,  is  a  copy  of  Mr.  Gabb's  original  figure 
of  this  form.  He  expressed  no  doubt  of  the  correctness  of  his  refer- 
ence of  that  species  to  the  genus  Unio,  and>  notwithstanding  its  unusual 
form,  there  appears  to  be  no  reason  to  suppose  that  it  may  not  belong  at 
least  to  the  Unionida3.  If  it  really  is  a  member  of  this  family  it  presents 
an  interesting  example  of  a  subordinate  type  which  has  become  extinct, 
while  many  co-ordinate  types  which  existed  contemporaneously  with,  or 
shortly  after  it,  have  come  down  to  the  present  time  unchanged.  It  is 
a  significant  and  interesting  fact,  especially  in  connection  with  the  refer- 
ence  of  his  Coalmeasure  genus  Naiadites  to  the  Unionidae  by  Dawson, 
that  both  of  the  Uniones  which  were  described  by  Gabb  from  the  Creta- 
ceous strata  of  the  Pacific  coast  were  found  in  strata  associated  with  the 
coal  beds  of  that  period. 

The  three  last-mentioned  species  of  thellnionidse  are,  with  one  excep- 
tion, all  that  are  at  present  known  to  have  existed  within  the  area  which 

*U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  114,  pi.  i,  fig.  5. 

t  Paleontology  of  California,  vol.  ii,  p.  190,  pi.  30,  fig.  86. 

t  Paleontology  of  California,  vol.  i,  p.  182,  plate  24,  fig.  164. 


428  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSC  A. 

is  now  occupied  by  the  North  American  continent  during  the  epochs 
that  all  geologists  agree  in  referring  to  the  Cretaceous  period.  It  can- 
not be  doubted,  however,  that  many  representatives  of  the  family  really 
lived  during"  that  period,  the  remains  of  most  of  which  are  probably  for- 
ever lost,  but  some  of  which  we  may  yet  hope  to  discover.  The  excep- 
tion that  has  been  referred  to  is  a  species,  the  only  known  remains  of 
which  consist  of  a  few  fragments,  too  imperfect  for  specific  characteri- 
zation, which  were  found  in  the  Estuary  deposit  at  Coalville,  Utah, 
which  has  already  been  referred  to  as  furnishing  Anomiapropatoris,  and 
is  yet  to  be  mentioned  in  connection  with  certain  other  species. 

The  cause  of  the  apparent  paucity  of  Unione  and  other  non-marine 
molluscan  remains  in  strata  of  Cretaceous  age,  is  not,  probably,  that 
such  inollusca  did  not  then  exist  in  very  many  places  in  greater  or  less 
abundance ;  but  it  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  few  of  the  non-marine 
deposits  of  those  epochs  have  escaped  destruction. 

We  come  now  to  the  consideration  of  a  geological  period,  namely,  the 
Laramie  (which  is  also  a  remarkable  period  of  time  in  the  evolutional 
history  of  the  Unionidse),  in  which  the  physical  conditions  within  the 
area  now  occupied  by  the  North  American  continent  were  exceedingly 
favorable  to  the  existence  'and  development  of  non-marine  mollnsca.  The 
chief  of  these  conditions  was  the  wide  prevalence  of  brackish  and  fresh 
waters  during  the  whole  of  that  period.  During  the  Laramie  period 
there  existed  a  Unione  fauna  that,  for  differentiation  into  a  great  varietv 
of  subordinate  types,  is  truly  remarkable  when  we  remember  that  it  oc- 
curred at  a  time  so  remote. 

It  is  also  a  remarkable  fact  that  a  large  proportion  of  these  types  are 
precisely  those  which  now  characterize  the  peculiar  and  rich  Unione 
fauna  of  the  Mississippi  drainage  system.  A  part  only,  and  apparently 
an  unimportant  part,  of  those  subordinate  types  that  existed  during 
the  Laramie  period  appear  to  have  become  extinct. 

In  tracing  the  evolutional  history  of  any  family  of  mollusca  we  should, 
in  a  general  way  at  least,  expect  to  find  that  the  simplest  forms  were 
the  first  to  appear  in  the  order  of  time;  and  although  simplicity  of  form 
of  the  shell  is  not  by  any  means  a  necessary  correlative  of  simplicity  of 
structure  in  the  mollusk  which  produced  it,  we  nevertheless  naturally 
inquire  whether  the  simple  shells  of  Anodonta  did  not  precede  in  geolo- 
gical time  the  more  complicated  shells  of  Unio.  This  may  or  may  not 
have  been  the  case;  for  the  difference  in  actual  zoological  rank  between 
the  two  genera  is  at  best  measured  only  in  part  by  the  differences  in  the 
shells  of  each  genus. 

If,  however,  Professor  Hall's  suggestion  is  correct,  that  the  two  De- 
vonian forms  that  have  already  been  referred  to,  belong  to  the  genus 
Anodonta;  and  if  Dr.  Dawson  is  correct  in  referring  his  Carboniferous 
genus  Naiadites  to  the  Uriioniilae,  the  evidence  seems  to  be  strongly  in 
favor  of  the  opinion  that  Unio  was  actually  preceded  in  geological  time 
by  Anodonta  and  other  edentulous  Unionidse. 


WHITK.J  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE,  429 

On  the  other  hand,  if  those  two  Devonian  species  are  rejected  as  not 
being  members  of  the  UnionidaB,  the  earliest  species  of  Anodonta  that 
are  yet  known  in  North  American  strata  have  been  obtained  from  the 
Laramie  Group,  although,  as  we  have  seen,  diverse  and  characteristic 
forms  of  true  Unio  existed  as  early  at  least  as  the  Jurassic  period  $  and 
Margaritana  appears  also  to  have  existed  in  the  earliest  epoch  of  the 
known  North  American  Cretaceous. 

One  of  the  two  species  of  Anodonta,  which  have  been  discovered  m  the 
Laramie  Group,  namely,  A. propatoris  White,  from  the  Judith  Eiver  beds 
of  the  Upper  Missouri  Kiver  region,*  is  represented  on  Plate  19.  In 
form  and  general  aspect  it  is  exceedingly  like  certain  species  which 
are  now  living  in  North  American  waters.  The  example  represented  by 
Figs.  7  arid  8,  on  Plate  19,  is  not  of  fully  adult  size,  as  is  shown  by 
an  accompanying  figure  of  another,  but  less  perfect  example ;  but  it 
serves  to  illustrate  the  form  of  the  species  with  considerable  accuracy. 
Fragments  found  associated  with  them  show  the  characteristic  edentu- 
lous hinge  of  Anodonta,  one  of  which  is  represented  on  tbat  plate.  In- 
deed there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  both  Unio  and  Anodonta 
have  come  down  from  at  least  the  close  of  Mesozoic  time,  wholly  un- 
changed, not  in  generic  characters  only,  but  in  those  characteristics  also 
which  separate  subordinate  types  within  those  genera  from  each  other. 

The  other  Laramie  species  of  Anodonta,  namely,  A.parallela  White,t 
was  obtained  from  the  valley  of  Crow  Creek,  Northern  Colorado ;  but 
only  fragments  of  the  shell  have  yet  been  discovered,  Fig.  5,  on  Plate 
19,  being  a  restoration  of  the  form,  which  has  been  prepared  by  aid 
of  those  fragments.  It  is  an  unusually  elongate  form,  but  it  is  appar- 
ently a  true  Anodonta. 

At  the  present  time  lacustrine  waters  appear  to  form  a  more  COD  ge- 
nial habitat  for  Anodonta  than  fluvatile  waters  do,  although  various 
species  of  that  genus  occur  in  both ;  but  notwithstanding  this  fact,  no 
specimens  of  Anodonta  have  been  discovered  in  any  of  the  great  lacus- 
triue  deposits  of  Tertiary  age  which  succeeded  those  of  the  Laramie  Sea 
in  Western  North  America,  although  several  species  of  true  Unio,  as 
well  as  other  fresh-water  inolluscan  forms,  are  frequently  found  in  those 
deposits.  Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  so  few  of  the  remains  of  Ano- 
donta have  been  discovered,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  it  was  continu- 
ously represented  by  different  species  from  at  least  as  early  a  period  as 
the  Laramie  down  to  the  present  time.  { 

Ee turning  again  to  the  genus  Unio,  we  find  it  remarkably  well  repre- 
sented in  the  strata  of  the  Laramie  Group  and  those  of  the  immediately 
succeeding  fresh-water  Eocene  Tertiary  groups. 

That  division  of  the  Laramie  Group  which  is  known  as  the  Bear  Eiver 

*An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  62,  pi.  24,  fig.  2. 
t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  62,  pi.  24,  fig.  3. 
jSee  reference  to  Anodonta  decurtata,  Conrad,  under  the  head  of  spurious  and  doubt- 
ful species. 


430  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

beds,  and  which  is  better  known  in  Southwestern  Wyoming  and  the 
adjacent  parts  of  Utah  than  elsewhere,  is  probably  somewhat  earlier  in 
its  origin  than  those  divisions  of  the  group  which  occur  in  other  por- 
tions of  that  great  western  region.*  Therefore  the  two  species  of  Unio 
which  those  strata  have  furnished  may  be  properly  first  considered. 

One  of  these  species,  which  is  represented  on  Plate  6,  is  interest- 
ing as  the  type  of  what  was  regarded  by  Mr.  Meek,  who  described  the 
species  under  the  name  of  Unio  belliplicatus,}  as  a  distinct  subordi- 
nate type  of  Unio,  to  which  he  subsequently  gave  the  subgeneric  name 
of  Loxopleurus.  J  As  this  species  has  the  true  hinge  structure,  pallial  and 
muscular  markings,  and  ordinary  external  form  of  Unio,  its  assumed 
type  characteristics  consist  only  of  its  peculiar  style  of  surface  plication. 
It  may  well  be  questioned  whether  this  feature  is  sufficient  to  base  a 
subgeneric  distinction  upon,  especially  as  the  bent  plications  seem  to 
consist  essentially  of  a  blending  of  small  concentric  folds,  which  are 
developed  only  near  the  beaks,  with  radiating  folds,  both  of  which  are 
respectively  found  upon  various  other  species  of  Unio. 

The  other  species  which  has  been  referred  to  as  occurring  in  the  Bear 
Kiver  Laramie  beds,  and  with  which  U.  belliplicatus  is  usually  associ- 
ated, is  Unio  vetustus  Meek,§  which -is  figured  upon  Plate  7.  This 
species  has  an  external  form  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  U.  bellipli- 
catus,  but  its  surface  is  plain,  except  that  a  few  more  or  less  distinct 
concentric  wrinkles  are  usually  observable  upon  the  beaks ;  and  some- 
times one  or  two  faint  radiating  raised  lines  appear  upon  each  side  of  the 
postero-dorsal  portion.  Both  species  have  all  the  characteristics  of  true 
Unio  well  developed,  and  both  have  the  front  shorter  than  is  usual 
among  living  species  of  that  genus  which  have  a  like  transversely  oval 
outline.  In  the  latter  feature  they  agree  with  other  fossil  species,  which 
are  presently  to  be  noticed. 

Those  strata  belonging  to  the  great  Laramie  group,  which  are  some- 
what extensively  developed  in  the  Upper  Missiouri  Kiver  region,  and 
which  have  become  generally  known  as  the  Judith  Kiver  beds,  have 
furnished  a  considerable  number  of  species  of  Unio,  besides  one  species 
of  Anodonta,  which  has  already  been  mentioned. 

All  the  species  of  Unio  noticed  in  this  article,  especially  those  of  the 
Laramie  and  fresh- water  Eocene  groups,  may  be  divided  into  several 
natural  sections,  each  section  representing  a  subordinate  type  of  Unio, 
which,  with  one  doubtful  exception  presently  to  be  noticed,  has  repre- 

*  This  suggestion  that  the  Bear  River  beds  are  older  than  the  other  portions  of  the 
Lararaio  Group  is  not  made  with  entire  confidence.  It  is  based  wholly  upon  the  greater 
dissimilarity  that  appears  between  the  fauna  of  the  former  than  that  of  the  latter 
when  both  are  compared  with  living  mollusca.  This  dissimilarity  may,  of  course,  be 
due  toother  causes  than  the  supposed  greater  length  of  time  since  the  existence  of  the 
Bear  River  fauna  than  has  passed  since  that  of  the  other  portions  of  the  Laramie 
group  was  living. 

tGeol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  Vol.  iv,  p.  165,  pi.  xvi,  fig.  4. 

t  See  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  Vol.  ix,  p.  515. 

$  Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  Vol.  iv,  p.  164,  pi.  XVI,  fig.  5. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  431 

sentatives  now  living  in  the  waters  of  the  Mississippi  drainage  system. 
These  types  of  living  Uniones,  which  have  such  well-defined  represent- 
atives among  the  fossil  species  of  the  Laramie  Group,  are  among  those 
which,  being  characteristic  of  the  molluscan  fauna  of  the  Mississippi 
drainage  system,  have  come  to  be  generally  known  as  "  North  Ameri- 
can types  of  Unio."  So  unmistakable  is  their  relationship  that  no  rea- 
sonable doubt  can  be  entertained  that  the  fossil,  represent  the  living 
forms  ancestrally. 

In  only  one  particular,  if  we  except  the  peculiar  plication  of  U. 
belliplicatusj  do  any  of  the  "fossil  species  of  Unio  of  Laramie  or  Tertiary 
age  assume  a  characteristic  which  is  either  not  present  or  not  clearly 
recognizable  in  any  living  species  among  North  American  Uniones. 
This  excepted  characteristic  consists  in  the  extreme  shortening  of  the 
shell  in  front  of  the  beaks  in  certain  of  the  species  which  have  also  a 
considerable  transverse  elongation  and  an  approximately  oval  outline ; 
that  is,  instead  of  having  the  beaks  situated  near,  or  only  a  little  in 
advance  of,  the  mid-length  of  the  dorsal  border,  as  they  are  in  all  the 
living  oval  and  some  of  the  shorter  forms,  the  beaks  in  the  case  of  the 
fossil  forms  in  question  are  placed  very  near  to  the  front.  Short  forms 
of  Unio,  of  living  as  well  as  fossil  species,  have  their  beaks  placed  thus 
far  forward,  but  attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  it  is  only  in  the  fossil 
species  that  this  peculiarity  has  been  observed  in  connection  with  such 
shells  as  are  much  elongate'd  transversely.  A  living  species,  which  per- 
haps more  nearly  than  any  other  approaches  in  this  respect  the  fossil 
species  referred  to,  is  U.  clavus  Lamarck,  which  is  a  common  shell  in 
the  Ohio  Eiver  and  its  tributaries.  But  this  species  is,  in  reality, 
only  one  of  the  short  subtriangular  forms,  which  is  a  little  more  than 
usually  elongate. 

The  Unio  subspatulatus  of  Meek  &  Hay  den,*  from  the  Judith  Biver 
beds,  which  is  illustrated  on  Plate  14,  may  be  taken  as  an  example  of 
an  elongate  shell  with  a  shortened  front,  such  as  has  been  referred  to. 
In  this  case,  however,  there  is  an  unusual  narrowing  of  the  shell  pos- 
teriorly. • 

Associated  with  U.  subspatulatus,  and  closely  related  to  it,  is  another 
form  which  was  described  by  the  same  authors  under  the  name  of  Unio 
dancej  and  which  is  represented  on  Plate  17.  This  species  has  also 
been  somewhat  doubtfully  identified  in  the  Laramie  strata  of  Southern 
Wyoming,  further  mention  of  which  fact  is  made  on  a  following  page 

Two  other  species  have  been  obtained  from  the  Judith  Elver  beds, 
namely,  Unio  deweyanus  Meek  &  Hayden,|  and  U.  cryptorhynchus 
White,§  both  of  which  possess  the  shortened  front  in  connection  with 
a  transversely  oval  outline,  which  features  have  already  been  discussed. 

*  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr. ,  vol .  ix,  p.  518,  pi.  41,  fig.  1. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr. ,  vol.  ix ,  p.  517,  pi.  41,  fig.  3. 

tU.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  519,  pi.  41,  fig.  2. 

$  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  68,  pi.  24,  fig.  1. 


I 

432  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

These  two  species  are  represented  on  Plates  17  and  14  respectively. 
Some  imperfect  specimens  of  a  form  that  seems  to  be  specifically  identical 
with  U.  cryptorhynchus  have  also  been  discovered  in  the  Laramie  strata 
at  Black  Buttes  station.  The  correctness  of  this  identification  is  ren- 
dered the  more  probable,  because  of  similar  identification  of  other  mol- 
luscan  species  in  both  regions,  one  of  which  has  already  been  mentioned. 

Of  the  Uniones  that  are  yet  known  from  the  Judith  Kiver  beds,  two 
species  remain  to  be  noticed  namely,  U.  primcevus  and  U.  senectus 
White,*  which  are  represented  on  piates  14  and  19  respectively. 

These  two  species  differ  much  in  external  form,  but  both  are  marked 
by  small  rugose  plications  upon  the  postero-dorsal  portion  of  the  sur- 
face, a  feature  which  is  not  unusual  among  living  North  American 
species  of  Unio,  but  which  is  possessed  by  few  of  the  known  fossil 
species. 

The  aspect  of  these  shells  is  so  suggestive  of  certain  features  pre- 
sented by  some  of  the  living  forms  of  Unio  just  referred  to,  that  it  is 
only  their  fossilized  condition  which  at  first  view  conveys  to  the  mind 
an  impression  of  their  great  antiquity. 

One  other  species,  Unio  prisons  Meek  &  Hayden,t  has  also  been  ob- 
tained fro  m  the  Laramie  strata  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver  region ; 
but  this  one  is  from  the  Fort  Union  beds  which  occur  in  a  part  of  that 
great  region  which  lies  far  to  the  eastward  of  that  in  which  the  Judith 
Eiver  beds  are  found.  This  species  is  of  an 'ordinary  oval  outline,  with 
a  moderately  short  front,  but  without  any  noteworthy  peculiarities.  It 
is  represented  on  Plate  14  by  a  copy  of  Mr.  Meek's  original  figure. 

In  a  single  stratum  of  the  Laramie  Group  at  Black  Buttes  station,  in 
Southern  Wyoming,  nearly  a  dozen  species  of  Unio  have  been  found, 
among  which  are  some  of  the  most  interesting  fossil  forms  of  that 
genus  that  have  ever  been  discovered:  Some  of  these  species  have  the 
peculiarly  shortened  front,  together  with  a  transversely  oval  form,  of 
which  mention  has  already  been  made;  but  in  their  general  character- 
istics others  of  them  are  peculiarly  like  certain  forms  that  are  now  liv- 
ing in  the  waters  of  the  Mississippi  drainage  system. 

Among  these  species  from  the  Black  Buttes  locality  is  Unio  couesii, 
White,!  the  largest  species  of  that  genus  which  has  ever  been  found  in 
North  American  strata.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  16.  Its  large  size, 
massive  test,  and  general  aspect  strongly  recall  certain  of  the  large 
Uniones  that  are  found  living  in  the  waters  of  the  Wabash  and  other 
rivers  of  the  Mississippi  drainage  system. 

Associated  with  U.  couesii  is  another  species,  which  is  nearly  as  large, 
but  of  different  form,  namely,  U.  endlichi  White,  §  which  is  represented 
on  Plate  15. 

*  An.  Rep.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  69,  70,  pi.  29,  fig.  3,  and  pi.  28,  fig.  1. 

tU.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  516,  pi.  43,  fig.  8. 

{An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  64,  pi.  27,  fig.  1. 

$  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  66,  pi.  26,  fig.  1. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  433 

The  shells  of  both  these  large  species  are  strong  and  massive,  and 
both  have  strong  and  well  developed  cardinal  and  lateral  teeth,  such  as 
are  observable  upon  the  shells  of  the  large  living  river  Uniones. 

The  other  species  of  Unto  that  have  been  obtained  from  the  Black 
Buttes  locality  have  all  been  described  by  me  under  the  following 
names  respectively:  Unio  propheticus,  U.  brachyopisthus,  U.  proavitus, 
U.  aldricMj  (7.  goniambonatus,  U.  holmesianus,  and  a  form  which  I  have 
doubtfully  referred  to  the  U.  dance  of  Meek  &  Hayden  *  has  also  been 
obtained  there.  These  seven  species  are  represented  by  appropriate 
figures  upon  Plates  13, 15, 16,  and  19.  They  cannot  fail  to  be  especially 
interesting  to  those  who  are  familiar  with  the  UnioDe  fauna  of  the 
Mississippi  drainage  system. 

The  form  which  is  represented  by  figures  1  and  2,  on  Plate  18,  has 
already  been  referred  to  as  having  been  doubtfully  identified  with 
Unio  dance,  the  type  specimens  of  which  species  were  obtained  by  Meek 
&  Hayden  from  the  Judith  River  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver 
region.  It  is  not  improbable  that  further  comparison  will  make  it 
necessary  to  regard  the  Black  Buttes  form  as  a  distinct  species. 

In  some  respects,  at  least,  the  most  interesting  of  these  fossil  species 
of  Unio  is  U.  holmesianus  White.  It  is  especially  noteworthy  as  indi- 
cating, in  connection  with  its  associates,  the  wide  diversity  of  subordi- 
nate types  that  the  genus  Unio  had  attained  in  the  Laramie  period,  and 
also  as  affording  a  fine  fossil  example  of  one  of  the  most  characteristic 
subordinate  types  of  Unio  that  are  now  peculiar  to  North  American 
fiuvatile  waters. 

Unio  gonionotus  White  t  is  illustrated  on  Plate  13.  It  was  discov- 
ered, by  Professor  Powell,  in  the  Laramie  strata  of  Southern  Utah, 
where  alone  any  specimens  of  the  species  have  yet  been  found.  It  is 
an  interesting  form,  especially  because  of  the  strong  plications  which 
it  bears,  and  which  are  similar  to  those  that  characterize  various  living 
species,  and  'also  .because  it  possesses  the  excessively  shortened  front 
which  has  before  been  noticed  as  characterizing  other  fossil  Uniones. 

Only  one  other  species  of  Unio,  which  is  referred  to  tne  Laramie 
Group,  remains  to  be  noticed  by  name  in  this  article j  but,  judging 
from  various  fragments  that  have  been  found  at  different  localities,  it  is 
quite  certain  that  several,  perhaps  many,  other  species  exist  there.  In- 
deed, the  known  wide  diversity  of  type  that  the  genus  Unio  had  attained 
during  the  Laramie  period  seems  necessarily  to  imply  that  a  greater  num- 
ber of  specific  forms  then  existed  than  have  yet  been  discovered. 

The  species  last  referred  to,  and  which  is  illustrated  on  Plate  18, 1 
have  described  under  the  name  of  Unio  mendax.%  Specimens  of  it 

*  For  original  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  seven  forms  see  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol. 
Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  62-68,  pi.  -2-2,  26,  27,  and  29. 
t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  71,  pi.  26,  fig.  2. 
tBull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  iii,  p.  605. 
28  G 


434  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

have  been  collected,  by  Professor  Powell,  from  certain  strata  in  the 
Caiion  of  Desolation,  £,nd  others,  by  one  of  the  parties  under  Lieuten- 
ant Wheeler,  from  the  coal-bearing  strata  at  Wales,  Utah,  all  of  which 
probably  belong  to  the  upper  portion  of  the  Laramie  Group.  The  speci- 
mens obtained  at  Wales  were  erroneously  referred  by  me  to  U.  vetustus 
Meek,*  which  species  U.  tnendax  resembles  in  certain  particulars. 

In  the  Eocene  fresh- water  deposits,  which  immediately  succeeded  the 
Laramie,  several  species  of  Unio  have  been  found  5  and  it  is  a  note- 
worthy fact  that  while  there  was  great  diversity  of  form  and  consider- 
able diversity  of  surface  ornamentation  among  the  species  of  Unio  that 
existed  in  the  Laramie  period,  all  the  species  of  that  genus  which  have 
yet  been  found  in  the  purely  fresh- water  Eocene  deposits  have  a  trans- 
versely oval  form  and  plain  surface;  that  is,  there  are  among  the  latter 
no  short  forms,  like  several  of  those  of  the  Laramie  Group  and  many 
among  living  species,  and  none  of  them  have  the  surface  marked  by 
plications,  rugae,  or  pustules;  nor  are  they  marked  in  any  other  manner 
except  by  the  ordinary  concentric  lines  of  growth.  Most  of  these  oval 
shells  also  have  the  beaks  placed  at  least  a  moderate  distance  from  the 
front,  as  is  usual  in  the  case  of  living  species  of  oval  form;  but  one  of 
them  at  least  possesses  a  shortened  front,  like  that  of  several  of  the 
Uniones  of  the  Laramie  Group  which  have  already  been  noticed. 

The  species  referred  to  is  Unio  clinopisthus  White,  which  is  described 
and  figured  for  the  first  time,  as  follows:  Unio  clinopisthus  (sp.  nov.), 
Plate  28,  Figs.  1  and  2.  Shell  transversely  elongate,  short  in  front  of 
the  beaks,  elongate  and  narrowing  behind  them  to  the  posterior  end; 
basal  margin  having  a  gentle  sinuosity,  there  being  a  slight  einargina- 
tion  just  behind  the  midlength ;  front  margin  regularly  rounded;  dor- 
sal margin  proper  rather  short ;  postero-dorsal  margin  forming  a  long, 
convex,  downward  slope  from  the  dorsal  to  the  postero-basal  margin, 
which  latter  margin  is  narrowly  rounded;  beaks  depressed  and  placed 
near  the  front  of  the  shell.  A  somewhat  prominent,  but  not  sharply 
defined,  umbonal  ridge  extends  from  the  beak  of  each  valve  to  the 
postero-basal  margin,  giving  a  flattened  space  at  the  postero-dorsal  por- 
tion of  each  valve.  Surface  marked  only  by  concentric  lines  of  growth. 

Length,  63  millimeters;  height,  30  millimeters;  thickness,  both  valves 
together,  23  millimeters. 

This  species  was  collected  by  Dr.  Hayden  from  the  fresh- water  Eocene 
strata,  near  Washakie  Station,  in  Southern  Wyoming. 

Another  species,  quite  a  large  one,  to  which  I  have  given  the  name 
of  Unio  Meekiij  changing  it  from  U.  leai  Meek,  which  name  was  pre- 
occupied, was  obtained  by  Dr.  Hayden  from  the  Bridger  Group  of  South- 
ern Wyoming.  This  form  is  yet  known  only  by  fragments  and  natural 
casts  of  the  interior;  but  it  is  known  to  have  been  a  large,  plain  shell 

*Expl.  and  Sur.  West  of  the  100th  Merid.,  vol.  iv,  p.  206,  pi.  XXII,  fig.  12,  a,  b,  c, 
andd. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  435 

of  transversely  oval  outline,  and  having  the  anterior  portion  rather  short 
in  front  of  the  beaks.*  • 

The  remaining  three  species  of  Unio  yet  to  be  noticed  are  all  of  the 
simple  elongate,  or  transversely  oval  form,  so  common  among  living 
representatives  of  the  genus. 

The  first  is  U.  sJioslionensis  White,t  which  is  figured  on  Plate  28. 
Specimens  of  it  have  been  found  at  various  localities  in  Southern  Wy- 
oming and  the  adjacent  parts  of  Colorado  and  Utah,  in  the  Wahsatch 
Gr.oup  of  fresh-water  Eocene  strata  there. 

The  next  is  U.  washakiensis  Meek,J  which  is  figured  on  Plate  28,  and 
which  has  a  similar  geographical  range  and  geological  position.  It 
seems  also  to  range  upward  into  the  Bridger  Group. 

The  third  and  last  is  U.  haydeni  Meek,§  which  is  represented  on 
Plate  28.  This  species  closely  resembles  U.  shoshonensis  in  external 
form,  but  it  is  a  thinner  and  more  delicate  shell,  with  a  more  slender 
hinge.  It  also  comes  from  a  different  group  of  strata.  It  is  not  improb- 
able that  U.  haydeni  is  identical  with  the  species  that  was  described 
by  Hall  under  the  name  of  My  a  tellinoides.\\  For  purposes  of  compar- 
ison Professor  Hall's  principal  figure  of  that  form  is  copied  on  Plate 
28. 

Although  there  are  fresh-water  deposits  of  considerable  extent  in 
Western  North  America  of  later  date  than  the  Eocene  Tertiary  epoch 
which  have  furnished  numerous  vertebrate,  and  a  few  molluscan  remains, 
no  Uniones,  and  only  a  few  other  bivalve  species,  which  are  referred  to 
Sphcerium,  have  been  found  in  any  of  them.  In  a  few  instances,  some 
Uniones  have  been  discovered  in  certain  Post-Tertiary  deposits,  but  as 
they  have  all  been  referred  to  living  species,  they  do  not  come  within 
the  scope  of  this  article.fi 

•  CYRENHXE. 

The  geological  history  of  the  Cyrenida3  of  North  America,  as  it  is  at 
present  known,  begins  with  the  earliest  epoch  of  the  Cretaceous;  but  it 
was  no  doubt  actually  introduced  much  earlier. 

The  family  has  apparently  never  formed  a  very  prominent  feature  of 
any  molluscan  fauna,  either  marine  or  non-marine,  in  any  of  the  geo- 
logical periods,  except  that  of  the  Laramie,  since  its  introduction.  In 
this  period  there  was  so  extraordinary  a  development  of  the  genus  Cor- 

*This  species  is  described,  and  a  cast  of  one  valve  figured  in  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol. 
Sur.  Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  43,  pi.  19,  fig.  1.  Owing  to  the  imperfection  of  all  the 
specimens  of  this  species  that  have  yet  been  discovered,  no  figure  of  it  is  given  in 
this  article. 

t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  41,  pi.  19,  fig.  2. 

*An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  42,  pi.  19,  fig.  3. 

§  Simpson's  Report  Great  Basin  of  Utah,  p.  364,  pi.  5,  fig.  11. 

||  Fremont's  Rep.  Oregon  and  N.  California,  p.  307,  pi.  iii,  figs.  1  and  2. 

H  For  an  interesting  discovery  of  this  kind,  by  Prof.  John  Collett,  in  Indiana,  see 
7th  An.  Report  Geol.  Sur.  Indiana,  p.  246.  See  also,  on  a  following  page,  remarks  on 
spurious  and  doubtful  species. 


436  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

bicula  as  to  give  an  impression  to  the  casual  observer  that  the  family 
then  reached  a  culmination,  but  it  was  in  reality  a  culmination  of  the 
genus  Corbicula  only. 

In  the  Cretaceous  strata  of  the  western  part  of  the  continent  several 
species  belonging  to  the  Cyrenida3  have  been  discovered,  all  of  which 
are  referred  to  the  genus  Cyrena  as  distinguished  from  Corbicula.*  Only 
two  of  these  species,  however,  are  regarded  as  coming  within  the  scope 
of  this  article,  because  all  the  others  are  found  to  be  associated  with 
such  forms  as  are  regarded  as  indicating  a  marine  habitat,  while  those 
two  species  are  associated  with  non-marine  forms.  Although  in  the  Cre^ 
tacious  period  the  genus  Cyrena  was  established  with  all  its  distinctive 
characteristics,  as  they  are  at  present  known,  and  was  represented  by 
several  known  species  in  the  southern  portion  of  North  America,  with 
one  or  two  exceptions  the  genus  has  not  been  recognized  in  strata  of  any 
geological  period  since  the  Cretaceous. 

And  again,  although  the  genus  Corbicula  formed" so  conspicuous  a  fea- 
ture of  the  fauna  of  the  Laramie  period,  it  is  at  present  not  known  to 
occur  in  any  North  American  strata  of  either  earlier  or  later  date  than 
that  period  ;  if  we  except  the  C.  truncata  of  Prime,  which  is  understood 
to  be  of  doubtful  authenticity.  These  facts  are  significant  as  regards 
the  genetic  history  of  the  family,  and  show,  among  other  things,  that 
our  knowledge  of  that  history  is  far  from  complete. 

The  earlier  of  the  two  non-marine  fossil  species  of  Cyrena  that  have 
just  been  referred  to,  is  C.  dakotensis  Meek  &  Hayden3t  which  has  al- 
ready been  mentioned  on  a  previous  page  as  an  associate  of  Margari- 
tana  nebrascensis  in  strata  of  the  Dakota  Group  in  Southeastern  Dakota. 
It  is  represented  on  Plate  4  by  copies  of  Mr.  Meek's  original  figures. 

The  other  species  is  Cyrena  carletoni  Meek,!  which  is  represented  on 
Plate  5,  and  which  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Meek  in  the  Cretaceous 
estuary  deposit  at  Coalville,  Utah,  which  has  already  been  mentioned  in 
connection  with  remarks  upon  Anomia  propatoris.  The  only  examples 
of  this  species  that  have  been  discovered  are  small  and  delicate,  and  it 
is  probable  that  they  are  all  young  shells. 

Although  the  family  Cyrenidse  has  evidently  become  well  established 
in  the  estuary  and  marine  waters  of  the  Cretaceous  period,  at  least  by 
its  typical  genus  Cyrena,  it  is  in  the  strata  of  the  Laramie  Group,  as  be- 
fore stated,  that  we  find  evidence  of  its  greatest  development,  especially 
as  regards  the  genus  Corbicula.  Among  the  fossil  forms  of  that  genus 
which  the  Laramie  Group  has  furnished,  three  sections  or  subgenera  are 
recognized,  two  of  which  have  become  extinct. 

Beginning  with  the  Bear  Eiver  beds  of  the  Laramie  Group,  which  are 
perhaps  somewhat  earlier  than  the  other  known  portions  of  the  group, 

*For  remarks  on  these  genera,  by  Mr.  Meek,  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p. 
157. 

tU.  8.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  159,  pi.  I,  fig.  1. 
J  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  20,  pi.  12,  flg.  16. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  437 

we  find  in  Southwestern  Wyoming,  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  Utah,  one 
species  of  Corbicula  which  is  interesting  as  being  the  type  of  a  section 
of  that  genus  for  which  Mr.  Meek  proposed  the  subgeneric  name  of  Ve- 
loritina* This  species,  which  he  described  under  the  name  of  Corbic- 
ula ( Veloritina)  durlceei,  t  is  represented  on  Plate  8. 

Two  species  of  Corbicula  were  described  by  Meek  &  Hayden  from  the 
Judith  Eiver  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver  region,  under  the  names 
respectively  of  C.  cyihtriformis  and  C.  occidentalism  which  are  repre- 
sented on  Plates  22  and  23  respectively.  The  first-named  species  is 
referred  to  the  typical  section  of  the  genus  ;  but  the  latter  approaches 
-in  form  the  type  of  the  subgenus  Veloritina.  Both  these  species  have 
also  been  obtained  from  Laramie  strata  of  Bitter  Creek  Valley  in 
Southern  Wyoming. 

The  form  which  was  described  by  Meek  from  that  region,  under  the 
name  of  C.  bannister  i,  is  regarded  as  identical  with  C.  occidentalis.l  This 
form  is  represented  on  Plate  17. 

Two  other  Laramie  species  of  Corbicula  were  described  by  Meek  & 
Hayden,  from  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver  region,  both  of  which  are,  how- 
ever, from  the  Fort  Union  beds.  They  are  respectively  C.  nebrascensis 
and  C.  subelliptica,  both  of  which  are  represented  on  Plate  20.  The 
latter  has  been  recognized  in  the  Laramie  strata  of  Colorado  east  of  the 
Eocky  Mountains.  It  was  referred  by  Mr.  Meek  to  his  subgenus  Lep- 
testhes.\\ 

It  seems  not  improbable  that  C.  nebrascensis  is  only  a  young  example 
of  C.  cytheriformis,  but  as  that  question  is  not  yet  settled,  the  former  is 
here  treated  as  a  distinct  species  as  well  as  the  latter. 

The  Laramie  strata  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains  in  Colorado,  which 
were  by  Dr.  Hayden  designated  as  the  Lignitic  Group,  have  been  found 
in  several  localities  to  be  especially  rich  in  Corbicula.  A  part  of  these 
species  are  referable  to  the  typical  section  of  the  genus  and  a  part  to 
the  subgenus  Leptesthes.  To  the  latter  subgenus  belong  C.  subelliptica 
Meek  &  Hayden,  C.  macropistha  White,  C.  planumbona  Meek,  and  C. 
cardiniceformis  White  ;  fl  all  of  which  are  figured  on  Plates  21  and  22. 

Since  the  last-named  form  was  published  numerous  other  examples 
have  been  discovered  which  make  it  probable  that  it  should  be  regarded 
as  a  variety  of  C.  fracta  Meek.  « 

Other  published  species  found  in  the  valley  of  South  Platte,  and  its 
tributaries  in  Colorado,  are  C.  cleburni  and  0.  obesa  White,**  which  are 
figured  on  Plates  20  and  23  respectively. 

*See  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  Vol.  ix,  p.  161,  for  a  diagnosis  of  this  subgenus. 

tU.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  parallel,  vol.  iv,  p.  167,  pi.  Ivi,  fig.  6. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  pp.520,  521,  pi.  40,  figs.  5  aud  6.  Also,  An.  Rep.  U.S. 
Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I;  pp.  74,  75,  pi.  21. 

$  See  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Ter.  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  75. 

||  For  diagnosis  of  this  subgenus,  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix.,  p.  161. 

IF  These  species  are  described  an.d  figured  in  the  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for 
1878,  Part  I.  References  are  also  given  there  to  original  descriptions. 

**  See  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  part  I,  pp.  73,  73,  pi.  23. 


438  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

In  addition  to  the  six  species  last-mentioned,  the  three  which  are  de- 
scribed in  the  following  paragraphs  for  the  first  time,  have  been  discov- 
ered in  the  Laramie  strata  of  South  Platte  Yaley,  Colorado,  since  the 
former  were  published. 

Corbicula  berthoudi  (sp.  nov.),  Plate  21,  figs.  1,  2,  and  3. — Shell 
very  large,  subtrigonal  in  marginal  outline,  moderately  gibbous:  front 
concave  immediately  in  front  of  the  beaks 5  front  margin  regularly 
rounded;  basal  margin  broadly  rounded;  postero-basal  margin  ab- 
ruptly rounded  up  to  the  postero-dorsal  margin,  which  latter  margin 
slopes  obliquely  downward  with  a  gentle  convexity  from  between  the 
beaks;  hinge  strong;  all  the  teeth  well  developed,  the  lateral  ones  espe- 
cially being  long  and  large  and  crenulated  upon  their  edges,  as  is  usual 
with  all  the  known  species  of  Corbicula  of  the  Laramie  Group;  muscu- 
lar and  pallial  impressions  having  the  usual  characteristics;  surface 
marked  with  the  usual  concentric  lines. 

Length  of  one  of  the  largest  examples  in  the  collections,  62  millime- 
ters; height  from  base  to  umbo,  54  millimeters;  thickness,  both  valves 
together,  44  millimeters. 

This  fine  large  species,  the  largest  yet  known  in  North  America,  has 
been  found  only  in  the  Laramie  strata  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains  in 
Colorado.  It  is  named  in  honor  of  Capt.  E.  L.  Berthoud,  the  first  dis- 
coverer of  the  rich  shell  deposits  of  the  Laramie  Group  in  that  region. 

Corbicula  augheyi  (sp.  nov.),  Plate  21,  figs.  4,  5,  and  6. — Shell  moder- 
ately large,  sub-tetrahedral  in  marginal  outline,  postero-dorsal  region 
not  flattened,  as  in  C.  berthoudi;  umbones  full,  rounded,  considerably 
elevated  above  the  hinge-line,  front  regularly  rounded;  basal  margin 
broadly  convex;  posterior  end  truncated,  the  direction  of  the  truncated 
margin  usually  a  little  backward  of  a  line  drawn  perpendicularly  with 
the  base  of  the  shell;  postero-dorsal  margin  a  little  convex;  hinge  well 
developed;  muscular  and  pallial  markings  of  the  usual  character;  sur- 
face marked  by  the  usual  concentric  lines  of  growth,  and  usually  by 
very  faint  umbonal  ridges  extending  from  the  umbo  to  the  postero- 
dorsal  and  postero-basal  margins  respectively  upon  each  valve. 

Length  of  an  adult  example,  46  millimeters;  height  from  base  to  um- 
bones, 38  millimeters;  thickness,  both  valves  together,  30  millimeters. 

This  species  has  yet  been  found  only  in  the  valley  of  South  Platte 
Eiver,  in  Northern  Colorado,  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains.  It  is  named 
in  honor  of  Prof.  Samuel  Aughey,  of  Nebraska  State  University,  who 
assisted  me  in  the  collection  of  the  type  specimens. 

Corbicula  umbonella*  Meek;  Plate  21,  Figs.  7,  8,  9,  and  10.— Shell 
resembling  C.  obesa  White,  in  most  respects,  but  it  is  proportionally 
longer,  the  umbones  are  fuller  and  more  elevated,  and  upon  the  pos- 
terior portion  there  are  upon  each  valve  two  or  three  indistinct  radiat- 
ing rugae.  Upon  other  parts  the  surface  is  more  than  usually  smooth. 

"See  Boll.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  Sec.  Ser.,  No.  1,  p.  44,  where  this  species  is  named 
but  not  described. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  439 

Length,  39  millimeters ;  height  from  base  to  umbones,  34  millimeters; 
thickness,  both  valves  together,  26  millimeters. 

The  large  series  of  examples  of  all  the  described  species  of  Corbicula 
that  have  been  obtained  from  the  Laramie  strata  east  of  the  llocky 
Mountains  in  Colorado  give  unmistakable  indications  of  genetic  rela- 
tionship between  them.  It  has  already  been  stated  that  C.  cardinice- 
formis  is  perhaps  only  a  variety  of  C.fracta;  and  it  may  be  remarked 
that  C.  obcsa,  C.umbonella,guid.  C.  augJieyihold  similar  relation^  to  each 
other.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  when  all  the  CorbiculaB  of  the  Laramie 
Group  come  to  be  fully  studied,  some  of  the  species  heretofore  described 
must  be  abandoned ;  but  in  an  article  like  this,  it  is  thought  best  to  make 
mention  of,  and  to  figure,  all  the  forms  that  have  been  published  by  any 
author,  as  he  has  published  them. 

The  species  which  Mr.  Meek  adopted  as  the  type  of  his  subgenus  Lep- 
testheSj  namely,  C.  (L.)fmcta*  Meek,  has  been  found  in  considerable  abun- 
dance at  Black  Buttes  station,  in  Southern  Wyoming,  and  sparingly  also 
at  other  localities  on  both  sides  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  is  figured 
on  Plate  20. 

This  is  the  largest  species  of  the  subgenus  Leptesthes  yet  known,  and 
with  the  exception  of  C.  berthoudi,  herein  described,  the  largest  species 
of  Corbicula  that  has  ever  been  discovered  in  North  American  strata. 
The  figures  that  are  here  given  show  it  to  be  a  very  variable  species  as 
regards  external  form.  Fig.  1,  on  Plate  20,  is  a  copy  of  Mr.  Meek's 
drawing  from  his  type  specimen.  The  partial  truncation  of  the  poste- 
rior border  is  a  slight  deformity  of  that  specimen,  and  is  not  common  to 
the  species.  The  dimensions  of  that  figure  are  also  somewhat  less  than 
the  average  for  adult  shells.  Figs.  4  and  5,  on  Plate  20,  represent  two 
views  of  a  young  example  of  ordinary  form,  but  some  examples  of  this 
species  are  more  elongate  transversely. 

No  examples  of  the  genus  Sphcerium  have  been  found  in  any  North  Amer- 
ican strata  of  older  date  than  the  Laramie  Group,  and  none  have  been 
published  from  that  group  except  the  four  species  which  were  obtained 
by  Meek  &  Hayden  from  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver  region,  and  de- 
scribed by  them  respectively  under  the  names  Sphcerium  planum,  8.  rec- 
ticardinale,  S.  formosum,  and  S.  subellipticumj  These  four  species  are  all 
represented  on  Plate  17  by  copies  of  Mr.  Meek's  original  figures.  The 
two  first-named  species  are  from  the  Judith  Eiver  beds,  and  the  other 
two  from  the  Fort  Union  beds.  Some  fragments  of  a  species  of  Sphcerium, 
which  is  perhaps  different  from  either  of  the  four  species  above  referred 
to,  have  been  discovered  in  the  coal-bearing  beds  at  Evanston,  Wyom- 
ing, which  beds  seem  to  belong  to  the  upper  part  of  the  Laramie  Group. 

A  few  imperfect  examples,  too  imperfect  for  specific  characterization, 
but  evidently  belonging  to  one  or  more  species  of  the  genus  Sphcerium, 

*  See  U.  S,  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  161. 
t  See  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,pp.  526,  527,  pi.  43> 


440  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

have  been  found  in  the  Eocene  fresh-water  deposits  of  Southern  Wyo- 
ming, which  are,  like  those  of  the  Laramie  Group,  so  similar  to  certain 
living  species  as  to  call  for  no  distinguishing  remarks. 

We  yet  know  nothing  of  the  existence  of  Spliceriumin  North  America 
between  the  close  of  the  Eocene  epoch  and  the  Post-Tertiary  except  the 
two  species  which  were  respectively  described  by  Meek  under  the  names 
Splicerium  rugosum  and  8.  idahoense,  both  of  which  are  represented,  on 
Plate  32  by  copies  of  his  original  figures.  The  types  of  these  two 
species  were  obtained  from  the  fresh- water  deposit  of  the  Kawsoh  Mount- 
ains of  Northern  Nevada,  which  is  regarded  as  of  Miocene  age  by  par- 
ties connected  with  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  of  the  40th 
parallel.*  We  do  not  yet  know  even  so  much  as  this  of  the  history  of 
the  Unionidae  between  the  close  of  the  Eocene  epoch  and  the  beginning 
of  the  Post-Tertiary  jt  yet  we  cannot  doubt  that  both  Umo  and  Sphce- 
rium  flourished  together  somewhere  during  all  that  time. 

PISIDIID^E. 

Of  the  genus  Pisidium,  only  one  fossil  species,  namely  P.  saginatum 
White,  has  yet  been  discovered.^  Its  form  is  represented  by  figures  14 
and  15,  on  Plate  20,  and  it  is  by  its  outward  features  alone  that  it  is 
referred  to  Pisidium,  the  interior  markings  of  the  shell  having  never 
been  ascertained.  It  was  obtained  from  the  series  of  coal-bearing  strata 
near  Evanston,  Wyoming,  which  are  at  present  understood  as  belonging 
to  the  upper  part  of  the  Laramie  Group. 

While  it  seems  to  be  unquestionable  that  the  living  Unionidse  of  the 
Mississippi  drainage  system  are  generically  descended  from  those  spe- 
cies which,  as  we  have  seen,  existed  during  the  Laramie  period,  and 
from  their  associates  which  yet  remain  to  be  discovered,  no  descend- 
ants of  the  CyrenidaB  which  then  existed  seem  to  have  survived  the 
close  of  the  Laramie  period,  except  those  of  the  genera  Sphcsrium  and 
Pisidium.  In  fact,  all  three  of  the  sections  of  the  genus  Corbicula.  which 
have  been  mentioned  as  having  lived  during  the  Laramie  period,  seem 
to  have  required  the  same  conditions  of  habitat  that  the  contempora- 
neous Ostrea  and  Anomia  did.  When,  therefore,  at  the  close  of  the  Lar- 
amie period,  the  waters  of  the  interior  region  of  North  America  became 
entirely  fresh,  all  the  forms  of  Corbicula  which  had  flourished  through- 
out that  great  region  ceased  to  exist;  while  Sphccrium  SLndPisidium,  whose 
habitat  is  in  fresh  water  only,  survived  to  the  present  time,  doubtless  in 
company  with  representatives  of  the  Unionida3,  and  with  many  fresh- 
water gasteropods.  This  opinion  of  course  implies  not  only  the  belief 
that  while  the  living  Uuiones  of  the  Mississippi  drainage  system  are, 
either  wholly  or  in  part,  directly  descended  from  those  whose  remains 

*U.  8.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  parallel,  vol.  iv,  pp.  182,  183,  pi.  xvi,  figs.  1  and  2. 
t  That  is,  if  we  omit  all  those  which  are  mentioned  on  following  pages  under  the  head 
of  spurious  and  doubtful  species. 
.  t  Powell's  Report  Geology  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  128. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  441 

we  find  in  the  strata  of  the  Laramie  Group,  but  also  the  belief  that  the 
brackish  water  Cyrenida3  which  existed  contemporaneusly  with  them 
in  the  Laramie  period  are  not  thus  ancestrally  related  to  the  living 
species  of  Cyrena  and  Corbicula  of  North  America,  but  that  the  latter 
have  come  down  by  some  other  lines  of  descent  which  are  not  yet  known. 

CORBULIDJG. 

The  genus  Corbula  is  represented  by  several  species  in  the  Cretaceous 
strata  of  North  America  5  but  all  the  species  that  are  yet  known  from 
strata  of  that  period  are  found  associated  with  marine  forms]  and,  as 
they  no  doubt  lived  in  marine  water*,  they  do  not  fall  within  the  scope 
of  this  article.  Three  or  four  species  are  known  to  have  lived  during 
the  Laramie  period,  the  faunal  associates  of  which  indicate  a  brackish 
water  habitat  5  and  as  no  other  fossil  species  of  this  genus  have  been 
discovered  under  such  circumstances  as  to  make  it  probable  that  they 
lived  in  other  than  marine  waters,  we  shall  have  only  those  Laramie 
forms  to  discuss  at  the  present  time. 

Nine  species  of  Corbula  have  been  described  and  named  by  different 
authors,  from  strata  which  have  been  studied  at  different  localities, 
all  of  which  strata  are  now  referred  to  the  Laramie  Group;  but  at  pres- 
ent I  am  disposed  to  regard  less  than  half  of  them  as  distinct  species, 
the  remainder  being  regarded  as  at  least  no  more  than  varieties  of  those 
species,  respectively. 

Mr.  Meek  regarded  all  the  Laramie  species  of  Corbula  as  not  belong- 
ing to  the  typical  section  of  the  genus;  and  he  referred  one  of  them 
to  the  proposed  subgenus  Anisorhynchus  of  Conrad,  and  the  others 
to  Pachyodon  Gabb.  In  this  article,  however,  I  shall  treat  all  the  spe- 
cies herein  discussed  as  true  Corbula,  without  expressing  an  opinion  as 
to  the  sections  of  the  genus  proposed  by  Conrad  and  Gabb;  but  it  is 
proper  to  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  tho  first  two  mentioned  of  the 
following  species  present  a  facies  or  type  which  is  quite  different  from 
that  of  any  living  North  American  species  of  Corbula.  Indeed,  we  may 
regard  these  Laramie  forms  as  representing  extinct  lines  of  descent,  for 
it  is  practically  certain  that  the  line  of  descent  of  none  of  the  living 
species  of  Corbula  has  come  down  through  any  of  those  of  the  Laramie 
period  as  represented  by  the  strata  which  we  now  know  as  the  Laramie 
Group. 

The  reasons  for  this  opinion  are  expressed  in  the  remarks  that  have 
been  made  in  relation  to  the  CyrenidiB  of  the  Laramie  Group,  and  the 
subject  is  further  discussed  in  the  remarks  which  close  this  article. 

Since  the  Bear  Eiver  beds  are  hypothetically  regarded  as  the  earlier 
portion  of  the  Laramie  Group,  the  first  of  the  species  of  Corbula  to  be 
mentioned  is  C.pyriformis  Meek,*  which  has  been  found  only  in  those 
beds,  and  their  equivalents  in  Southwestern  Wyoming  and  the  adjacent 

*See  Simpson's  Rep.  Great  Basin  Utah,  p.  361,  pi.  v,  figs.  9  and  10.  Also  U.  S. 
Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  p.  170,  pi.  xvii,  fig.  2. 


442  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

parts  of  Utah.  It  is  represented  on* Plate  8.  Mr.  Meek  described 
another  form  in  connection  with  this  under  the  name  of  C.  englemannij 
but  the  numerous  examples  that  have  been  collected  from  those  strata 
show  such  a  degree  of  variation  as  to  make  it  very  doubtful  whether 
the  difference  between  the  two  forms  is  anything  more  than  individual 
variation.  C.  englemanni  is  therefore  regarded  as  a  synonym  of  C. 
pyriformis. 

An  interesting  species,  which  occurs  in  the  valleys  of  Bitter  Creek, 
Southern  Wyoming,  and  Yampa  River,  Northwestern  Colorado,  was 
described  by  Mr.  Meek  under  the  name  of  Corbula  undifera,  which 
is  illustrated  on  Plate  18.  A  .variety  of  this  species,  which  also 
occurs  in  the  valley  of  Bitter  Creek,  but  at  a  higher  horizon  in  the 
Laramie  Group  by  several  hundred  feet,  was  described  by  me  under 
the  name  of  C.  subundifera.*  Although  the  latter  is  now  regarded  as 
only  a  variety  of  the  former,  yet  the  variation  is  quite  constant  and 
readily  recognizable,  as  may  be  seen  by  comparing  the  figures  of  the . 
variety  with  those  of  the  typical  form  on  Plate  18. 

Two  species  were  described  by  Meek  &  Hayden  from  the  Judith 
River  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  River  region,  under  the  names  re- 
spectively of  Corbula  subtrigonalis  and  C.  perundata,  both  of  which  I 
regard  as  belonging  to  one  and  the  same  species.  Furthermore,  the 
two  species  which  were  described  by  Meek  from  the  Laramie  strata  of 
the  valley  of  Bitter  Creek,  Southern  Wyoming,  under  the  names  re- 
spectively of  G.  tropidopJwra  and  C.  crassatelliformis,  I  regard  as  also  be- 
longing to  that  species,  making  three  synonyms  of  (7.  subtrigonalis.] 
Figures  of  these  forms  may  be  seen  on  Plate  19. 

One  other  published  form  of  Corbula  only  remains  to  be  noticed  in 
this  article,  namely,  C.  mactriformis^.  which  was  described  by  Meek  & 
Hayden  from  the  Fort  Union  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  River  region, 
and  which  has  hitherto  been  found  nowhere  else.  It  is  represented 
on  Plate  18. 

The  non-marine  bivalve  mollusca  that  have  been  noticed  on  the  pre- 
ceding pages  comprise  only  six  families,  while,  as  we  shall  see,  their  as- 
sociated gasteropod  families  were  more  than  double  that  number.  This 
numerical  proportion  of  the  families  pertaining  to  the  Conchifera  and 
Gasteropoda,  respectively,  may  be  taken  as  about  the  same  as  that 
which  obtains  in  those  two  classes  among  living  non-marine  mollusca. 
Indeed,  the  familieswhich  have  been  recognized  among  these  fossil  forms 
are  no  other  than  those  under  which  we  group  their  living  represen- 
tatives. 

*For  descriptions  and  fignres  of  both  these  forms  see  An.  Rep.  U.  S.-Geol.  Sur. 
Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  80,  81,  pi.  29. 

t  For  descriptions  and  fignres  of  these  forms  and  remarks  upon  them  see  U.  S.  Geol. 
Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  pp.  529,  530,  pi.  40;  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1870,  p. 
315 ;  ib.  for  1872,  p.  514 ;  ib.  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  80,  81,  pi.  25. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  528,  pi.  42,  fig.  7. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  443 

Moreover,  the  majority  of  the  genera,  and  many  of  the  subordinate  divis- 
ions of  those  genera,  possess  no  recognizable  variation  from  those  under 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  range  the  living  species.  We  have,  how- 
ever, seen  that  a  small  number  of  those  subordinate  types  among  the 
Conchifers  have  become  extinct;  and  we  shall  see  that  still  more  of  them 
among  the  Gasteropoda,  together  with  a  few  of  that  class  that  we  regard 
as  full  genera,  have  also  become  extinct;  but  yet  the  fact  remains  that 
these  ancient  non-marine  mollusca,  as  a  whole,  are  wonder&tlly  like 
their  living  representatives.* 


GASTEROPODA. 

Although,  in  zoological  rank,  the  gasteropoda  are  so  much  in  advance 
of  the  Conchifera,  the  various  families  of  the  former  seem  to  have  been 
developed  as  early  in  geological  time  as  those  of  the  latter;  and  so  far 
as  we  are  now  acquainted  with  the  history  of  the  fossil  non-marine 
mollusca  of  North  America,  it  appears  that  highly  organized  land  pul- 
monate  gasteropods  were  introduced  quite  as  early  as  any  of  the 
Conchifers.  Indeed,  from  present  indications,  we  are  led  to  believe  that 
the  relations  of  the  different  classes  of  non-marine  mollusca  to  each 
other  were  much  the  same  in  all  geological  epochs  as  they  are  to-day. 

AURICULIDJ3. 

Three  or  four  species  of  gasteropods  have  been  discovered  in  the 
Cretaceous  estuary  deposits,  and  those  of  Bear  Eiver,  Laramie  series, 
which  are  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  family  AuriculidaB ;  and  these 
are  the  only  members  of  that  family  which  have  been  discovered  in 
North  American  strata,  and  the  only  ones  that  come  within  the  scope 
of  this  article. 

One  of  these  species  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Meek  in  the  Cretaceous 
estuary  deposit  at  Coalville,  Utah,t  which  has  already  been  mentioned 

*  There  have  been  found  in  the  Laramie  Group  two  Conchifers  and  one  Gasteropod 
which,  so  far  as  is  now  known,  have  living  allies  only  in  marine  waters,  and  they  are 
therefore  not  enumerated  in  this  article,  although  they  seem  to  have  survived  in  the 
brackish  water  Laramie  Sea  from  the  time  when  it  was  an  open  sea  of  marine  saltness. 
They  are  respectively  Nuculana  inclara,  Axincea  holmesiana  and  Odontolasis  buccinoides 
White.  With  these  exceptions,  all  the  known  molluscan  species  of  the  Laramie  Group 
are  such  as  we  should  naturally  refer  to  some  non-marine  habitat.  It  is  not  at  all  im- 
probable that  these  species  of  genera  which  are  usually  characteristic  of  open-sea  waters 
survived  the  land-locking  of  the  Laramie  Sea,  and  did  not  yield  up  their  existence 
until  the  complete  freshening  of  the  waters  took  place,  when  their  associates  Cor&icuJa, 
Corbula,  Neritina,  &c.,  also  ceased  to  exist.  The  species  which  was  described  by  me 
as  Odontobasis  f  formosa  probably  belongs  to  some  genus  of  the  Ceriphasiidae.  For 
remarks  upon  the  species  referred  to  in  this  note,  with  descriptions  and  figures,  see  An. 
Rep.  U.  S.  GeoJ.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  f>9, 60, 102,  and  103 ;  plates  20,  25,  and  28. 

tAn.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  23,  pi.  12,  tig.  11. 


444  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

in  connection  with  Anomia  propatoris  and  Cyrena  carletoni.  It  was 
originally  described  by  Meek  under  the  name  of  Melampus  f  antiqiius, 
but  it  is  quite  certain  that  it  does  not  strictly  belong  to  that  genus.  It 
is  illustrated  by  several  figures  on  Plate  5. 

An  imperfect  example  of  a  similar  and  apparently  congeneric  form, 
which  is  represented  by  Fig.  17  on  Plate  5  was  found  in  the  same 
neighborhood  among  the  remains  of  marine  Cretaceous  mollusca,  as 
was  also  an  imperfect  example  of  Physa;  both  of  which  specimens 
were  no  doubt  drifted  from  the  then  adjacent  shore,  and  sunk  among 
the  shells  of  marine  mollusks  that  then  lived  there.* 

In  the  Bear  River  Laramie  beds  in  Southwestern  Wyoming  there 
have  been  found  two  species  closely  related  to  the  two  that  are  referred  to 
Melampus?,  which,  from  their  characteristics  as  well  as  their  brackish- 
water  faunal  associations  are  referred  to  the  Aurictilidse.  They  have 
considerable  resemblance  to  Melampus?  antiquus,  and  are  possibly  con- 
generic with  it  5  but  Mr.  Meek  proposed  for  them  the  generic  name  of 
RhytophorusA 

The  first  of  these  two  species  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Meek,  and  de- 
scribed by  him  under  the  name  of  Rhytophorus  prisons ;$  and  the  second 
was  described  by  myself  under  the  name  of  R.  meekii.%  Both  these 
forms  are  illustrated  by  figures  on  Plate  8. 

These  three  or  four  species  constitute  the  only  representatives  of  the 
Auriculidae  that  have  yet  been  obtained  from  North  American  non-marine 
strata,  and  they  are  so  remotely  allied  with  living  representatives  of  that 
family  that  we  cannot  regard  them  as  holding  such  ancestral  relation  to 
any  of  the  living  North  American  Auriculida3  as  the  fossil  Unionidae  and 
some  other  families  herein  discussed,  evidently  hold  to  the  living  rep- 
resentatives of  those  families  respectively.  Indeed,  for  reasons  already 
stated,  it  is  practically  certain  that  the  lines  of  descent  from  such  of  the 
mollusca  of  the  Laramie  period  as  required  a  saline  habitat  were  neces- 
sarily broken  at  the  close  of  that  period,  when  the  waters  of  that  sea 
became  wholly  fresh  and  greatly  reduced  in  extent. 


LIMN2EID2E. 


The  earliest  North  American  strata  in  which  remains  of  the  Lim- 
nseidse  have  been  discovered  are  those  of  the  Laramie  Group ;  if  we  ex- 
cept the  Jurassic  form,  which  was  described  by  Meek  &  Hay  den  under 
the  name  of  Planorbis  veternus,  and  which  is  presently  to  be  further 
mentioned.  In  the  Laramie  Group,  however,  we  find  the,  family  repre- 
sented by  all  the  principal  genera  that  are  known  among  the  living 
Limnseidse,  as  well  as  the  greater  part  of  the  subordinate  sections  of  the 


*  See  An.  Rep.  U.  8.  Geol.  Stir.  Terr,  for  1878. ,  Part  I,  p.  25.    Ib.  for  1877,  p.  307. 
t  For  diagnosis  of  this  genus  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  p.  175. 
t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv.  p.  175,  pi.  xvii,  fig.  6.    Also  Simpson's  Rep. 
Great  Basin,  Utah,  p.  3C4,  pi.  v,  fig.  4. 
$  See  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  82,  pi.  30,  fig.  8. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  445 

genera  which  constitute  that  family.  These  facts  necessarily  point  back 
to  a  period  much  more  remote  than  the  Laramie,  for  the  origin  of  the 
family,  and  although  we  lack  the  positive  evidence  of  the  fact,  we  can- 
fiot  doubt  that  it  not  only  had  its  origin  as  early  as  the  beginning  of 
Mesozoic  time,  but  that  it  had  then  become  well  established. 

The  earliest  known  species  belonging  to  the  genus  Limncea  is  L.  niti- 
dula  Meek,*  which  is  found  in  the  Bear  River  Laramie  strata  of  South- 
western Wyoming.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  G.  It  is  referred  to  the 
subgenus  Limnophysa  Fitzinger.  Among  its  faunal  associates  is  a 
minute  form,  which  I. have  described  under  the  name  of  Acella  lialde- 
manij  which  is  represented  by  enlarged  figures  on  Plate  6. 

Associated  with  these  is  also  a  small  Planorbis,  belonging  to  the  sub- 
genus  Gyraulus  Agassiz. 

It  is  a  fact  which  doubtless  indicates  the  imperfection  of  our  present 
knowledge  that,  while  those  two  widely  differentiated  members  of  the 
Linmseida}  are  found  in  what  are  regarded  as  probably  the  earlier  strata 
of  the  Laramie  Group,  the  only  other  species  which  is  referable  to  the 
subfamily  Limna3ina3  that  has  been  found  in  any  part  of  that  group  is 
a  form,  which  was  described  by  Meek  &  Haytlen,  from  the  Fort  Union 
beds,  under  the  name  of  Limncea  tenuicostata.  f  Mr.  Meek  proposed  for 
this  form  the  subgeneric  name  of  Pleurolimncea,  but  it  might  probably 
be  referred  to  Acella  with  equal  propriety.  It  is  represented  by  a  copy 
of  Mr.  Meek's  figure  on  Plate  23.  Although  a  greater  number  of  the 
Planorbinae  than  of  the  Limnseinae  have  been  discovered  in  the  Laramie 
Group,  the  apparent  absence  of  the  latter  from  most  of  the  fossiliferous 
strata  of  that  group,  even  those  which  contain  other  palustral  pulmonates, 
such  as  Pliysa  and  Bulinus,  is  unexpected,  and,  as  before  intimated, 
it  is  probably  not  because  they  did  not  exist,  but  because  they  have  not 
been  discovered. 

Mr.  Meek  de'scribed  a  species  under  the  name  of  Limncea  (Limno- 
pliysa?)  compactilisfi  from  Separation  Station  in  Southern  Wyoming, 
which  was  obtained  from  strata  that  he  regarded  as  Tertiary,  but  which 
doubtless  belongs  to  the  Laramie  Group.  It  probably  belongs  to  the 
genus  Thaumastus,  and  not  to  Limncea.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  26  by 
figures  of  Mr.  Meek's  type  specimen. 

Mr.  Meek  described  two  species  of  Limncea,  which  he  stated  were  dis- 
covered in  the  Bridger  Group  of  Eocene  fresh- water  strata  in  Southern 
Wyoming.  He  named  them  respectively  L.  vetusta  and  L.  similis.\\ 
Both  these  forms  are  represented  by  copies  of  Mr.  Meek's  figures  on 
Plate  29. 

From  the  Green  Eiver  Eocene  Group  of  Southern  Wyoming  I  have 

*U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  p.  181,  pi.  xvii,  fig.  5. 
t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  84,  pi.  30,  fig.  9. 
tSee  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  534,  pi.  44,  fig.  13. 
$  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1872,  p.  517. 

||  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  p.  191,  pi.  xvii,  figs.  3  and  4.  Also,  Simpson's 
Rep.  Great  Basin,  Utah,  p.  3C7,  pi.  v,  figs.  2  and  3. 


446  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

described  a  species  under  the  name  of  L.  minuscula,*  which  evidently 
belongs  to  the  subgenus  Leptolimncea  Swainson.  It  is  represented  on 
Plate  1:9. 

The  species  that  have  just  been  mentioned  are  all  that  are  known  tib 
have  existed  in  North  America  up  to  the  close  of  the  Eocene  epoch,  which 
pertain  to  the  comprehensive  genus  Limncea.  The  fresh-water  strata, 
which  are  known  as  the  White  Kiver  Group,  and  are  referred  to  the 
Miocene  Tertiary,  are  the  onl  j  strata  of  that  epoch  which  are  at  present 
known  to  contain  any  remains  of  Limncea.  In  that  group  two  species 
of  Limncea  have  been  discovered,  namely,  L.  meekii  Evans  &  Shumard, 
and  L.  shumardi  Meek.t  Both  of  these  species  belong,  apparently,  to 
the  typical  section  of  the  genus,  and  both  are  represented  by  copies  of 
Mr.  Meek's  original  figures  on  Plate  32. 

If  the  non-marine  molluscan  fauna,  of  the  epoch  of  which  the  White 
River  Group  is  a  partial  representative,  were  better  known,  it  may  be 
regarded  as  certain  that  we  should  find  in  it  many  representatives  of 
living  types;  but  so  far  as  that  fauna  is  at  present  known,  it  is  a  very 
meager  one,  and  confined  to  the  pulmonate  gasteropods.  The  apparent 
entire  absence  of  gill-bearing  mollusks  in  those  portions  of  that  forma- 
tion which  have  been  examined,  may,  perhaps,  have  been  due  to  a  solu- 
tion in  the  waters  in  which  they  were  deposited,  of  certain  salts  or  other 
substances  which  made  them  uncongenial  for  molluscan  life.  If  this  were 
really  the  case,  the  presence  there  of  the  remains  of  pulmonate  gaster- 
opods might  be  accounted  for  on  the  supposition  that  they  were  drifted 
into  those  waters  by  tributary  streams  in  or  upon  the  banks  of  which 
they  lived. 

The  only  other  species  of  Limncea  to  be  mentioned  in  this  article  is 
the  one  which  was  described  by  Mr.  Meek  under  the  name  of  L.  Icingii, 
and  for  which  he  proposed  the  subgeneric  name  of  Polyrliitis.\  It  was 
obtained  from  certain  strata  in  Cache  Valley,  Utah,  which  are  not  of 
earlier  date  than  the  Miocene,  and  which  are  probably  of  Pliocene  age. 
Copies  of  Meek's  original  figures  of  this  form  are  given  on  Plate 
32.  It  is  an  interesting  form  because  of  the  fact  that  it  is  the  only 
known  representative  of  the  only  extinct  subordinate  type  of  Limncea 
that  is  yet  known,  and  because  it  comes  down  to  a  later  date  than 
most  of  the  other  extinct  types  of  mollusca,  of  which  mention  is  made 
in  this  article. 

Of  the  other  genera  of  the  family  Limnreidse,  Planorbis  and  Carinifex, 
remain  to  be  considered.  The  earliest  species  of  Planorbis  yet  discovered 
in  North  American  strata  is  P.  veturnus  Meek  &  Hayden,  §  which  those 

*Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Museum,  vol.  iii,  p.  1GO. 

t  For  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  two  species  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol. 
iv,  pp.  598  and  599,  pi.  45,  figs.  5  and  6. 

JFor  description  and  figures  of  this  species  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  40th  parallel, 
vol.  iv,  p.  192;  and  for  Meek's  diagnosis  of  the  subgeuus  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr., 
vol.  ix,  p.  532. 

$  Paleontology  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  p.  107,  pi.  iv,  fig.  1. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  447 

* 

authors  reported  as  coming  from  Jurassic  strata  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
Black  Hills,  where  they  found  it  associated  with  Unio  nucalis  and  other 
species,  which  have  already  been  referred  to.  It  is  represented  on 
-Plate  3. 

It  cannot  be  doubted  that  various  species  of  Planorbis  existed  during 
the  whole  of  the  Cretaceous  period,  but  no  evidence  of  the  fact  has  yet 
been  obtained.  In  the  Bear  Eiver  Lararnie  beds,  however,  a  small,  un- 
described  species  is  known,  as  already  mentioned,  which  belongs  to  the 
subgenus  Gyraulus. 

In  the  Laramie  period  the  genus  PlanorMs  is  believed  to  have  flour- 
ished; not  because  many  examples  have  been  found  in  those  strata,  but 
because  the  examples  which  have  been  discovered  indicate  that  the  dif- 
ferent species  which  they  represent  reached  a  wide  range  of  differen- 
tiation. Meek  &  Hay  den  described  Planorbis  convolutus*  from  Laramie 
strata,  in  the  Upper  Missouri  liiver  region,  which  they  regarded  as  of 
the  age  of  the  Judith  Eiver  beds.  This  species  seems  to  be  referable  to, 
or,  not  widely  different  from,  the  typical  section  of  the  genus  as  it  is 
known  among  living  forms.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  27. 

The  subgenus  Bathyomphalus  Agassiz,  although  not  known  to  be  now 
living  in  North  America,  is  represented  by  three  species  in  the  Laramie 
Group ;  but  it  has  not  been  recognized  in  any  strata  that  are  referred  to 
a  later  date.  One  of  these  species  was  obtained  from  the  Judith  Eiver 
beds,  and  was  described  by  Meek  &  Hay  den  under  the  name  of  PlanorMs 
(Bathyomphalus)  amplexus ;  t  and  the  other,  by  the  same  authors,  from 
the  Fort  Union  beds,  under  the  name  of  P.  (B)  planoconvexus.$ 

Still  another  species,  obtained  from  the  Laramie  strata  of  Southern 
Utah  by  Professor  Powell,  was  described  by  myself  under  the  name  of 
Planorbis  (Bathyomphalus)  kanabensis.§  All  three  of  these  forms  are 
represented  on  Plate  27. 

Besides  the  species  of  Gyraulus  that  has  already  been  mentioned  as 
existing  in  the  Bear  Eiver  Laramie  beds,  another  was  obtained  by  one 
of  the  parties  under  the  direction  of  Lieutenant  Wheeler,  from  strata 
that  belong  to  either  the  upper  part  of  the  Laramie  Group,  or  the  lower 
portion  of  the  Eocene.  This  species  I  have  described  under  the  name 
of  Planorbis  (Gyraulus)  militaris.\\  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  28. 

A  fine  large  species  of  Planorbis  was  described  by  Mr.  Meek  from  the 
Bridger  Group  of  Southern  Wyoming,  under  the  name  of  P.  utahensis, 
and  also  a  variety  of  the  same  under  the  name  of  P.  spcctabilis.H  Both 
these  forms  are  illustrated  on  Plate  29. 

*  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  536,  pi.  43,  fig.  11. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  539,  pi.  42,  tig.  16. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  538,  pi.  44,  fig.  9. 

§  Powell's  Rep,  Geology  of  the  Unita  Mountains,  p.  119. 

||  Proceedings  U.  S.  National  Museum,  vol.  iii,  p.  159. 

If  For  Meek's  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  two  forms  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.,  40th 
Parallel,  pp.  189,  190,  pi.  xvii,  figs.  13  and  14 ;  Simpson's  Eep.  Great  Basin,  Utah,  pp. 
266,  267,  pi.  v,  figs.  6  and  7.  Also  see  Expl.  and  Sur.  West  of  100th  Merid.,  vol.  iv, 
p.  209,  pi.  xxi,  fig.  8,  for  description  and  figures  by  White. 


448  NON-MARINE"  FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

» 

This  species  is  similar  in  outward  form  to  those  which  have  been 
grouped  under  the  subgeneric  name  of  Gyraulm;  but  in  size  it  is  very 
much  greater  than  any  of  the  species  which  have  been  referred  to  that 
subgenus. 

A  species  somewhat  similar  to  the  last,  but  smaller,  more  nearly  discoid 
in  form,  and  having  much  more  slender  volutions,  was  obtained  by  my- 
self from  the  Green  Eiver  Group  of  Southern  Wyoming,  and  described 
«  under  the  name  of  Planorbiwirratus.*  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  29. 
From  the  same  region  and  from  the  same  formation  I  also  obtained  Plan- 
orbis  ceqiialis  White,  f  which  is  illustrated  on  Plate  29.  It  seems  to 
possess  all  the  characteristics  of  the  typical  section  of  the  genus. 

From  the  fresh-water  strata  that  are  referred  to  the  Miocene  epoch, 
only  four  species  of  Planorbis  have  yet  been  published,  which,  being  the 
only  known  fossil  species  of  that  genus  of  later  date  than  the  Eocene, 
are  the  remaining  species  to  be  noticed  in  this  article.  Three  of  these 
are  described  by  Meek  &  Hayden  from  the  White  River  Group  in 
Dakota,  under  the  names  respectively  of  Planorbis  vetustus,  P.  leidyi,  ajid 
P.  nebrascensis.\  They. are  illustrated  on  Plate  32.  The  remaining 
species  §  was  described  by  T.  A.  Conrad,  under  the  name  of  P.  lunatus, 
from  "Bridge  Creek,  Oregon,"  where  it  was  found  associated  with 
Zonites  marginicola*  mentioned  on  a  following  page.  Copies  of  Conrad's 
figure  are  given  on  Plate  32. 

Eeference  has  already  been  made,  in  connection  with  a  notice  of  Sphce- 
rium  rugosum  and  S.f  idahoense,  to  two  deposits  similar  to  each  other 
in  their  faunal  contents,  the  one  being  found  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
Kawsoh  Mountains,  in  Northern  Nevada,  and  the  other  in  Southern 
Idaho,  which  are  regarded  as  of  Miocene  age.  These  strata  have  fur- 
nished a  limited  but  interesting  molluscan  fauna,  among  the  species  of 
which  are  two  that  were  described  by  Meek  under  the  names  respect- 
ively of  Carinifex  (Vorticifex)  tryoni  and  C.  (V.)  binneyi.\\  Both  these 
forms  are  illustrated  on  Plate  32. 

Although,  as  has  already  been  shown,  the  family  Limna3ida3  (to  which 
Carinifex  is  here  referred)  flourished  ever  since  Mesozoic  time,  no  otner 
fossil  species  of  Carinifex  have  yet  been  found  in  strata  of  any  age,  and 
no  representatives  of  that  genus,  are  now  known  to  be  living  in  North 
America  except  a  few  upon  the  Pacific  slope.  If  the  Miocene  lake,  tne 
deposits  of  which  contain  the  two  species  of  Carinifex  which  have  just 
been  noticed,  had  drained  into  what  is  now  the  hydrographic  basin  of 
the  Mississippi,  representatives  of  that  type  as  well  as  those  of  its  asso- 
ciate mollusca  would  no  doubt  now  be  found  living  there.  But  as  the 

*  Au.JRep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  44,  pi.  19,  fig.  5. 
t  Proceedings  U.  S.  Nat.  Museum,  vol.  iii,  p.  159. 

\  For  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  three  species  by  their  authors,  see  U.  S.  Geol. 
Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  pp.  600,  601,  pi.  45,  figs.  1,  2,  and  3. 
$  Am.  Jour.  Conch,  vol.  vi,  p.  315,  pi.  13,  fig.  8. 
II  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  pp.  187,  188,  pi.  xvii,  figs.  11  and  12. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  449 

type  referred  to  is  found  among  the  living  mollusca  in  Pacific  drainage 
waters,  it  may  be  fairly  inferred  that  that  Miocene  lake  was  drained 
into  western  and  not  eastern  oceanic  waters.  It  should  be  remarked, 
however,  that  no  representatives  of  some  of  the  types  which  were  asso- 
ciated with  those  ancient  forms  of  Carinifex  are  now  known  to  be  living. 

PHYSIIXE. 

The  Physidae  have  been  found  to  be  comparatively  well  represented 
in  nearly  all  the  strata  which  have  furnished  any  fossil  pulmonate  mol- 
lusca. Both  Physa  and  Bulinus  are  represented  by  several  species  (all 
of  which  are  regarded  as  extinct),  ranging  from  the  Cretaceous  to  the 
Miocene,  inclusive.  Notwithstanding  their  great  antiquity,  there  seems 
to  be  among  them  all  very  little  deviation  from  the  types  which  are 
expressed  by  the  numerous  living  species  of  those  genera. 

The  earliest  known  species  referable  to  the  Physidse  is  Physa  carletoni 
Meek,*  which  was  obtained  by  him  from  the  Cretaceous  estuary  deposit 
at  Coalville,  Utah,  which  has  before  been  referred  to  in  connection  with 
Anomia  propatoris,  Cyrena  carletoni,  and  Melampus  f  antiquiis.  P.  carle- 
toni is  represented  by  a  figure  on  Plate  5. 

In  many  cases  the  earliest  known  species  of  a  genus  which  is  capable 
of  subdivision  into  subordinate  types  or  sections  is  not  referable  to  that 
section  which  has  been  selected  by  naturalists  as  the  typical  one;  but 
in  the  present  case  Physa  carletoni  seems  to  be  a  typical  Physa,  while 
some  of  the  later  species  seem  to  depart  more  from  the  typical  form. 
These  facts  are,  however,  of  no  great  significance,  because  the  section 
of  a  genus  which  is  designated  as  typical  is  usually  only  conventionally 
selected;  and,  also,  because  we  cannot  know  with  certainty  whether  the 
earliest  known  species  was  in  reality  the  earliest.  Although  only  the 
one  species  just  mentioned  has  yet  been  discovered  in  any  strata  of 
greater  age  than  those  of  the  Laramie  Group  (if  we  except  a  fragment 
which  has  been  found  in  the  marine  Cretaceous  strata  at  Coalville,  Utah, 
and  which  was  probably  drifted  to  that  position  from  the  then  adjacent 
shore t),  we  cannot  doubt  that  the  Physidse  were  comparatively  abun- 
dant in  the  Cretaceous  period,  because  that  species  is  so  unmistakable 
in  its  generic  characteristics,  and  also  because  it  belongs  to  a  type  that 
has  reached  the  present  time  unchanged. 

An  unnamed  form,  which  is  probably  a  true  Physa,  has  been  found  in 
the  Bear  River  Laramie  beds  of  Southwestern  Wyoming,  a  figure  of 
which  is  given  on  Plate  G.f 

Plate  25  contains  figures  of  a  fine  large  species  which  Professor 
Cope  obtained  from  the  Judith  Eiver  Laramie  beds  in  the  Upper  Mis- 

*An.  Rep.U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1877,  p.  306,  pi.  7,  fig.  12. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1877,  p.  307,  pi.  7,  fig.  13.    The  figure  is  also  given  on 
Plate  LXV,  accompanying  tliis  article. 
t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  85,  pi.  30,  fig.  11. 

29  a 


450  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

souii  Eiver  region,  and  which  I  described  under  the  name  of  Physa 
copei.* 

Some  fragments  of  a  Physa  have  been  found  in  the  Caramie  strata  of 
Crow  Creek  Valley  in  Colorado,  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains,  that  indi- 
cate a  somewhat  remarkable  and  interesting  form.  It  was  described  by 
me  under  the  name  of  Physa  felix.  t  The  best  example  yet  discovered 
is  figured  on  Plate  25. 

A  species  which  occurs  in  the  Wahsatch  Group  of  Eocene  strata  in 
Southern  Wyoming  and  adjacent  parts  of  Colorado  and  Utah,  and 
which  reaches  a  greater  size  than  any  other  known  fossil  Physa,  perhaps 
excepting  P.  copei,  has  been  described  by  myself  under  the  name  of  P. 
pleromatis.\  The  type  specimen  of  the  species  is  figured  on  Plate  30. 
Some  imperfect  specimens  have  been  found  in  Colorado,  apparently  be- 
longing to  this  species,  that  indicate  a  very  much  greater  size.  A  par- 
tially restored  figure  of  one  of  these  is  given  on  Plate  30. 

Another  fine  species  has  been  described  by  Meek  from  the  Bridger 
Eocene  group  of  Southern  Wyoming,  under  the  name  of  Physa  Iridger- 
ensis.%  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  30. 

Physa  pleromatis  is  apparently  a  typical  Physa ,  but  P.  bridger cnsis 
perhaps  ought  to  be  referred  to  Bulinus.  For  present  convenience, 
however,  it  is  referred  to  Physa. 

From  the  Miocene  White  Eiver  Group  of  Dakota,  Evans  &  Shumard 
described  Physa  secalina,\\  which  is  represented  on  Plate  32.  It  has  a 
very  modern  aspect,  although  it  is  regarded  as  an  extinct  species,  No 
fossil  Physa  of  later  age  than  this  has  yet  been  published  from  any 
North  American  strata,  but  one  or  more  species  is  known  to  exist  in 
certain  strata  of  Southern  Wyoming  and  Northwestern  Colorado,  which 
Professor  Powell  has  named  the  Brown's  Park  Group,  and  are  probably 
of  Pliocene  age. 

The  genus  Bulinus  is  well  represented  in  the  Laramie  Group,  but  no 
other  species  of  that  genus  has  yet  been  published  from  any  other  Noith 
American  strata,  unless  Physa  bridgerensis  should  prove  to  be  a  Bulinus, 
as  already  suggested.  Associated  with  Physa  copei  in  the  Judith  Eiver 
Laramie  beds,  Professor  Cope  found  a  fine  large  species  of  Bulinus  which 
I  described  under  the  name  of  B.  atavus.^\  It  is  figured  on  Plate  25. 

From  the  Laramie  strata,  at  the  mouth  of  Judith  Eiver,  Meek  & 
Hay  den  obtained  the  type  specimens  of  Bulinus  subelongatus ;  **  which 
is  represented  on  Plate  25. 

From  the  Fort  Union  Laramie  beds  two  other  specimens  of  Bulinus 

*  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  84,  pi.  22,  fig.  1. 
t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  84,  pi.  22,  fig.  1. 
JExpl.  and  Sur.  West  of  the  100th  Merid.,  vol.  iv,  p.  211 ;  pi.  xxi,  fig.  1. 
$  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  45,  pi.  19,  fig.  10. 
U  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.  vol.  ix,  p.  604,  pi.  45,  fig.  4. 
If  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  86,  pi.  24,  fig.  5. 
**  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  540,  pi.  42,  fig,  13. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  451 

were  described  by  Meek  &  Hayden,  under  the  names  respectively  of 
B.  longiusculus  and  B.  rhomboideus,*  both  of  which  are  represented  on 
Plate  25.  These  two  forms  are  so  closely  like  Physa  that  they  may 
apparently  be  with  equal  propriety  referred  to  that  genus.  Indeed  if 
these  two  species  are  properly  referred  to  BuUnus,  then  Physa  bridger- 
ensis  and  one  or  two  other  species  herein  referred  to  Physa  ought  to  be 
referred  to  Bulinus  also.  • 

In  the  Laramie  strata,  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  Colorado,  Bu- 
linus disjunctus  White,!  occurs.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  25. 

Another  Laramie  species  was  discovered  in  Southern  Utah  by  Pro- 
fessor Powell,  which  I  described  under  the  name  of  Physa  kanabensis,  { 
but  which  ought  to  be  referred  to  Bulinus.  This  species  is  yet  known 
only  by  specimens  that  are  too  imperfect  for  satisfactory  illustration. 

ANCYLID.E. 

The  Ancylidoe,  when  present,  always  form  an  inconspicuous  feature 
in  any  fresh-water  fauna,  and  the  family  is  represented  by  only  two 
published  species,  so  far  as  is  now  known,  in  all  the  North  American 
strata.  One  of  these  species,  Acroloxus  minutus,  Meek  &  Hayden,  was 
obtained  by  them  from  the  Laramie  strata  near  Fort  Union,  in  the  Up- 
per Missouri  Eiver  region.§  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  24. 

The  other  fossil  representative  of  the  family  is  Ancylus  undulatus, 
Meek, 1 1  from  the  Miocene  deposit  of  the  Kawsoh  Mountains  of  Northern 
Nevada,  where  it  was  found  associated  with  the  two  species  of  Curinifex 
that  have  already  been  mentioned,  and  also  with  certain  other  fresh- 
water forms.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  32. 

In  the  Southern  Idaho  equivalent  of  the  Eocene  beds  just  mentioned, 
associated  with  Melania  taylori,  Lithasia  antiqua,  Sphcerium  rugosunij 
&c.,  an  interesting  shell  has  been  found  which  seems  to  agree  with  the 
genus  Latia  Gray,  although  that  genus  has  hitherto  been  known  only 
in  certain  portions  of  Oceanica,  and  only  in  the  living  state. 

This  form  may  be  briefly  characterized  as  follows : 

Latia  dallii  (sp.  nov.),  plate  32,  figures  37,  38,  39,  and  40.  Shell  sub- 
ovate  in  marginal  outline  5  irregularly  convex  above ;  the  posterior  por- 
tion narrowing  rapidly  to  a  small  prominent  umbo,  which  ends  in  a 
very  small,  closely-incurved  beak;  the  beak  turned  a  little  to  the  right 
side,  and  making  about  one  full  volution;  semilunar  shelf  or  septum 
comparatively  large.  Surface  marked  by  many  strong,  irregular,  con- 
centric undulations ;  but  otherwise  it  is  comparatively  smooth,  being 
marked  only  by  fine  lines  of  growth. 

*U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  pp.  541,542,  pi.  43,  figs.  16  and  17. 

t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  86,  pi.  24,  fig.  6. 

t  Powell's  Rep.  Geology  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  119. 

§  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  543,  pi.  44,  fig.  10. 

||  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40tli  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  p.  188,  pi.  xvil,  fig.  12. 


452  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

Length,  16  millifneters;  breadth,  10  millimeters  5  height,  7  millimeters. 
The  specific  name  is  given  in  honor  of  Mr.  W.  H.  Dall,  whose  impor- 
tant works  upon  the  mollusca  are  well  known. 

VITRINIDJE. 

It  is  a  suggestive  fact  that  so  large  a  proportion  of  the  fossil  non- 
marine  mollusca,  which  have  been  found  in  North  American  strata,  are 
air-breathing  land  snails.  This  result  of  field-investigation  is  unex- 
pected, both  because  individuals  of  none  of  the  living  land-snails  are. 
found  in  as  great  numbers  as  many  of  the  gill-bearing  water  snails  are, 
and  because  all  the  specimens  that  have  been  preserved  in  the  fossil 
state  must  have  been  transported  from  the  land  into  the  waters  in  the 
sediments  of  which  they  were  preserved  after  the  death  of  the  mollusks 
which  formed  them.  We  must  therefore  conclude  that  in  former  geo- 
logical epochs  the  land-snails  were  proportionally  quite  as  abundant  as 
they  are  now,  and  it  seems  probable,  also,  that  the  shores  of,  and  the 
region  round  about,  the  Laraime  sea,  and  those  of  the  great  fresh-water 
lakes  which  succeeded  that  sea,  formed  a  peculiarly  favorable  habitat 
for  land  mollusca. 

Judging  from  the  character  of  a  portion  of  the  fossil  shells  that  have 
been  discovered,  and  from  the  wide  diversity  in  the  families  of  land  mol- 
lusca, which  is  indicated  by  the  collections  that  have  been  made  from 
various  formations,  we  cannot  doubt  that  the  family  Vitrinida3  was 
represented,  at  least  during  the  Laramie  and  Tertiary  periods.  It  is 
not  to  be  denied,  however,  that  with  a  knowledge  of  the  shells  only,  and 
they  usually  more  or  less  imperfect,  it  is  not  always  possible  to  say  with 
certainty  that  those  which  we  refer  to  that  family  really  belong  to  it ; 
or  that  they  may  not  belong  to  the  Helicidse. 

The  three  following-named  species  were  described  by  Meek  &  Hay- 
den,  and  referred  by  them,  not  without  some  doubt,  to  the  Vitrinidae. 
They  obtained  them  from  the  Judith  Eiver  Laramie  beds  of  the  Upper 
Missouri  River  region,  and  named  them  respectively,  Vitrinaf  obliqua, 
Hyalina?  occidentalis,  and  H.f  evansi.*  All  three  of  these  forms  are 
represented  by  figures  on  Plate  27. 

From  the  Wind  Eiver  Group  of  Eocene  strata,  in  Wyoming,  Meek 
&  Hay  den  also  obtained  a  fine  large  species,  which  they  described 
under  the  name  of  Macrocydlis  spatiosaj  which  is  represented  on  Plate  30. 

ARIONID2E. 

Among  the  most  interesting  remains  of  land  mollusca  that  have  been 
discovered  are  those  which  Dr.  J.  W.  Dawson  has  published  at  different 
times  from  the  Coal-Measures  of  Nova  Scotia.  He  was  the  first  to  demou- 

*  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.  vol.  ix,  pp.  545-548,  pi.  42,  figs.  6  and  7. 
tU.  8.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  594,  pi.  42,  fig.  9. 


ANNOTATED  CATALOGUE.  453 

strate  that  a  widely  differentiated  land  molluscan  fauna  existed  during 
the  Coal  Measure  period,  if  not  much  earlier.  . 

If  the  species  which  Dr.  Dawson  described  under  the  name  of  Zonites 
prisons ,  *  from  the  Coal  Measure  strata  of  South  Joggins,  ISTova  Scotia, 
is  really  a  Zonites,  or  a  closely  related  form,  we  have  proof  of  the  remark- 
able fact  that  the  family  Arionidae  was  well  established  in  the  Carbon- 
iferous age.  The  correctness  of  the  reference  of  this  species  to  the 
Arionida3  being  accepted,  we  naturally  conclude  that  other  members  of 
the  family  have  existed  somewhere  during  all  the  time  that  has  'elapsed 
since  the  Carboniferous  age;  but  yet  remains  of  no  other  representa- 
tives of  the  Arionida3  are  now  known  to  exist  in  any  North  American 
strata.,  if  we  except  the  one  mentioned  below.  Copies  of  Dr.  Dawson's 
original  figures  of  Zonites  prisons  are  given  on  Plate  2.  His  specimens 
were  found  associated  with  Pupa  vetmta  and  P.  bigsbyi  Dawson,  both 
of  which  species  are  mentioned  in  their  order  on  following  pages. 

Mr.  T.  A.  Conrad  published  a  form  under  the  name  of  Helix  (Zonites) 
marginicolaj  from  Bridge  Creek,  Oregon,  which  probably  comes  from  a 
fresh-water  Eocene  deposit.  His  specimens  seem  to  have  been  very  im- 
perfect and  unsatisfactory.  A  copy  of  his  figure  is  given  on  Plate  32. 

HELICIDJE. 

Among  other  molluscan  remains  that  have  been  discovered  in  the 
Coalmeasure  strata  of  Indiana  and  referred  to  the  Pulinonata  is  a  form  to 
which  Professor  Bradley  gave  the  generic  name  of  Dawsonella?  describ- 
ing the  species  under  the  name  of  D.  meekii.\  Dr.  Dawson,  in  comment- 
ing upon  this  form,  expresses  the  opinion  that  it  belongs  to  the  Helicidae 
"near  Helix  (Triodopsis)  palliata  and  H.  (Stenotrema)  monodon;"§  but 
Professor  Whitfield  expresses  the  opinion  that  it  was  an  operculate  shell 
resembling  Helicina.\\ 

For  present  convenience,  and  without  reference  to  the  merits  of  the 
question  raised,  this  species  is  here  left  where  Dr.  Dawson  first  placed 
it.  It  is  in  either  case  very  probable  that  true  members  of  the  Helicidse 
really  did  exist  during  the  Coalmeasure  epoch,  contemporaneously  with 
the  Pupida3  which  are  known  to  have  existed  then,  and  which  are  pres- 
ently to  be  mentioned.  Dawsonella  meekii  is  represented  on  Plate 
2  by  copies  of  Professor  Whitfield's  figures. 

If  Dawsonella  should  prove  not  to  belong  to  the  Helicidae,  the  earliest 
examples  of  that  family  which  are  yet  known  to  occur  in  North  Ameri- 
can strata  are  found  in  the  Laramie  Group.  From  the  Judith  Eiver 
Laramie  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  region  Meek  &  Hayden  obtained 
two  species  which  are  referred  to  this  family.  The  first  they  described 

*Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  xx  (3),  p.  411,  figs.  10  and  11. 
tAm.  Jour.  Conch.,  vol.  vi,  p.  315,  pi.  13,  fig.  9. 
JAm.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  iv  (3),  p.  88. 
$  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  xx  (3),  p.  413. 
||  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  xxi  (3),  p.  127. 


454  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

as  Helix  vetusta,  and  the  other  under  the  name  of  Thaumastus  limnccfor- 
mis;*  the  first  being  represented  on  Plate  27  and  the  latter  on  Plate  25. 
The  former  is  perhaps  not  a  typical  Helix,  but  the  latter  is  probably  a 
true  representative  of  Thaumastus,  as  that  genus  is  known  among  living 
mollusca.  If  so,  it  is  the  only  fossil  representative  of  the  section  of 
the  Helicidae  to  which  it  belongs  that  is  at  present  known  in  North 
America  strata  (if-  we  except  the  Bulinus  floridanus  of  Conrad  from  the 
Eocene  of  Florida  and  perhaps  also  the  species  mentioned  on  page  445 
under  the  name  of  Limncea(Limnophysaf)  compactilis,  although  living 
species  of  Thaumastus  are  not  uncommon  in  the  southern  part  of  North 
America. . 

From  the  Fort  Union  Laramie  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver  region 
Meek  &  Hayden  also  described  two  species  of  HelicidaB  under  the 
names  respectively  of  Columna  teres  and  C.  vcrmicula.]  These  also  are  the 
only  representatives  of  their  genus  that  are  yet  known  in  North  Ameri- 
can strata,  and,  like  the  next  preceding  species,  no  living  congeners  are 
found  in  North  America  so  far  northward  as  the  localities  from  which 
the  fossil  species  were  obtained.  Both  these  forms  are  represented  on 
Plate  25. 

From  the  Laramie  strata  of  Southern  Utah  Professor  Powell  obtained 
a  species  of  Helix  that  seems  to  possess  the  characteristics  of  the  sub- 
genus  Strobila  Morse,  and  which  I  have  described  under  the  name  of 
Helix  Tcanabensis.\  It  is  figured  on  Plate  25.  It  was  found  associated 
with  Physa  Jcanabensis  and  Planorbis  (Bathyomphalus)  Jcanabensis,  bpth 
of  which  have  already  been  noticed. 

A  series  of  coal -bearing  strata  near  Evanston,  Southwestern  Wyoming, 
which  apparently  belong  to  the  upper  part  of  the  Laramie  Group,  have 
furnished  a  number  of  species  of  pulmonate  mollusca,  among  which 
are  two  species  of  Helix,  namely  H.  Sepulta  and  H.  evanstonensis  White.§ 
The  former  seems  to  possess  the  subgeneric  characteristics  of  Patula 
Haldeman,  and  although  its  characteristics  have  been  quite  clearly 
ascertained,  the  specimens  are  all  too  imperfect  for  figuring.  H.  evans- 
tonensis is  apparently  referable  to  the  subgenus  Triodopsis  Eafinesque. 
It  is  figured  on  Plate  27. 

From  the  Wind  Eiver  Group,  a  series  of  fresh- water  Eocene  strata  in 
Western  Wyoming,  a  fine  species  was  obtained  by  Meek  &  Hayden 
and  described  by  them  under  the  name  of  Helix  f  veterna.\\  It  is  repre- 
sented by  copies  of  Mr.  Meek's  figures  on  Plate  30.  Certain  charac- 
teristics presented  by  this  shell  cause  some  doubts* to  arise  as  to  its  real 

*  For  figures  and  descriptions  of  both  these  species  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol. 
ix.,  pp.  552,  553,  pi.  42,  fig.  7;  and  pi.  44,  fig.  8. 

tU.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  pp.  555,  556,  pi.  44,  figs.  11  and  12. 

t  Powell's  Rep.  Geology  of  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  120. 

$The  first  of  these  species  was  originally  described  in  Proc.  IT.  S.  Nat.  Museum, 
vol.  iii,  p.  160;  and.tho  other  in  Bull  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  iv,  p.  714. 

IU.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,p.  596,  pi.  42,  fig.  8. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  455 

affinities ;  but  it  is  at  present  left  with  the  Helicidae,  where  those  au- 
thors placed  it. 

Professor  Powell  obtained  from  the  Bitter  Creek  Group,  in  Central 
Utah,  the  earliest  of  the  fresh- water  Eocene  series,  a  species  which  I 
described  under  the  name  Helix  peripheria,*  and  which  appears  to  pos- 
sess the  subgeneric  characteristics  of  Aglaia  Albers.  From  the  Eocene 
Green  Eiver  Group  of  Southern  Wyoming  he  also  obtained  H:riparia\ 
White,  which  is  apparently  referable  to  the  subgenus  Arianta  Leach. 
Both  the  last-mentioned  species  are  figured  on  Plate  29. 

Whether  Helix  Jcanabensis,  H.  sepulta,  H.  evanstonensis,  H.  peripJieria, 
and  H.  riparia  are  correctly  referred  to  the  respective  subgenera  in  con- 
nection with  which  they  have  just  been  mentioned,  or  not,  their  diversity 
of  form  gives  sufficient  indication  that  the  Helicida3  had  become  widely 
differentiated  during  those  early  epochs  in  which  they  lived,  probably 
quite  as  widely  as  their  living  representatives  are,  and  under  closely 
similar  forms. 

At  present,  the  only  known  Miocene  species  of  Helix  is  H.  leidyi  Hall 
&  Meek;  which  is  also  the  only  known  fossil  species  of  that  genus  of 
later  date  than  the  Eocene.§  It  is  represented  on  Plate  32. 

PUPUXE. 

If  it  were  not  that  the  existence  of  a  diversified  land  molluscan  fauna 
during  the  Coal-Measure  period  is  a  well-established  fact,  we  should  be 
slow  to  accept  the  conclusion  of  Dr.  Dawson  that  the  shell  which  he 
has  described  from  the  Erian  (Devonian)  plant-beds  of  St.  Johns,  New 
Brunswick,  under  the  name  of  Str  ophites  granclceva§  is  really  a  land 
snail.  In  view  of  the  fact  just  stated,  and  of  the  reasons  which  he  gives 
for  his  conclusions,  we  seem  to  have  no  reason  to  doubt  that  the  shell  in 
question  is,  as  he  suggests,  closely  related  to  Pupa.  A  copy  of  his  figure 
of  it  is  given  on  Plate  1. 

Although  an  unexpectedly  large  number  of  species  of  non-marine 
mollusca  has  been  obtained  from  strata  so  ancient  as  those  of  the  Coal- 
Measures,  the  fact  that  the  Gasteropoda  are  all  land  snails  shows  clearly 
that  the  complete  non-marine  mollusca  of  that  period  is  very  far  from 
being  fully  known.  It  cannot  be  supposed  that  coordinate  families, 
similar  to  those  with  which  representatives  of  the  species  referred  to  are 
raneously  with  those  ancient  species  which  have  been  discovered.  The 
known  to  have  been  afterwards  associated,  did  not  exist  contempo- 
continental  area,  however,  having  been  at  that  time  smaller  than  it 
afterward  became,  the  rivers  were  necessarily  comparatively  few  and 
small.  Therefore,  the  fresh-water  mollusca,  as  compared  with  those  of 
the  land,  were  perhaps  proportionally  fewer  then. 

*  Powell's  Rep.  Geology  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  130. 
t/Wd. 

I  See  mention  of  some  California  species  of  Helicidso  found  in  a  fossilized  condition* 
under-thc  head  of  spurious  and  doubtful  species,  on  a  following  page. 
§Ain.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  xx  (3),  p.  413. 


456  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

Among  the  non-marine  mollusca  which  have  been  discovered  in  the 
Coal-Measure  strata  of  Canada  and  the  United  States  are  four  species 
which  belong  to  the  Pupidse.  Dr.  Dawson  was  the  first  to  recognize 
the  pulmonate  character  of  these  mollusks,  and  he  described  the  first- 
discovered  species  under  the  name  of  Pupa  vetusta,  the  type  specimens 
of  which  he  obtained  from  the  Coal  Measure  strata  at  South  Joggins, 
Nova  Scotia.*  Copies  of  his  figures  of  this  species  are  given  on 
Plate  2. 

Professor  Bradley  described  P.  vermillionensisl  from  the  Coal-Measures 
of  Indiana,  and  subsequently  Dr.  Dawson  described  a  second  spe- 
cies under  the  name  of  P.  Mgsbyi\  from  the  same  strata  and  same  locality 
in  Nova  Scotia  that  had  furnished  examples  of  P.  vetusta.  Both 
these  species  are  represented  by  copies  of  Dr.  Dawson's  figures  on 
Plate  2. 

Within  the  present  year  (1881)  Professor  Whitfield  has  described  a 
fourth  Pupa-like  form  from  the  Coal-Measure  strata  near  Marietta,  Ohio, 
for  which  he  proposed  the  new  generic  name  of  Anthraeopupa,  describ- 
ing the  species  under  the  name  of  A.  ohioensis.§  Copies  of  Professor 
Whitfield's  figures  are  given  on  Plate  2. 

Whether  the  species  described  as  Pupa  by  Dawson  and  Bradley  strictly 
belong  to  the  typical  forms  of  that  genius,  as  it  is  represented  by  living 
species,  or  not,  there  seems  to  be  no  room  for  reasonable  doubt  that  all  four 
of  the  Carboniferous  forms  that  have  just  been  noticed  belong  to  the 
family  PupidaB.  This  being  the  case,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  the  family 
was  well  represented  during  all  subsequent  epochs  5  and  yet  no  other  fossil 
species  besides  these  have  been  discovered  in  North  American  strata, 
except  those  which  have  been  found  in  the  fresh-water  Eocene  deposits 
of  Southern  Wyoming. 

One  of  these  Eocene  species  was  described  by  Mr.  Meek,  from  the 
Bridger  Group,  in  Southern  Wyoming,  under  the  name  Pupa?  leidyi.\\ 
The  type  specimen  of  this  species  seems  to  have  been  lost,-  and  there- 
fore no  figure  of  it  can  be  given.  It  evidently  differed  considerably 
from  the  typical  forms  of  Pupa,  and  Mr.  Meek  was  in  doubt  whether  it 
might  not  with  propriety  be  referred  to  Holospira  Albers. 

The  remaining  three  species  of  the  Pupidoe  to  be  noticed  in  this  article 
were  all  obtained  from  the  Green  Eiver  Eocene  Group  at  one  locality, 
in  Southern  Wyoming.  They  have  been  published  under  the  following 
names,  respectively :  Pupa  incolata,  P.arenula,  and  P.  atavuncula  White.ff 

The  first-named  species  seems  to  belong  to  the  subgenus  Leucocheila 

'Acadian  Geology,  1855,  p.  160 ;  Am.  Jour.  ScL,  vol.  xx  (3),  p.  405. 
t  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  iv  (3),  p.  87. 
i  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  vol.  xx  (3),  p.  410. 

$  For  generic  diagnosis  and  specific  description  see  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  vol.  xx  (3),  p.  126. 
II  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  for  1872,  p.  517. 

IF  For  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  three  species,  see  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur. 
Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  4(5, 47,  pi.  19,  figs.  7,  8,  and  9. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  457 

Alb.  &  Mart. ;  and  the  other  two  are  referred  provisionally  to  Pupilla 
Leach.  All  three  of  these  forms  are  represented  on  Plate  29.  Owing 
to  the  imperfection  of  the  type  specimens  of  these  three  species,  their 
reference  to  the  subgenera  which  have  just  been  mentioned  is  not  made 
with  entire  confidence ;  but  whether  this  reference  is  correct  or  not,  it 
is  a  well-established  fact  that  the  family  Pupidse  had  acquired,  as  early, 
at  least,  as  the  earliest  Eocene,  nearly  or  quite  all  the  characteristics 
which  distinguish  it  at  the  present  day. 

8UCCIN1D2E. 

Although  so  large  a  number  and  great  variety  of  other  land-snails 
have  been  discovered  in  the  strata  of  various  geological  periods,  only  a 
single  species  referable  to  the  Succinidse  has  yet  been  found  in  North 
American  strata.  This  is  succinea  papillispira,  White,*  which  was  ob- 
tained from  the  upper  portion  of  the  Green  River  Eocene  group  in 
Southern  Wyoming,  and  which  plainly  belongs  to  the  subgentts 
Brachyspira  Pfeiffer. 

NERITID^E. 

Since  the  greater  part  of  the  known  species  of  this  family,  both  living 
and  fossil,  are  of  marine  origin,  only  those  of  its  fossil  representatives 
which  are  found  associated  with  such  forms  as  indicate  that  they  lived  in 
a  brackish  or  nearly  fresh  water  habitat  will  be  considered  in  this  article. 
The  species  thus  falling  under  consideration  embrace  two  subordinate 
types  of  Neritina  and  these  only.  One  of  the  types  is  apparently  iden- 
tical with  that  of  the  common  fluvatile  living  species  of  Neritina,  which 
may  be  regarded  as  the  typical  section  of  the  genus,t  but  the  other  type 
is  extinct.  Instead  of  having  been  confined  to  either  brackish  or  fresh 
water,  both  these  types  have  representatives  in  strata  of  both  brackish 
water  and  marine  origin.  That  is,  for  example,  a  species  of  each  type 
is  found  in  the  Larainie  group,  associated  with  Corbicula,  Corbula,  Unio, 
and  Melania.  Other  species  of  both  types  are  found  in  Cretaceous 
strata,  associated  with  such  unmistakably  marine  forms  as  the  Aviculi- 
dae,  Arcidae,  Turritellidse,  &c. 

The  earliest  species  referable  to  this  family  which  is  at  present  known, 
and  which  comes  within  the  scope  of  this  article,  is  Neritina  nebrascensis, 
Meek  &  Hayden,|  which  was  found  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Black  Hills, 
in  strata  believed  by  those  authors  to  be  of  Jurassic  age.  It  is  plainly 
a  true  Neritina,  but  those  authors  found  it  associated  with  species  that 
are  regarded  as  indicating  a  purely  freshwater  habitat,  namely,  Unioy 
Vimparus,  Lioplacodes,  &c.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  3. 

*An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  45,  pi.  19,  fig.  4. 

t  The  Laramie  species,  N.  wlvilineata,  shows  a  faint  crenulation  of  the  border  of  the 
inner  lip;  and  some  small  examples,  apparently  the  young  of  this  species, lately  dis- 
covered, show  a  distinct  denticulation  of  that  border.  Perhaps  this  species  ought  to 
bo  referred  to  Nerita,  but  for  the  present  I  leave  it  with  Neritina. 

t  Paleontology  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  p.  109. 


458  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

The  next  species  that  are  to  be  mentioned  in  the  order  of  geological 
time  are  two  that  were  discovered  by  Mr.  Meek  in  the  estuary  deposit 
at  Coalville,  Utah,  which  has  already  been  several  times  mentioned. 
One  of  these  species  was  described  by  him  under  the  name  of  Neritina 
bannisterij*  and  is  represented  on  Plate  5.  It  is  closely  allied  with  the 
foregoing  Jurassic  species,  and  specimens  of  both  have  been  found 
which  still  show  the  original  color-markings  of  the  surface.  Neritina 
bannisteri  has  also  a  near  ally  in  N.  incompta  White,  from  the  marine  Cre- 
taceous strata  of  the  same  epoch,  and  which  is  found  in  the  same  region. 
Indeed,  it  is  not  improbable  that  these  two  forms  are  only  varieties 
of  one  and  the  same  species.  If  so,  the  fact  implies  that  the  species 
ranged  from  marine  into  brackish  waters,  with  no  more  than  a  varietal 
change  as  a  consequence. 

Associated  with  this  typical  Neritina  in  the  Cretaceous  estuary  de- 
posit at  Coalville  is  a  species  which  Mr.  Meek  described  under  the 
name  of  N.  bellatula;  and  with  it,  also,  another  form,  which  he  named 
N.  carditoidesA  The  type  specimen  of  the  latter  is  very  imperfect  5  but, 
judging  from  the  characters  which  it  shows,  it  is  thought  to  be  identical 
with  N.  bellatula.  Both  the  forms  are  represented  on  Plate  5. 

These  two  last-named  forms  of  Neritina  belong  to  a  subordinate  type 
to  which  Mr.  Meek  gave  the  subgeneric  name  of  Velatella.  The  type  is 
an  extinct  one,  as  has  already  been  intimated,  and  is  at  present  known 
only  in  Cretaceous  and  Laramie  strata.J 

In  the  Bear  Eiver  Laramie  beds  a  very  small  species  occurs,  which  I 
have  described  under  the  name  of  Neritina  naticiformis.%  It  apparently 
belongs  to  the  typical  section  of  the  genus.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  7. 

The  Laramie  species  belonging  to  the  subgenus  Velatella,  which  has 
been  referred  to,  was  first  discovered  at  Black  Buttes  Station,  in  South- 
ern Wyoming,  and  described  by  me  under  the  name  of  N.  ( V.)  baptista.  \\ 
Numerous  specimens  of  it  have  since  been  discovered  in  the  Laramie 
strata  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Colorado,  all  of  which,  including 
the  type  specimens,  have  preserved  upon  their  surface  the  original  color 
markings  with  which  they  were  ornamented  while  living,  and  which  are 
represented  by  Figs.  16-20  on  Plate  23. 

Associated  with  N.  ( V.}  baptista,  at  the  Wyoming  locality,  is  the  form 
which  I  have  described  under  the  name  of  Neritina  volvilincata^  and 
which  is  illustrated  on  Plate  23.  The  type  specimens  were  found  in 
Southern  Wyoming  and  Northwestern  Colorado,  none  of  which  showed 

*An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  25,  pi.  12,  fig.  10. 

tFor  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  two  forms,  see  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr, 
for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  27, 28,  pi.  12,  figs.  7  and  8. 

t  For  a  diagnosis  of  this  subgenus,  see  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part 
I,  p.  27. 

$An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  89,  pi.  30,  fig.  3. 

||  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  89,  pi.  29,  fig.  6. 

11  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  88,  pi.  21,  fig.  6. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  459 

the  color  markings  such  as  are  seen  to  characterize  several  species 
already  noticed,  and  also  the  form  referred  to  in  the  following  paragraph. 

Associated  with.  N".  (V.)  Baptista  in  Northern  Colorado,  east  of  the 
Eocky  Mountains,  is  a  form  of  Neritina  which  is  closely  related  to  N.- 
volvilineata,)  which  being  undescribed  I  propose  for  it  the  name  N. 
bruneri  in  honor  of  Mr.  Lawrence  Bruner,  who  first  discovered  the 
species.  It  differs  from  N.  volvilineata  in  being  somewhat  more  globose, 
having  a  less  elevated  spire,  and  the  inner  lips  broader  and  less  re- 
treating. It  is  marked  by  revolving  lines,  somewhat  like  that  species, 
but  they  are  sometimes  obsolete.  It  is  also  ornamented  by  zigzag  color- 
markings.  The  type  specimen  is  represented  by  Figs.  14  and  15  on 
Plate  23. 

Associated  with  the  foregoing  is  still  another  form,  much  smaller, 
which  seems  to  be  the  young  of  N.  volvilineata.  It  is  without  color 
markings,  and  the  inner  border  of  the  inner  lip  is  dentate. 

Although  belonging  to  so  early  an  epoch,  these  Laramie  species  of 
Neritina  are  the  latest  members  of  that  family  of  non-marine  origin  that 
are  now  known  to  occur  in  North  American  strata.  Consequently,  no 
others  besides  those  mentioned  come  within  the  scope  of  this  article. 

The  typical  form  of  Neritina  has  doubtless  come  down  to  the  present 
daybysecuring  a  congenial  habitat  along  the  changing  coasts  of  the  grow- 
ing continent;  but  although  the  subgeneric  type  Velatella  existed  before 
the  inclosure  of  the  Laramie  sea,  that  sea  seems  to  have  embraced  all 
the  forms  of  that  type  which  survived  during  the  Laramie  period  .  When  , 
therefore,  the  waters  of  that  sea  became  wholly  fresh,  that  type,  together 
with  others,  seems  to  have  been  extinguished  as  a  consequence. 

CERITHIID^E. 

Only  a  single  species,  referable  to  this  family,  which  may  be  regarded 
as  a  non-  marine  form,  has  been  found  in  any  North  American  strata. 
It  was  obtained  from  the  Judith  Eiver  Laramie  beds,  in  the  Upper  Mis- 
souri Eiver  region  by  Meek  and  Hay  den,  and  by  them  described  under 
the  name  of  Gerithidea  nebrascensis.*  Those  authors  referred  it  to  the 
subgenus  Pirenella  Gray,  but  they  expressed  some  doubt  as  to  the 
true  generic  character  possessed  by  the  shell.  Although  Gerithidea  is  a 
well  known  living  genus  of  the  Old  World,  this  species  at  present 
Stands  alone,  or  without  near  known  allies,  either  living  or  fossil,  among 
North  American  mollusca,  if  its  generic  relations  are  correctly  under- 
stood, as  stated  above.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  26. 


Most  naturalists  agree  in  the  opinion  that  no  living  North  American 
species  of  mollusca  are  properly  referable  to  the  genus  Melania; 
although  formerly  many  species  were  referred  to  that  genus  which 
are  now  placed  in  the  family  CeriphasiidaB,  and  mostly  referred  to  the 

*  U.  S.  Gcol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  559,  pi.  43,  fig.  9. 


460  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

genus  Goniobasis.  It  has  also  been  considered  doubtful  by  many  natu- 
ralists whether  any  one  of  the  fossil  species  that  have  been  found  in  the 
rocks  of  North  America,  ought  to  be  referred  to  the  family  MclaniidoB. 
The  five  or  six  following  species,  however,  are  in  this  article  provsionally 
referred  to  that  family ;  two  because  they  are  at  present  believed  to 
strictly  belong  there;  and  the  others  partly  because  of  their  apparent 
affinities  in  that  direction,  and  partly  because  they  seem  to  be  not 
properly  referable  to  the  Ceriphasiidre.  They  are  all  interesting  shells, 
embracing  three  distinct  types,  two  of  which,  at  least,  are  not  known 
to  have  living  representatives;  but  two  of  the  species,  while  they  appear 
to  have  no  generic  representative  living  in  North  America,  seem  to  be 
referable  to  true  Melania  of  Old  World  type. 

One  of  the  species  last  referred  to  is  Melania  wyomingensis  Meek, 
(—M.  larunda  White,*)  which  has  been  found  on  both  sides  of  the  Itocky 
Mountains  in  Southern  Wyoming  and  Northern  Colorado.  Figures  of 
this  fine  species  are  given  on  Plate  26. 

The  other  species,  which  appears  to  be  a  true  Melania,  is  M.  claiborn- 
ensis  Heilprin,  from  the  marine  Eocene  deposits  of  Alabama.t  It  is 
represented  on  Plate  28. 

In  Southern  Wyoming  Mr.  Meek  also  obtained  from  the  Laramie 
strata  a  form  which  he  described  under  the  name  of  Melania  insculpta.$ 
It  seems  to  be  nearly  related  to  M.  wyomingensis^  but  differs  from  it  in 
wanting  its  prominent  subspinous  ornamentation.  This  species  has 
also  been  found  in  the  Laramie  strata  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains  in 
Colorado,  the  specimens  figured  on  Plate  26  having  been  collected  in 
the  valley  of  South  Platte  Eiver. 

There  occurs  somewhat  abundantly  in  the  Bear  Eiver  Laramie  beds 
of  Southwestern  Wyoming  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  Utah  a  shell 
which  Mr.  Meek  first  referred  to  Melania^  but  to  which  he  afterward 
gave  the  new  generic  name  of  Pyrgulifera,  describing  it  under  the 
name  of  Pyrgulifera  humrosa.§  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  6.  Mr.  Meek 
placed  this  shell  among  the  CeriphasiidaB  or  American  Melanians,  but 
as  it  seems  to  differ  quite  as  widely  from  the  typical  forms  of  that 
family  as  it  does  from  the  true  Melanians,  I  here  place  it  provisionally 

*  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  95,  pi.  28,  fig.  6. 

t  Although  the  associates  of  this  shell  are  all  marine,  it  is  given  a  place  in  this 
article  hecause  Melania  is  generally  regarded  as  a  fresh-water  genus.  In  this  connec- 
tion, however,  it  is  proper  to  remark  that  among  certain  fossil  faunae  shells  undis- 
tinguishable  from  Melania  are  found  associated  with  marine  forms.  (See  Professor 
Heilprin's  description  and  remarks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  1879,  p.  214.)  M. 
wyomingensis  and  M.  insculpta  have  also  been  found  in  such  association  with  Ostrea 
and  Anomia,  as  to  indicate  that  they  all  lived  and  flourished  together  in  the  same 
waters,  which  were  certainly  in  some  degree  saline,  or  the  Ostrea  and  Anomia  could 
not  have  existed  there. 

*  See  An.  Rep.  U.  8.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  94,  pi.  20,  fig.  4. 

$  For  diagnosis  of  this  genus,  and  description  and  figures  of  the  species,  see  U.  S. 
Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  p.  146,  pi.  17,  fig.  19. 


wmm]  ANNOTATED  CATALOGUE.  461 

with  the  latter  family.    It  is  the  only  known  species  of  the  genus 
which  has  been  proposed  to  receive  it,  either  fossil  or  living.* 

From  the  fresh-water  Miocene  deposits,  which  have  already  been  men- 
tioned as  occurring  in  Sou  them  Idaho  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Kawsoh 
Mountains,  Mr.  Meek  described  two  forms  and  Mr.  Gabb  another,  which 
they  referred  to  Melania,  Mr.  Meek  doing  so  with  an  expression  of  doubt 
but  Mr.  Gabb  with  none.  Copies  of  their  origin  al  figures  of  these^forms 
are  given  on  Plate  32. 

Mr.  Meek  gave  the  names  M.  ?  sculptilis  and  M.  ¥  subsculptilis]  to  his 
two  species,  and  Mr.  Gabb,  that  of  M.  taylorilf.  to  the  one  he  described. 
Conrad's  M.  decursa  is  probably  a  synonym  of  the  latter. 

All  three  of  these  forms  belong  to  one  and  the  same  type,  and  per- 
haps represent  only  one  species.  This  type  differs  considerably  from 
the  other  types  that  have  herein  been  referred  to  the  Melaniada3.  The 
species  belong  to  a  fauna  from  which,  as  before  stated,  no  genetic  lines 
seem  to  have  reached  the  present  Mississippi  drainage  system,  and,  like 
a  portion  of  their  associates,  are  quite  unlike  any  other  North  American 
species,  either  living  or  fossil.  All  the  known  species  of  that  fauna  are 
herein  referred  to  and  figured,  but,  for  the  purpose  of  separate  view, 
their  names  are  given,  as  follows :  Melania  f  sculptilis,  M.  f  subsculp- 
tilis ,  M.  f  taylorij  Lithasia  antiqua,  Garinifex,  ( Vorticifex)  tryonij  C.  (V.) 
binneyi,  Ancylus  undulalus,  Sph<prium  rugosum,  and  S.  f  idahoense. 

The  genus  Melanopsis  Lamarck  is  not  known  among  the  living  mol- 
Itisca  of  North  America,  and  until  very  lately  it  was  believed  to  be  also  j 
absent  from  all  North  American  strata.  A  small  shell  from  the  Lara- 
mie  strata  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains  in  Colorado,  associated  with 
Corbicula,  Corbula,  Melania ,  Neritina,  Anomia  and  Ostrea,  is  here  de- 
scribed for  the  first  time,  and  referred  provisionally  to  Melanopsis.  It  is 
evidently  congeneric  with  the  living  Melanopsis  costellata  Ferussac,  and 
also  with  the  Eocene  M.  buccinoidea  Ferussac;  both  from  Western  Europe. 

Melanopsis  ?  americana  (sp.  nov.),  Plate  23,  Figs.  21,  22,  and  23. 

Shell  very  small,  sides  straight,  and  meeting  at  the  apex  at  an  acute 
angle  j  volutions  six  or  seven,  those  of  the  spire  not  convex,  but  so  flat- 
tened as  to  show  only  a  linear  suture  between  them,  which  is  somewhat 
irregular  5  proximal  portion  of  the  last  volution  gently  convex,  its  length 
being  more  than  half  the  entire  length  of  the  shell  5  outer  lip  thin,  not 
expanded,  its  margin  not  distinctly  sinuous;  inner  lip  having  a  very 
strong  callous  nearly  filling  the  distal  end  of  the  aperture,  leaving  a  nar- 
row groove  between  it  and  the  margin  of  the  outer  lip,  and  gradually 
diminishing  in  thickness  towards  the  proximal  end  of  the  aperture  j 
aperture,  as  bounded  by  the  outer  lip  and  callous  inner  lip,  rudely  sub- 

*  Soe  foot-note  on  page  4G4. 

tU.  8.  Geol,  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  pp.  195, 196,  pi.  17,  figs.  8  and  9. 

t  Paleonotology  of  California,  vol.  ii,  p.  13,  pi.  2,  lig.  21, 


462  ^7ON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

elliptical,  angular  at  its  distal  end,  rounded  at  its  proximal  end,  and 
terminating  at  the  end  of  the  columella  in  a  distinct,  narrow  canal, 
which  is  slightly  bent  to  the  left.     Surface  marked  only  by  faint  lines 
of  growth. 
Length,  1  millimeters;  diameter  of  last  volution,  3J  millimeters. 

CERIPHASIID2E. 

The  Ceriphasiida3,  or  American  Melanians,  constitute  an  important 
feature  of  the  non-marine  fossil  molluscan  faunaB  of  North  America, 
especially  in  the  Laramie  and  Eocene  fresh- water  strata  of  the  west. 
We  have  yet  no  evidence  of  the  existence  of  this  family  before  the  Lar- 
amie period;  but  in  view  of  its  known  abundance  during  that  period, 
and  also  during  that  of  the  Eocene,  it  may  be  safely  assumed  that  the 
origin  of  the  family  was  at  an  earlier  period.  It  is  nevertheless  true 
that  the  forms  of  Goniobasis ,  which  occur  in  the  purely  fresh -water 
Eocene  strata,  somewhat  more  nearly  resemble  those  which  are  regarded 
as  typical  forms  among  living  species  than  most  of  those  of  the  Lar- 
amie period  do.  This,  however,  may  have  little  significance  as  regards 
physical  changes  since  the  Laramie,  because  the  Uniones  of  that  period 
are  more  characteristically  like  living  Uniones  than  those  of  the  Eocene 
strata  are. 

All  except  two  or  three  of  the  fossil  species  that  have  been  described 
as  belonging  to  the  CeriphasiidaB  have  been  referred  to  the  genus  Gonio- 
lasis  Lea;  but  a  part  of  them  have  been  so  referred  with  some  doubt. 
Among  those  concerning  which  no  doubt  of  this  kind  has  been  expressed 
by  the  respective  authors  who  have  described  them,  there  may  be  rec- 
ognized at  least  "three  somewhat  distinct  -subordinate  types  perhaps 
worthy  to  be  called  subgenera. 

Of  these  three  types,  Goniobasis  cleburni  White,  G.  tenera  Hall,  and 
G.  nebrascensis  Meek  &  Haydeii,  may  be  regarded  as  representatives 
respectively ;  but  I  regard  it  as  probable  that  the  latter  type  is  more 
nearly  related  to  Lioplax  than  to  Goniobasis. 

The  Bear  Kiver  Laramie  strata  not  only  furnish  what  are  probably 
the  earliest  known  species  of  the  Ceriphasiidae,  but  they  furnish  most  of 
the  known  species,  four  in  number,  which  may  be  referred  to  that  pro- 
posed section  of  Goniobasis  of  which  G.  cleburni  is  the  type.*  The  other 
three  species  are,  respectively,  G.  chrysallis  Meek,  G.  chrysalloidea  White, 
and  G.  macilenta  White.t  All  four  of  them  are  figured  on  Plate  6.  They 
are  found  associated  together  in  the  Bear  Eiver  Laramie  beds  of  South- 
western Wyoming  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  Utah,  and  none  of  them 

*The  species  of  this  type  bears  some  resemblance  toMclanopsis,  but  none  of  them  are 
canaliculate  at  base  in  any  degree.  No  examples  of  Mclanopsis,  except  the  one  de- 
scribed on  page  461  of  this  article,  are  known  in  North  America,  either  fossil  or  recent ; 
if  we  except  the  species  Conrad  described  as  Bulliopsis. 

t  See  description  and  figures  of  these  four  species,  together  with  other  references, 
An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  pp.  91-93,  pi.  30,  figs.  4,  5,  6,7,  and  10. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  463 

have  been  found  in  any  other  strata  of  the  Larainie  Group  except  those 
which  are  strictly  equivalent  with  those  beds. 

One  other  species,  which  I  have  described  under  the  name  of  Gonio- 
basis endlichij*  is  found  associated  with  the  four  species  that  have  just 
been  mentioned.  It  is  represented  on  Plate  6.  This  form  belongs  to 
another  type,  which  includes  G..  nebrascensis,  presently  to  be  men- 
tioned, and  which,  as  before  suggested,  probably  belongs  near  lAoplax 
Troschel. 

Five  species  were  described  by  Meek  &  Hayden  from  the  Judith  Eiver 
Laramie  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver  region,  under  the  generic 
name  of  Goniobasis,  namely,  G.  convexa,  G.  invenusta,  G.  sublcevis,  G. 
omitta,  and  G.  V  subtortuosa,]  all  of  which  are  represented  on  Plates, 
26  and  27.  It  seems  probable  that  G.  sublcevis  and  G.  invenusta  are 
only  varieties  of  G.  convexa.  G.  omitta  is  much  like  G.  gracilenta  from 
the  Fort  Union  beds,  presently  to  be  mentioned  5  but  G.f  subtortuosa 
is  quite  different  from  any  other  form  that  has  been  referred  to  Gonio- 
basis.  It  probably  belongs  to  some  other  genus,  perhaps  to  Cassiopella 
White,  which  will  be  further  mentioned  on  a  following  page,  but  that 
question  cannot  yet  be  determined  because  the  characters  of  the  base 
and  aperture  of  the  former  are  not  yet  known. 

From  the  Fort  Union  Laramie  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver  re- 
gion three  species  have  been  described  by  Meek  &  Hayden,  namely, 
Goniobasis  gracilenta,  G.  nebrascensis,  and  G.  tenuicarinata.\  The  two 
latter  species  have  already  been  referred  to  as  representing  a  separate 
section  of  the  genus  Goniobasis,  if,  indeed,  they  belong  to  that  genus. 
They  are  represented  on  Plate  26.  Both  species  have  also  been  recog- 
nized in  the  coal-bearing  strata  at  the  town  of  Wales,  Utah,  and  G. 
tenuicarinata  has  been  found  in  the  Laramie  strata  of  Crow  Creek 
Yalley  in  Northern  Colorado,  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains.  At  the  last- 
mentioned  locality,  as  well  as  at  Black  Buttes  Station  in  Southern  Wyo- 
ming, Goniobasis  gracilenta  has  been  recognized.  The  species  is  repre- 
sented on  Plate  26. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  thirteen  species  in  all  have  been  described 
and  referred  to  Goniobasis  from  the  Laramie  Group  alone.  Even  in 
case  several  of  the  specific  names  that  have  been  applied  to  these  forms 
should,  as  already  suggested,  prove  to  be  merely  synonyms,  still  it  is 
clear  that  in  the  great  Laramie  Group  there  is  a  goodly  number  of  well- 
defined  species  of  Goniobasis,  as  that  genus  is  now  .understood. 

From  the  Laramie  strata  at  Black  Buttes  Station,  which  have  been 
so  often  mentioned,  several  specimens  of  a  shell  have  been  obtained,  to 

*  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  92,  pi.  30,  fig.  7. 

t  For  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  five  species,  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix, 
pp.  562-570,  pi.  42. 

t  For  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  three  species,  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix, 
pp.  505-568,  plates  42  and  43. 


4G4  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

which  I  have  given  the  generic  name  of  Cassiopclla,*  describing  the 
species  under  the  name  of  C.  turricula.  It  is  figured  on  Plate  23.  Like 
Pyrgulifera,)  it  is  the  sole  representative  of  an  extinct  generic  type.t  It 
is  umbilicate,  and  in  this  respect  differs  from  any  other  shell  that 
has  been  referred  to  the  Ceriphasiidse.  It  is  referred  to  that  family 
only  provisionally,  and  because  there  appears  to  be  equal  or  greater 
objections  to  referring  it  to  any  other  established  family.  It  is  so 
referred  mainly  because  of  its  agreement  in  form,  and  the  character  of 
its  outer  and  inner  lips. 

Passing  now  to  the  three  groups  of  fresh- water  Eocene  strata,  the 
Wahsatch,  Green  Biver,  and  Bridger  groups,  as  they  are  developed  in 
Wyoming,  Colorado,  and  Utah,  we  find  that  the  genus  Goniobasis  con- 
stitutes even  a  more  conspicuous  feature  of  the  faun®  of  those  groups, 
as  regards  proportionate  numbers  of  individuals,  than  it  did  in  the 
Laramie  period,  although  the  number  of  species  was  so  much  greater 
then.  Notwithstanding  this  great  generic  prominence,  and  also  the  fact 
that  four  species  have  been  described  by  different  authors  from  those 
fresh- water  Eocene  groups  under  the  name  of  Goniobasis^  I  am  not 
at  present  prepared  to  admit  that  more  than  one  well-defined  species  has 
yet  been  found  in  any  of  the  strata  of  those  three  groups.  Taking  this 
view,  we  must  of  course  regard  those  forms  which  have  been  described 
as  separate  species,  as  only  varieties  of  the  first  one  described ;  although 
it  cannot  be  denied  .that  th covariation  is,  in  some  cases,  very  consider- 
able 5  and  if  intermediate  forms  had  not  been  discovered,  their  specific 
separation  would  never  have  been  called  in  question .  In  this  view  of  the 
case  I  have  selected  tenera  Hall  as  the  specific  name  by  which  to  desig- 
nate this  variable  and  abundant  Eocene  species  of  Goniobasis,  because 
it  was  the  first  specific  name  that  was  applied  to  it  by  any  author.  It 
will  be  convenient  and  proper,  however,  to  retain  the  other  names  as 
those  of  varieties,  or  even  in  some  sense  as  species.  For  the  same  pur- 
pose I  propose  the  name  Goniobasis  columinis  for  the  extravagantly  orna- 
mtented  forms  represented  by  Figs.  29  and  30  on  Plate  31.  A  consider- 
able series  of  these  forms  from  different  localities  in  those  fresh-water 
Tertiary  groups  is  given  on  Plate  31,  which  shows  the  wide  range  of 
variation  and  the  transition  of  the  forms  and  the  character  of  their 
ornamentation. 

•  For  diagnosis  of  this^genus  and  description  and  figures  of  tho  species,  see  An.  Rep. 
U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  part  I,  pp.  66, 67,  pi.  27,  fig.  3. 

t  Since  these  paragraphs  were  written,  Mr.  Edgar  A.  Smith  has  published,  in  the 
Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  two  species  under  the  new  generic 
name  of  Paramelania,  found  living  in  Lake  Tanganyika,  in  Africa,  which  seem  to  bo 
congeneric  with  Pyrgulifera. 

t  These  proposed  species  are  respectively  as  follows :  Goniobasis  tenera  ( =  Cerithium 
tenerum  Hall),  Fremont's  Rep.  Oregon  &  N.  California,  p.  308,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  6 ;  G.  simpsoni 
Meek,  Simpson's  Rep.  Great  Basin  Utah,  p.  365,  pi.  v,  iig.  1 ;  G.  nodulifcra  Meek  (  =  Ceri- 
thium nodulosum  Hall,  Fremont,  op.  cit.),  and  G.  carteri  Conrad,  Am.  Jour.  Conch.,  vol. 
iv,  p.  280,  pi.  18,  figs.  6  ami  7. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  465 

Although  the  genus  Goniobasis  has  not  been  recognized  in  any  of  the 
strata  of  North  America  of  later  age  than  the  Eocene,  it  cannot  be 
doubted  that  it  existed  somewhere  during  the  later  epochs ;  probably  in 
some  of  the  streams  which  have  since  become  upper  branches  of  the 
Mississippi  Eiver  system,  where  it  is  now  abundant. 

In  the  Miocene  fresh-water  deposit,  which  has  been  several  times  re- 
ferred to  as  occurring  in  Southern  Idaho  and  Northern  Nevada,  called 
the  Truckee  Group  by  King,  no  species  of  the  genus  Goniobasis  have 
been  recognized ;  but  Mr.  Gabb  obtained  a  shell  which  he  referred  to 
Lithasia  (a  genus  which  is  regarded  as  a  member  of  the  Ceriphasiida3), 
and  described  it  under  the  name  of  L.  antiqua.*  It  is  illustrated  on 
Plate  32. 

RISSOID.E. 

The  Bissoidse,  in  consequence  of  their  small  size  and  comparative 
rarity,  form  an  inconspicuous  feature  of  the  non-marine  fossil  faunae  which 
are  discussed  in  this  articie ;  and  yet  they  are  interesting  because  they 
show  that  as  early  at  least  as  the  close  of  Mesozoic  time  several  genera 
of  that  family  inhabited  the  then  existing  fresh  and  brackish  waters ;  and 
that  the  most  of  those  which  have  been  discovered  are  either  congeneric 
with  existing  forms,  or  so  closely  like  them,  that  we  cannot  properly  do 
otherwise  than  refer  them  to  existing  genera,  although  we  may  enter- 
tain some  doubt  as  to  their  real  affinities.  Up  to  the  present  time  eight 
fossil  species  have  been  published  and  referred  to  this  family,  most  of 
which  were  obtained  from  the  Laramie  Group. 

Among  these  the  two  living  genera  Hydrobia  and  Bytliinella  are  re- 
cognized, and  also  one  new  genus,  Micropyrgvs,  which  was  proposed  by 
Mr.  Meek.t 

Four  species,  Hydrobia  subconica,  H.  anthonyi,  H.  eulimoides,  and  H. 
warrenana,  were  described  from  the  Laramie  strata  of  the  Upper  Mis- 
souri Eiver  region  by  Meek  &  Hayden.J  The  first  one  comes  from  the 
Judith  Eiver  beds,  and  the  other  three  from  the  Fort  Union  beds.  They 
are  all  illustrated  on  Plate  27.  Except  in  the  case  of  H.  anthonyi, 
those  authors  express  some  doubt  as  to  the  true  generic  relations 
of  these  shells  with  Hydrobia,  and  reason  for  similar  doubt  seems  to 
exist  in  relation  to  that  species  also.  For  j)resent  convenience,  how- 
ever, all  four  of  these  forms  are  left  under  Hydrobia,  where  those  authors 
placed  them. 

The  Fort  Union  Laramie  beds  also  furnished  Meek  &  Hayden  with 
the  types  of  their  Micropyrgus  minutulus^  which  they  referred  to  the 
EissoidaB.  It  is  represented  by  copies  of  Mr.  Meek's  figures  on  Plate  26. 

*  Paleontology  of  California,  vol.  ii,  p.  13,  fig.  22. 
tU.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  574. 

I  For  figures  and  descriptions  of  these  four  species,  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  voL 
ix,  pp.  571-573,  pi.  43. 

§  U.  S.  Geol.  Snr.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  p.  575,  pi.  43,  fig.  18.' 
30  G 


466  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

Among  the  species  which  occur  in  the  coal-bearing  beds  near  Evans- 
ton,  Wyo.,  several  of  which  species  have  already  been  herein  noticed, 
there  occurs  a  slender  form  which  I  have  described  as  Hydrobia  recta.* 
It  is  represented  on  Plate  27. 

.Another  species  was  obtained  by  Professor  Powell  from  certain  strata 
in  Utah,  which  he  then  referred  to  the  Bitter  Creek  Group,  but  which 
may  probably  prove  to  be  of  Laramie  age.  This  form  was  described 
by  me  under  the  name  of  Hydrobia  utahensis.]  It  is  represented  on 
Plate  27. 

The  only  remaining  species  to  be  noticed  under  the  Rissoida3  is  Bythi- 
nella  gregaria  f  Meek ;  which  was  obtained  from  the  fresh -water  Eocene 
strata  at  Pacific  Springs,  Southern  Wyoming,  by  Dr.  Hayden.  This 
species  is  also  represented  on  Plate  27. 

VIVIPARID^E. 

Among  the  non-marine  gasteropods  of  North  America,  no  family  is 
more  conspicuous  than  the  Yiviparidae,  and,  although  this  family  ranks 
high  in  its  class,  it  seems  to  have  been  fully  established,  essentially  as 
it  exists  to-day,  in  the  Jurassic  period,  and  its  origin  was  doubtless 
much  earlier.  It  seems  to  have  existed  in  greatest  abundance  in  the 
Laramie  and  Eocene  periods,  but  that  is  perhaps  largely  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  conditions  of  their  existence  and  preservation  were  greater 
then.  After  the  Eocene,  the  preservation  of  the  family  doubtless  took 
place  in  rivers,  the  great  lacustrine  waters  of  the  continent  having  then 
passed  away,  or  what  remained  seemed  to  have  been  uncongenial  to 
Yiviparine  life. 

The  small  collection  of  fresh-water  shells  which  was  obtained  by 
Meek  &  Haydeii  from  near  the  Black  Hills,  and  by  them  referred,  with 
some  doubt,  to  the  Jurassic  period,  has  already  been  mentioned  in  con- 
nection with  Unio  nucalis  and  Planorbis  veternus.  Two  other  species 
were  included  in  that  collection,  namely,  Vnnparus  gillianus  and  Lio- 
placodes  veternus  §  Meek  &  Hayden,  both  of  which  forms  are  illustrated 
on  Plate  3. 

Besides  the  original  specimens  of  Lioplacodes  no  other  lepresentatives 
of  the  genus,  either  fossil  or  recent,  have  ever  been  discovered,  and  it 
therefore  falls  into  the  category  of  extinct  types,  a  subject  which  will 
be  briefly  discussed  on  subsequent  pages.  These  two  species,  being  of 
Jurassic  age,  are  the  oldest  members  of  the  Viviparida3  that  are  yet 
known  in  North  American  strata. 

No  member  of  this  family  of  Cretaceous  age  is  yet  known;  and  the 
next  to  be  mentioned  is  a  very  large  species  from  the  Bear  Hiver 

*  Powell's  Rep.  Geology  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  132. 
t  Powell's  Geology  of  the  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  132. 
t  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  48,  pi.  19,  fig.  6. 
$  For  diagnosis  of  Lioplacodes,  and  description  and  figures  of  L.  vcternus  and  Vivipa~ 
rus  gillianus,  see  Paleontology  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  pp.  115,  116,  pi.  v. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  467 

Laramie  beds  of  Southwestern  Wyoming  and  the  adjacent  parts  oi 
Utah,  which  I  described  under  the  name  of  Viviparus  couesii.*  It  is 
represented  on  Plate  8. 

The  only  species  of  Viviparus  that  is  yet  known  to  occur  in  the  Judith 
River  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  River  region  is  V.  conradi  Meek  & 
Hayden,t  which  is  illustrated  on  Plate  24 5  but  the  genus  is  abun- 
dantly represented  in  the  Fort  Union  beds.  Six  species  and  one  variety 
have  been  described  by  Meek  &  Hay  den  from  the  latter  beds,~urider 
the  following  names  (figures  of  which  are  given  on  Plates  .24,  25,  and  27) : 
Viviparus  peculiaris,  V.  trochiformis,  V.  leidyi,  V.  leidyi  var.  formosa, 
V.  reynoldsianns,  V.  leai  and  V.  retusus.\  A  glance  at  these  illustra- 
tions will  show  that  the  species  they  represent  are  evidently  allied  to 
each  other,  the  relationship  being  so  close  in  some  cases  as  to  suggest 
that  future  discoveries  of  specimens  will  probably  reveal  intermediate 
forms  that  must  reduce  the  number  of  recognizable  species  by  one-half 
at  least. 

A  form  similar  to  but  shorter  and  more  compact  than  Viviparus  leai 
has  been  obtained  from  the  Laramie  strata  of  Crow  Creek  Yalley  east 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Colorado,  which  is  figured  on  Plate  25,  and 
which  I  have  described  under  the  name  of  Viviparus  prudentius.§ 

From  certain  strata  in  Central  Utah,  probably  belonging  to  the 
Laramie  Group,  Professor  Powell  obtained  some  forms  of  Viviparus 
which  closely  resemble  V.  trochiformis  and  V.  leidyi,  respectively,  and 
with  which  they  are  probably  identical. 

At  Black  Buttes  Station,  in  Southern  Wyoming,  Viviparus  plica- 
pressus  ||  White,  together  with  numerous  other  fresh  and  brackish  water 
forms,  have  been  found  in  the  Laramie  strata  there,  most  of  which  have 
been  mentioned  on  previous  pages.  This  species  is  represented  on 
Plate  24. 

Another  form,  somewhat  similar  to  V.  trochiformis,  to  which  I  gave 
the  name  of  V.  panguitchensis^  was  obtained  by  Professor  Powell  from 
strata  in  Southern  Utah,  which,  doubtless,  belong  to  the  Laramie  Group. 
It  is  figured  on  Plate  25. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  species  that  has  as  yet  been  obtained 
from  the  Laramie  Group  is  Tulotoma  thompsoni**  White,  which  has  been 
found  in  Southern  Wyoming,  west  of  the  Eocky  Mountains,  and  also 
east  of  the  same  in  Colorado.  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  24.  It  is 
referred  to  the  genus  Tulotoma  Haldernan,  rather  than  to  Viviparus, 
because  of  its  nodular  ornamentation  $  but  since  the  operculum  has 

*An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  99,  pi.  30,  fig.  1. 
tU.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Ter.,  vol.  ix,  p.  579,  pi.  42,  fig.  15. 

JFor  descriptions  and  figures  of  all  these  forms,  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  vol.  ix, 
pp.  577-554,  pi.  44. 

$  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  98,  pi.  28,  fig.  5. 
li  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  98,  pi.  28,  fig,  6. 
IT  Powell's  Rep.  Geology  Uinta  Mountains,  p.  123. 
**An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  100,  pi.  28,  fig.  2. 


468  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

never  been  discovered,  all  its  known  characteristics,  except  the  one 
mentioned,  agree  with  Viviparus,  from  which  genus  some  naturalists  do 
not  separate  Tulotoma.  There  appears  to  be  good  reason,  however,  for 
separating  the  two  groups  as  distinct  genera  among  living  North  Amer- 
ican mollusca;  but  it  is  nevertheless  reasonable  to  suppose  that  they 
had  a  common  origin  in  a  single  generic  form  in  some  one  of  the  geo- 
logical epochs.  Such  a  community  of  origin,  and  probable  original 
generic  identity  of  these  fossil  Viviparine  forms,  is  strongly  suggested 
by  comparing  some  of  the  specimens  of  T.  thompsoni,  upon  which  the 
nodules  are  only  faintly  developed,  with  typical  specimens  of  V.  troclii- 
formis,  which  have  a  closely  similar  form  and  similar  revolving  ridges, 
but  no  nodules.  Indeed,  some  of  the  characteristics  are  so  strikingly 
alike  in  both  these  species  that  one  can  hardly  resist  the  suggestion  that 
they  themselves  present  the  examples  of  such  a  community  of  origin  as 
has  been  supposed.  If  this  really  was  the  case,  and  we  accept  Tulotoma 
as  a  genus  separate  from  Viviparus,  we  have  an  example  of  the  evolution 
of  a  new  generic  form-  without  a  break  in  a  recognizable  line  of  descent. 
In  other  words,  it  is  a  case  in  which  the  generic  and  specific  divergences 
in  the  line  of  descent  were  coincident,  the  former  being  the  more  dis- 
tinct of  the  two,  at  least  in  the  features  presented  by  the  shell. 

From  certain  strata  in  Utah,  which  were  referred  to  the  Tertiary,  but 
which  probably  belong  to  the  Laramie  Group,  I  described  a  species  of 
Viviparus^  under  the  name  of  V.  ionicus;*  but  all  the  known  examples 
of  it  are  very  imperfect. 

In  the  Eocene  fresh -water  strata  of  the  West,  perhaps  the  most  abun- 
dant species  next  to  Goniobasis  tenera  Hall,  with  which  it  is  constantly 
associated,  is  Viviparus  paludinceformis  Hall.t  This  species  has  been 
found  especially  plentiful  in  those  strata  of  Colorado,  Wyoming,  and 
Utah.  It  presents  some  degree  of  variation  in  different  districts,  and 
in  different  layers  at  one  and  the  same  locality ;  but  it  is  not  nearly  so 
variable  a  shell  as  is  its  associate  Goniobasis  tenera.  Illustrations  of  V. 
paludinceformis  are  given  on  Plate  30. 

The  only  remaining  species  of  Vivaparus  to  be  regularly  noticed  in 
this  article  is  V.  wyomingensis  Meekjf  which  is  figured  on  Plate  30. 
It  has  been  found  only  in  the  Bridger  Group,  where  it  is  comparatively 
rare.§ 

The  differences  which  are  recognizable  between  the  shells  of  living  spe- 
cies of  Viviparus  and  Campeloma,  respectively,  are  quite  as  distinctly 
discernible  among  the  fossil  forms  which  are  noticed  in  this  article. 
Recognizing  the  two  genera  as  separate  and  distinct,  we  find,  as  one  of 
the  earliest  known  North  American  species  of  Campeloma,  a  form  that 

"U.S.Expl.  and  Sur.  West  of  the  100th  Merid.,  vol.  iv,  p.  215,  pi.  xxi,  fig.  6. 
tFrernont's  Rep.  Oregon  and  N.  California,  p.  309,  pi.  iii,  fig.  13. 
JProc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  i,  (3),  1871,  p.  182. 

$See  references  to  V.  lyelli  Conrad,  V.  glabra  II.  C.  Lea,  and  Paludina  subglolosa 
Emmons,  on  a  subsequent  page,  under  the  head  of  spurious  and  doubtful  species. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  469 

was  described  by  Meek  from  the  Bear  Eiver  Laramie  beds  of  South- 
western Wyoming,  under  the  name  of  C.  macrospira.*  It  is  illustrated 
on  Plate  8. 

Meek  &  Hayden  obtained  from  the  Judith  Kiver  Laramie  beds  of  the 
Upper  Missouri  Eiver  region  a  species  to  which  they  gave  the  name  of 
Campeloma  vetula^  and  examples  of  the  same  species  have  also  been 
recognized  in  the  Laramie  strata  at  Black  Buttes  Station,  in  Southern 
Wyoming.  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  27. 

Two  other  species  of  Campeloma,  namely,  (7.  multistriata  and  C.  -multi- 
lineata  Meek  &  Hayden,  were  originally  described  from  the  Laramie 
strata  near  Fort  Clarke,  in  the  valley  of  the  Upper  Missouri.]:  Both 
forms  are  represented  on  Plate  27.  The  former  has  also  been  somewhat 
doubtfully  recognized  at  Black  Buttes  Station,  in  Southern  Wyoming, 
and  the  latter  in  the  valley  of  Crow  Creek,  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains, 
in  Colorado. 

Among  a  collection  of  Laramie  fossils  made  several  years  ago  in  the 
valley  of  the  Yellowstone  Eiver  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Allen  are  some  examples  of 
Campeloma  multistriata  that  show  the  species  to  be  much  more  variable 
than  was  indicated  by  the  description  and  figures  given  by  Meek  & 
Hayden.  Some  of  these  have  the  typical  form  and  characteristics  as 
described  by  them,  but  others  are  strongly  shouldered  at  the  distal  side 
of  the  two  last  volutions.  Examples  of  these  are  given  on  Plate  27. 

Associated  with  the  foregoing  are  numerous  examples  of  a  very  varia- 
ble species,  some  of  which  examples  have  the  characteristics  of  Campelo- 
ma, except  that  they  are  more  than  usually  elongate,  and  some  of  them 
appear  to  have  the  characteristics  of  Lioplax,  Troschel.  The  species  rep- 
resented by  these  specimens  appears  to  have  never  been  described, 
and  I  therefore  apply  to  it  the  name  of  Campeloma  (Lioplax  f)  producta, 
indicating  the  form  represented  by  figures  21  and  22  on  Plate  26,  as  the 
type.  Figures  of  the  associated  forms,  and  which  perhaps  belong  to 
the  same  species,  are  also  given  on  the  same  plate. 

Shell,  elongate- ovate  j  test,  moderately  thick;  spire,  more  than  usually 
produced  for  a  species  of  this  genus ;  volutions,  six  or  seven,  usually 
slightly  flattened,  or  having  a  faint  revolving  depression  upon  the  dis- 
tal side  near  the  suture,  which  is  more  apparent  upon  the  larger  than 
the  smaller  volutions ;  suture,  deep  and  abrupt  upon  the  proximal  side; 
aperture  and  lips  having  the  usual  characteristics  of  Campeloma  or 
Lioplax  ;  surface,  marked  by  the  usual  lines  of  growth,  and  by  somewhat 
numerous  revolving  striaB  which  are  often  obscure,  but  upon  the  smaller 
volutions  of  some  of  the  examples  a  few  of  the  striaB  are  so  strong  as  to 
produce  a  faint  angularity.  Among  these  examples  are  others  which 
possess  the  general  characteristics  of  those  which  are  regarded  as  the 

*See  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  102,  pi.  30,  fig.  2. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.  vol.  ix,  p.  587,  pi.  42,  fig.  14. 

t  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix,  pp.  586  and  588,  pis.  43,  fig.  15,  and  44,  fig.  1 


470  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

types;  but  two  or  three  of  the  revolving  strife  upon  the  smaller  volutions  of 
these  examples  are  much  more  prominent  than  in  the  case  of  typical  ex- 
amples. I  at  present,  however,  regard  these  as  only  varieties  of  a  very 
variable  species.  Examples  of  this  variety  are  illustrated  with  the 
others  on  Plate  26. 

The  collection  made  by  Mr.  Allen  also  contains  Viviparus  trocJiiformis 
and  V.  retusus  and  V.  leai  Meek  &  Hay  den,  and  Unio  senectus  White. 

VALVATIDJS. 

The  .ValvatidaB  like  the  Eissoida3  are  inconspicuous  among  the  fossil 
non-marine  faunae  of  North  America,  but  the  family  which  is  essentially 
a  fresh-Avater  one,  seems  to  have  become  established  at  least  as  early  as 
Mesozoic  time.  Indeed,  although  the  Valvalidce  are  among  the  more 
highly  organized  of  the  fresh- water  mollusca,  they  seem  to  have  co- 
existed with  the  earliest  fresh- water  gill  bearing  mollusks  that  are  yet 
known  to  us. 

Among  the  fresh -water  Jurassic  fossils  that  were  obtained  by  Meek 
&  Hay  den  from  the  vicinity  of  the  Black  Hills,  and  which  have  been 
already  several  times  mentioned  on  previous  pages,  is  a  form  to  which 
those  authors  gave  the  name  of  Valvata  scabrida,  *  and  which  is  the 
earliest  known  species  of  that  genus  in  North  American  strata.  It  is 
illustrated  OB  Plate  3,  by  a  copy  of  Meek's  figure. 

The  next  known  species  in  the  order  of  time  is  V.  nana  Meek,t  which 
was  obtained  by  him  from  the  Cretaceous  estuary  deposit  at  Coalville, 
Utah,  which  has  before  been  mentioned.  It  is  illustrated  on  Plate  5. 

From  the  Judith  Eiver  Laramie  beds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  River 
region,  Meek  &  Hayden  described  a  form  under  the  name  of  Valvata  ? 
montanaensis ;  and  from  the  Fort  Union  beds  of  that  region,  two  others, 
under  the  names,  respectively,  of  V.  subumbilicata  and  V.  parvula.\  The 
latter  is  probably  only  a  variety  of  the  former.  All  three  of  the  last 
named  forms  are  illustrated  on  Plate  27  by  copies  of  Meek's  figures. 

For  the  purpose  of  presenting  the  subject  of  the  foregoing  pages 
synoptically,  the  following  table  has  been  prepared.  It  is  intended  as 
a  list  of  all  the  known  species  of  the  fossil  non-marine  mollusca  of  North 
America;  and  is  also  intended  to  show  the  geological  position  of  each 
species,  and  consequently  the  present  known  range  in  geological  time, 
of  the  families  and  genera  to  which  they  belong.  The  names  of  the  di- 
visions of  geological  time  used  in  this  table  will  be  found  explained  on 
page  414  et  seq. 

In  making  up  the  following  list,  preoccupied  names,  and  generic  names 
which  have  been  wrongly  used,  are  omitted,  but  such  as  are  regarded  as 

*Paleontology  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  p.  113,  pi.  iv,  fig  2. 
t  See  An.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr,  for  1878,  Part  I,  p.  33,  pi.  12,  fig.  17. 
f  For  descriptions  and  figures  of  these  three  forms  see  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  vol.  ix, 
pp.  590-502,  pi.  42,  and  woodcuts. 


WHITE.]  ANNOTATED    CATALOGUE.  471 

synonyms  that  have  been  made  such  by  mistaken  identification  of 
species  are  given  in  italics.  It  is  probable  that  several  other  like  syn- 
onyms still  remain  among  those  that  are  not  italicised,  but  it  is  not 
thought  best  to  thus  characterize  them  without  further  investigation, 
because,  as  has  been  already  remarked,  this  article  is  not  a  revision  of 
these  fauna3,  but  merely  a  review.  Those  which  are  enumerated  under 
the  head  of  spurious  and  doubtful  species  on  subsequent  pages  jire  pur- 
posely omitted  from  this  list.  Materials  for  large  additions  to  this  list 
will,  without  doubt,  be  obtained  through  future  operations  of  the  Sur- 
vey, and  from  other  sources. 
5 


TABULAR  VIEW  OF  THE  NON-MARINE  FOSSIL  MOI/LUSCA 
OF  NORTH  AMERICA. 


Devonian. 

Carboniferous. 

1 

h> 

4 

fl 
0 

Laramie. 

Tertiary. 

Post- 
tertiary. 

i 

Miocene. 

1 

| 

s 

C? 

£ 

CONCHIFERA. 

OSTREID.E. 

x 

ANOMIUXE. 

MYTILID^;. 
Volsella  (Brachydontes)  regularis  "W  

x 

V.  (B.)  laticostata  W  

UNIONID^E. 
Anodonta?cat8kiUensi8(Vanuxem)  Hall. 

x 

A.  ?  angustata  (  Vaimxem)  Hall  

x 

A.parallela  W  

N.lsevia  D  

Unio  cristonensis  M  ........... 

X? 

Unio  gaUinensit  M.  ..........  . 

Xf 

x? 

U.nncalia  M.  &  H  

TT.  steward!  W  

U.  (Margaritana  f  )  hubbardi  Gabb  

U.  penultimus  0-  

TL  belliplicatua  M  

U.  subspatulatua  M.  &  H  

x 

U.  danao  M.  &  H 

x 

U.  cryptorhynchusW  

x 

U.sencctus  W  

U.couesii  W  

x 

U.endlichi  W  

472 

WHITE.]  TABLE    OF   NON-MARINE   FOSSILS.  473 

Tabular  view  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  of  North  America — Continued. 


• 

1 

Carboniferous. 

! 

Jurassic. 

Cretaceous. 

| 

Tertiary. 

Po8t- 

tertiary. 

| 

1 

TJ- 

-§ 

i 

CONCHIFERA—  Continued. 
UNIONID^:  —  Continued. 

x 

TT  proavitus  TV            

X 
X 

x 

TJ  aldrichi  W           

x 

x 

U.  mendax  "W  

x 

x 

x 

V 

CYRENID.E. 

C.  occidentals  'M.&.H  

x 

C.  (L.)  subelliptica  M.  &  H  . 

• 

x 

x 

x 

S  ?  idahoense  M 

PISIDIHXE. 

x 

CORBULIDJE. 

x 

C.  undifera  M 

x 

X 

474  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

Tabular  view  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  of  North  America — Continued. 


1 

1 

Triassic. 

Jurassic. 

Cretaceous. 

Laramie. 

Tertiary. 

Post- 
tertiary. 

Eocene. 

Miocene. 

1 

Quaternary. 

*i 

CONCHIFERA—  Continued. 
CORBULID^E—  Continued. 
Corbula  subtrigonalis  Meek  &  Hayden  .  .  . 

X 

O  CTdssoteUifonnis  Meek 

x 

GASTEROPODA. 
AURlCULHXiE. 

x 

x 

UMN2EID.E. 

x 

x 

x 

V 

L  similis  M 

V 

V 

L  (Polyrhytis)  kingii  M  

v? 

x 

P.  convolutuaM  .  &  H  

x 

P.  (Bathyomphalus)  amplexusM.  &  H  

x 

x 

P.  spectabilis  M  

V 

V 

P.leidyi  M.&H  

v? 

Carinifex  (Vorticifex)  tryoni  M  

V 

C.  (V.)  binneyi  M  

V 

PHYSHXE. 

P.copei  W  :  

P.feUxW  

P.pleromatis  "W  

V 

P.secalina  E.  &  S  

B.  subelongatus  M.  &  H.  .  . 

X 

WIIITE.J  TABLE    OF   NON-MARINE    FOSSILS.  475 

Tabular  view  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  of  North  America — Continued. 


Devonian. 

Carboniferous. 

Triassic. 

Jurassic. 

Cretaceous. 

Larimie. 

Tertiary. 

Post- 
tertiary 

I 

flj 

1 

6 

4 

Quaternary. 

|  Eecent. 

GASTEROPODA—  Continued. 
PHY  SID^E  —  C  ontinued. 

x 

x 

x 

x 

ANCYLIDJS. 

x 

V 

Latia  dallii  "W                           

x 

AKIONID^E. 

x 

v? 

VITRINID.E. 

Vitrina  ?  obliqua  M  &  H 

x 

x 

H.  ?  evansi  M  &  H 

x 

x 

HELICLD,E. 

x 

Helix  vetusta  M  &  H 

x 

H.  (Strobila?)  kanabensis  W 

x 

H.  (Patula  ?)  sepulta  W 

x 

H.  (Triodopsis?)  evanstonensis  "W 

x 

H.  (  Aglaia  ?)  peripheria  "W    

x 

H.  (  Arianta  ?)  riparia  "W     

x 

H.  (A.  ?)  leidyi  Hall  &  Meek  

V 

H.  ?  veterna  M.  &  H  

V 

Thaumastus  limna^formis  M.  &  H  

x 

V 

Columna  teres  M.  &  H  

x 

PUPIDuE. 

Pupa  vetusta  D  

x 

P.bigsbyi  D  

x 

P.  vennillionensis  Bradley 

x 

Anthracopupa  ohioensis  Whitfield  

x 

Pupa  (Leucocheila  ?)  incolata  "W  

x 

P.  (Pupilla?)  arenula  W  

x 

P.  (P.?)  atavuncula  "W"  

x 

SUCCINID^E. 
Succinea  (Brachyspira)  papillispira  W  .  .  . 

NERITID^E. 
"Nuritin.i  nnhm^npTlSig  1VT  fa  H 

x 

i 

N.  naticifonnis  W... 

X 

476  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

Tabular  view  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  of  North  America — Continued. 


Devonian. 

Carboniferous. 

o 
H 

o 
1 

Cretaceous. 

| 

Tertiary. 

Post- 
tertiary. 

Eocene. 

Miocene. 

1 

s 

Quaternary. 

Eecent. 

GASTEROPODA—  Continued. 
NERITIDJS  —  Continued. 

x 

x 

N  bannister!  Meek     

X 

N  (Velatella)  bellatula  M 

x 

N  (  V  )  carditoides  M 

x 

N  (V  )  baptista  "W                              ... 

x 

CERITHIID.E. 
Ceritbidea  nebrascensis  Meek  &  Haydcn. 
MELANIIIXE. 

x 

x 

V 

JLf  larunda  "W    

x 

M.  ?insculpta  M  

x 

M.  ?  sculptilis  M  

• 

V 

Jf  1  subsculptUis  M 

x 

Pyrgulifera  humerosa  M 

x 

x 

CERIPHASIID^J. 
Gouiobasis  cleburni  W 

X 

G  chrysallis  M 

X 

G.  chrysalloidea  "W 

G.  macilenta  "W 

X 

G.  (Lioplax  ?)  endlichi  W     . 

X 

G.  convexa  M.  &  H  

X 

G.  in  venusta  M.  &  H  

X 

G.sublams  M.  &  H  

x 

G.omitta  M.  &  H  

G.  ?  subtortuosa  M.  &  H  

x 

G.  gracilenta  M  

x 

G.  (Lioplax  ?)  nebrascensis  M  &  H 

X 

G.  (Lioplax?)  tenuicarinata  M.  &  H 

x 

G.  tenera  Hall  

x 

G.nodulifera  M  

L 

Lithasia  antiqua  Gabb  

Cassiopella  tarricula  W  

X 

RISSOID^:. 

Hydrobia  sabconica  M  

H.anthonyi  M.  &  H  

H.eulimoides  M  

H.  warren  ana  M.  &  H  

H.recWW  

X 

II.  utahensis  W  , 

WHITE.]  TABLE    OF   NON-MARINE   FOSSILS.  477 

Tabular  view  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  of  Norlh  America— Continued. 


I 

Carboniferous. 

Triassic. 

Jurassic. 

Cretaceous. 

Laramie. 

Tertiary. 

Post- 
bertiary. 

1 

|  Miocene. 

03 

5 

Quaternary. 

1 

GASTEROPODA—  Continued. 
RISSOID^E  —  Continued. 
Micropyrgua  minutulas  Meek&Hayden. 

x 

x 

VIVIPARID.E. 
Viviparus  gillianus  M  &  H        

x 

Iiioplacodes  veternus  M  &  H     ....    .  1  .  . 

x 

Viviparus  couesii  White  .     ............ 

X 
X 

x 

V  conradi  M  &H    

V.peculiaris  M.  &  H   

V  trochiformis  M  &  H 

X 
X 

x 

V  Jeidyi  M  &  H 

V.leai  M.&H  

x 

V.  reynoldsiauus  M.  &  H  

x 

V.  retusus  M.  &  H  

x 

V.prudentius  W  

x 

V.  plicapressus  "W  

x 

V.  pan^uitchensis  W  

x 

V.  ionicus  \V  .  

X? 

V.  paludinaeformis  Hall  

x 

V.  wyomingensis  M  

x 

Tulotoma  thorapsoni  W  

x 

x 

C.  vetula  M.  &H  

x 

0.  multistriata  M.  &H  

x 

C.  multilineata  M.  &  H  

x 

X 

VALVATTD.E. 
Valvata  scabrida  M.  &  H 

X 

V.  montanaensis  M  

x 

V.  suburabilicata  M.  &H  

x 

V.parvula  M.&H  

x 

SPURIOUS    AND   DOUBTFUL    SPECIES. 

The  species  mentioned  in  the  following  notes  were  not  included  in  the 
foregoing  list  because  a  part  of  them  do  not  belong  to  the  uon -marine 
mollusca  as  they  were  supposed  to  do  by  the  authors  who  first  described 
them  5  concerning  the  true  character  of  others  there  is  some  room  for 
doubt,  and  the  published  information  concerning  the  remainder  is  either 
unsatisfactory  or  erroneous. 

In  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  New  York  for  1830, 
pp.  65,  G6,  Mr.  T.  A.  Conrad  published  descriptions  of  four  species  of 
mollusks  from  the  Medina  Sandstone  (Upper  Silurian)  under  the  names 
respectively,  of  Planorbis  trilobatus,  Cyclostoma  pervetuHta^  Unio  primi- 
genius,  and  U.  orthonotus.  All  these  are  now  known  to  be  marine  spe- 
cies, and  to  belong,  respectively,  to  the  genera  Bucania,  Pleurotomaria, 
Cyprieardites,  f  and  Modiolopsis. 

In  the  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts  (1.),  Yol.  XXIX,  p.  149 
et  scq,  Plate  1,  Figs.  17-22,  Dr.  S.  G.  Morton  briefly  described  and  rudely 
figured  five  forms  which  he  named,  respectively,  Unio  petrosus,  U.  tumu- 
latus,  U.  terrenus,  U.  saxulum,  and  Anodonta  hildrethi;  and  which  he 
reported  as  having  been  obtained  from  Coal-measure  strata  in  southern 
Ohio.  If  these  fossils  were  really  obtained  from  Coal-measure  strata, 
our  present  knowledge  of  the  fauna  of  that  period,  at  least  as  it  was 
developed  in  the  region  indicated,  makes  it  improbable  that  they  were 
correctly  referred  to  the  genera  Unio  and  Anodonta.  It  is  more  prob- 
able that  they  were  obtained  from  a  post  Tertiary  deposit,  and  that  they 
really  belong  to  living  species. 

In  the  proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadel- 
phia, 1868,  pp.  162-164,  Dr.  Isaac  Lea  described  ten  species  under  the 
following  names,  respectively :  Unio  nasutoides,  U.  radiatoides,  U.  subro- 
tundoides,  U.  cariosoides,  U.  humerosoides,  U*  roanokoides,  U.  ligament- 
oides,  U.  alatoidcs,  Anodonta  grandioides,  and  A.  corpulentoides.  They 
were  obtained  from  a  deposit  in  New  Jersey  which  Dr.  Lea  regarded  as 
"Lower  Cretaceous,"  but  which  is  almost  certainly  of  post  Tertiary 
date.  Moreover,  they  probably  belong  to  the  living  species,  the  resem- 
blance to  which  is  so  plainly  indicated  by  the  respective  names  which 
Dr.  Lea  applied  to  them. 

In  Paleontology  of  California,  Vol.  II,  p.  88,  Mr.  Ga.bb  speaks  of 
having  found  the  following  species  of  Helix  in  a  fossil  condition,  in 
different  parts  of  that  State,  part  of  them  being  referred  to  strata  of 
Pliocene  age,  although  the  species  are  all  now  living  in  that  region  : 
Jlclixfracta  Newcomb,  H.  hildebrandi  Newcomb,  77.  mormonum  Pfr.,  77. 
tryoni  Newcomb,  and  H.  tudiculata  Biniiey. 

Mr.  H.  C.  Lea  described  a  shell  under  the  name  of  Turlo  alaber  in  the 

478 


WHITE.]  GENERAL   DISCUSSION.  479 

Transactions  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Yol.  IX,  p.  267, 
Plate  37,  Fig.  87,  which  Mr.  Conrad  stated  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Philad.  18G2,  p.  567,  to  be  identical  with  the  Paludina  subglobosa.  of 
Emmons  (Geology  of  North  Carolina,  p.  273,  Fig.  186).  This  assumed 
identity  is  doubtful.  The  latter  is  probably  either  a  Viviparus  or  a 
Campeloma.  The  former  is  probably  neither. 

From  the  Eocene  strata  of  Wilmington,  North  Carolina,  Sir  Charles 
Lyell  obtained  the  natural  cast  of  a  shell  which  he  referred  to  Paludina 
and  published  (Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  Yol.  I,  p.  431)  a  figure  of  it,  but 
without  a  specific  name.  Conrad  subsequently  (Am.  Jour.  Conch.,  Yol. 
I,  p.  32)  gave  the  name  Viviparus  lyelli  to  this  form.  It  is  probably  a 
true  Viviparus,  but  its  characters  are  not  sufficiently  known  to  settle 
the  question  definitely. 

In  Fremont's  Keport  on  Oregon  and  Northern  California,  pp.308, 300, 
Plate  III,  Professor  Hall  has  figured  and  described  several  forms  which 
have  not  been  mentioned  in  the  body  of  this  article.  They  probably 
belong  to  a  fresh-water  fauna,  although  it  was  supposed  that  they  were 
of  marine  origin  when  they  were  described.  The  specimens  he  had  were 
evidently  imperfect,  but  I  have  never  seen  them,  and  I  have  been  una- 
ble by  aid  of  Professor  Hall's  descriptions  and  figures  to  identify  the 
species  which  they  represent  among  any  collections  made  in  the  West. 
The  following  are  the  names  given  them  by  Professor  Hall  in  the  work 
cited:  Nucula  impressa  (?),  Cytherea parvula, Plemotomaria  uniangulata, 
Cerithium  fremontij  Natica(f)  occidentalis,  and  Turritella  bilineata. 

In  Yol.  Ill,  p.  10,  American  Journal  of  Conchology,  Mr.  T.  A.  Con- 
rad published  a  description  and  figure  of  a  shell  from  the  Carbonifer. 
ous  strata  of  Kansas,  under  the  new  generic  name  of  Prisconaia,  refer- 
ring it  to  the  Unionidae.  It  is  probably  a  species  of  Schizodus,  and  there- 
fore belongs  to  the  Trigoniida3. 

In  Yol.  YI,  of  the  same  Journal,  Conrad  described  Melania  decursa 
and  Anodonta  decurtata  u  from  Colorado."  Because  he  did  not  state  any 
locality  or  formation  from  which  they  were  obtained,  these  species  are 
not  include  in  the  text  of  this  article.  The  former  is  probably  from 
Oregon  and  identical  with  M.  taylori  Gabb. 


GENERAL    DISCUSSION. 

Upon  the  preceding  pages  I  have  presented  a  synopsis  of  all  the 
known  fossil  non-marine  mollusca  of  North  America,  in  the  course  of 
which  it  has  been  shown  that  many  of  the  types  now  recognizable 
among  the  living  non-marine  mollusks  have  great  antiquity  ;  but  that 
certain  of  the  types  which  have  been  recognized  only  among  the  fossil 
species,  and  are  therefore  regarded  as  certainly  extinct,  were  contem- 
poraneous with  many  of  those  which  survived.  Before  closing  this 


480  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

article  it  will  be  proper  to  present  some  general  discussion  of  the  nature 
of  the  relations  which  these  fossil  forms  bear  to  each  other  and  to  those 
now  living,  and  to  make  some  suggestions  as  to  the  probable  lines  of 
descent  of  the  latter,  and  the  causes  of  the  destruction  of  those  which 
have  failed  to  survive. 

In  the  present  state  of  general  knowledge  of  the  subject,  it  seems 
hardly  necessary  to  state  in  detail  that  these  relations  are  regarded  by 
naturalists  as  genetic  in  their  character,  and  that  the  various  forms 
which  we  discover,  both  living  and  fossil,  have  been  evolved  from  pre- 
existing primary  forms.  If  the  theory  of  the  evolution  of  organic  things 
is  to  be  accepted  in  any  sense,  it  seems  necessary  to  conclude  that  mol- 
luscan  life  began  in  the  sea,  and  that  all  fresh- water  and  land  mollusca 
have  been  primarily  derived  from  those  of  marine  origin.* 

While  it  is  not  my  purpose  to  discuss  this  theory  as  such,  it  will  be 
necessary,  in  the  course  of  the  remarks  which  are  to  follow,  not  only  to 
refer  to  some  of  the  phases  which  the  subject  presents  when  viewed  in 
relation  to  the  probable  origin  and  distribution  of  the  non-marine  fossil 
mollusca,  but  it  will  also  be  necessary  to  adopt  that  theory  at  least  as  a 
working  and  explanatory  hypothesis.  Indeed,  without  an  hypothesis  of 
this  kind,  the  structural  relations  which  we  find  to  exist  between  those 
fossil  forms  among  themselves  and  between  the  fossil  and  living  forms 
are  meaningless  and  unimportant.  With  the  acceptance  of  such  a  theory 
investigations  like  these  become  part  of  the  elucidation  of  a  grand  his- 
tory which  has  fortunately  been  self  registering  and  subject  to  errors 
only  of  interpretation  arising  mainly  from  imperfection  of  evidence. 

If,  as  has  been  premised,  the  first  inolluscan  life  began  in  the  sea,  and 
the  first  non-marine  mollusca  were  evolved  from  those  which  originated 
in  marine  waters,  we  may  well  inquire  whether  at  least  a  part  of  those 
non  marine  forms  which  subsequently  existed  had  not  also  a  similar 
origin,  and  whether  we  may  not  consequently  regard  the  great  tide  of 

*  It  is  well  known  that  in  the  case  of  some  families  of  living  mollusca,  while  cer- 
tain species  will  thrive  in  brackish  waters,  none  of  them  will  live  in  perfectly  fresh 
waters.  Living  examples  of  this  fact  are  common,  and  some  have  been  observed 
among  the  Lararnie  fauna.  But  too  many  facts  are  known  concerning  the  ability  of 
other  mollusks  to  pass  from  saline  to  fresh  waters,  to  leave  room  for  reasonable  doubt 
that  the  fresh-Water  mollusca  were  primarily  derived  from  the  marine.  Moreover,  the 
evidence  seems  conclusive  that  many  species  whose  living  congeners  are  found  exclus- 
ively in  fresh  waters  were  in  former  geological  epochs  able  to  live  in  waters  that  were 
more  or  less  saline.  It  is  the  opinion  of  the  writer  also  that  in  all  or  nearly  all  cases 
where  marine  types  of  mollusks,  fishes,  &c.,  have  been  found  in  brackish  and  fresh 
waters,  or  their  remains  in  deposits  of  such  origin,  they  have  become  habituated  to 
such  waters  by  having  been  landlocked  by  the  rising  sea-bottom  around  them.  That 
is,  they  were  probably  forced  to  conform  to  a  change  of  habitat  that  they  would  not 
have  voluntarily  chosen.  It  is  probable  also  that,  as  a  rule,  the  fresh  water  mollusca 
have  been  developed  as  such  by  compulsion  of  this  character  and  not  by  voluntarily 
forsaking  marine  for  fresh  waters.  Once  developed  as  purely  fresh  water  mollusca, 
certain  forms  at  least  became  incapable  of  a  return  to  marine  waters;  but  certain 
other  forms  seemed  capable  of  surviving  a  partial  but  not  complete  freshening  of  the 
waters. 


WHITE.]  GENERAL   DISCUSSION.  481 

non-marine  molluscan  life  that  has  come  down  to  us  from  the  past  as 
having  been  made  up  of  many  contributing  streams  which  had  the  sea  as 
their  source,  rather  than  regard  it,  figuratively  speaking,  as  a  stream 
having  an  ancient  and  perhaps  single  source,  augmenting  in  volume 
and  throwing  off  from  itself  numerous  branches  which  became  collateral 
lines  of  descent.  It  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  both  these  conditions 
of  evolution  have  prevailed,  namely,  that  while  some  of  the  genetic  lines 
of  the  non-marine  mollusca  may,  and  doubtless  do,  run  back  to  paleozoic 
time,  the  families  of  non-marine  mollusks  have  had  many  accessions 
from  the  sea  from  time  to  time  during  the  successive  geological  ages, 
and  that  each  of  these  accessions  was,  at  least  potentially,  the  source  of 
subsequent  collateral  lines  of  descent.  But  the  question  of  the  primary 
origin  of  these  lines  of  descent  is  not  an  essential  one  in  these  discus- 
sions, because  I  propose  now  only  to  consider  the  evidence  that  they 
have  existed,  and  make  some  inquiry  into  the  character  and  relations  of 
certain  of  those  lines  which  may  be  regarded  as  directly  lineal.  In 
these  inquiries  I  shall  treat  coincidences  of  structure  among  the  fossil 
and  recent  shells  which  come  under  consideration  not  only  as  indica- 
tions but  as  proof  of  genetic  relationship ;  and  this  relationship  as  funda- 
mentally pertaining  to  the  geological  and  zoological  history  of  the  mol- 
luscan life  which  they  represent. 

It  is  true  that  the  incompleteness  of  the  material  which  is  or  that  we 
may  ever  hope  to  have  available  for  study  is  so  great  as  to  leave  many 
gaps,  at  least  in  the  details,  of  the  life-histories  of  all  the  types  which 
have  been  recognized  among  the  fossil  mollusca. 

When,  therefore,  we  come  to  trace  the  probable  lines  of  succession 
of  the  various  types  of  non-marine  mollusks,  we  are  met  with  certain 
difficulties,  both  apparent  and  real  j  and  in  endeavoring  to  account  for 
the  manner  in  which  those  lines  may  have  been  preserved  unbroken 
through  successive  geological  periods,  the  difficulty  seems  especially 
great,  when  casually  considered,  in  the  case  of  the  fresh-water  gill- 
bearing  mollusca. 

The  prevalence  of  the  sea  has  always  been  practically  universal  j  and 
the  various  movements  which  the  earth's  crust  has  undergone  since  life 
began  in  the  sea,  while  they  have  repeatedly  disturbed  or  destroyed  the 
habitats  of  its  molluscan  denizens  in  certain  localities,  and  have  broken 
many  of  the  lines  of  genetic  succession  of  types  that  had  from  time  to 
time  become  established,  there  has  evidently  never  been  anything  like 
such  a  general  destruction  of  life  in  the  sea  as  would  either  break  or 
materially  interfere  with  the  greater  part  of  the  principal  lines  of  such 
succession.  In  short,  the  marine  field  for  the  development  and  perpe- 
tuity of  molluscan  life  has  been  ample  and  unbroken  from  the  beginning 
to  the  present  time,  and  we  are  at  no  loss  to  understand  how  continuous 
lines  of  genetic  succession  of  its  denizens  may  have  extended  down 
through  all  the  geological  ages,  modified,  it  is  true,  by  immediately 
environing  and  cosmical  causes,  but  still  unbroken.  We  may  at  least 
31  G 


482  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

conclude  that  if  every  molluscan  species  that  now  exists  in  the  sea  has 
not  been  lineally  derived  from  the  earliest  molluscan  forms  that  have 
existed  in  it,  there  have  been  no  such  changes  of  its  physical  conditions 
as  would  preclude  such  a  possibility. 

When  we  come  to  the  study  of  the  fossil  pulmouate  mollusca,  especi- 
ally the  laud-shells,  we  have  also  little  or  no  difficulty  in  understanding 
how  it  has  been  possible  for  continuous  lines  of  existence  of  these 
mollusks  to  be  preserved  through  successive  geological  periods  upon 
any  continental  area,  such  for  example  as  North  America,  notwithstand- 
ing the  numerous  and  great  physical  changes  that  have  taken  place 
within  its  area  during  those  periods.  Being  air-breathers,  nothing  has 
apparently  occurred  to  prevent  their  safe  migration  to  other  ground 
whenever  that  which  they  may  have  at  any  time  occupied  became"  un- 
congenial by  reason  of  physical  changes,  because,  as  a  rule,  those 
changes  were  effected  so  slowly  that  a  continuity  of  congenial  habitat 
for  such  mollusks  was  not  necessarily  broken.  They  were  thus  appar- 
ently as  capable  of  preserving  a  continuous  existence  through  succes- 
sive geological  periods  as  the  marine  mollusca  were. 

But,  as  before  intimated,  when  we  come  to  the  study  of  the  fossil 
shells  of  the  fresh- water  gill-bearing  mollusca,  which  in  their  living 
state  must  necessarily  have  been  confined  to  fluvatile  and  lacustrine 
waters,  it  is  not  easy  to  understand,  without  a  special  explanation,  how 
continuous  genetic  lines  could  have  been  preserved  (as  we  find  they  were 
preserved  even  down  to  the  present  time)  through  a  succession  of  geolo- 
gical periods,  during  which  the  great  lakes,  as  we  know,  and  all  the 
rivers,  as  is  generally  but  erroneously  believed,  in  which  those  mollusks 
lived,  have  been  successively  obliterated.  *  Elvers  are  separated  from 
each  other  by  intervening  land,  and,  running  to  the  sea,  their  mouths 
are  separated  by  marine  waters,  neither  of  which  barriers  are  fresh-water 
gill-bearing  molluska  capable  of  passing.  But  if  it  can  be  shown  that 
throughout  those  geological  periods  and  down  to  the  present  time  there 
has  been  direct  continuity  of  fresh  water  by  means  of  lakes  or  rivers, 
or  both,  the  case  is  plain  enough.  Indeed,  as  precarious  as  the  exis- 
tence of  continuous  life  of  that  kind  may  seem  to  have  been,  under  the 
circumstances  of  such  vast  physical  changes  as  are  known  to  have  oc- 
curred, we  are  forced  to  conclude  that  it  is  in  this  direction  that  we 
must  seek  for  an  explanation  of  the  manner  in  which  were  preserved 

*  It  may  be  suggested  that  the  distribution  of  these  forms  from  one  river  or  river 
system  to  another,  may  have  taken  place  by  the  transportation  of  the  mollusks  or 
their  eggs  by  aquatic  birds.  While  such  transportation  is  admitted  to  have  been 
possible  in  some  cases,  it  cannot  be  admitted  as  a  probable  cause  of  any  considerable 
part  of  the  distribution  that  must  have  occurred  during  the  several  geological  epochs 
in  which  the  molluscan  types  referred  to  are  known  to  have  existed.  Notwithstand- 
ing the  annual  migration  of  myriads  of  aquatic  birds  between  the  northern  and 
southern  portions  of  North  America  at  the  present  time,  and  doubtless  also  ever  since 
It  has  been  a  continent,  the  fresh -water  molluscan  failure  of  those  regions,  respectively, 
are  still  distinct. 


WHITE.]  GENERAL   DISCUSSION.  483 

the  fresh-water  molluscan  types  that  have  been  found  in  the  various 
groups  of  North  American  Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  strata,  and  that'we 
also  find  among  living  mollusca.  That  is,  they  have  been  preserved 
through  a  continuity  of  habitat  in  the  congenial  fresh  waters  of  lakes 
and  rivers,  flourishing  in  the  lakes,  when  they  existed,  as  well  as  in  the 
rivers,  and  escaping  by  the  streams  which  were  the  former  outlets  and 
inlets  of  the  lakes,  but  which  continued  to  flow  after  the  obliteration  of 
the  latter,  as  rivers  or  tributaries  of  river  systems. 

Lakes  are  only  parts  of  unfinished  river  systems  which  disappear  by 
being  drained  when  the  system  is  finished  by  the  gradual  wearing  down 
of  its  channel.  A  lake  consequently  contains  essentially  the  same 
aqueous  fauna  that  the  fluvatile  portion  of  the  system  does  in  case  the 
water  of  the  lake  is  wholly  fresh ;  or  a  modification  of  that  fauna  if  the 
waters  of  the  lake  are  more  or  less  saline.  The  great  lakes  which 
existed  in  Western  North  America  in  the  Tertiary  and  Laramie  periods 
successively  became  obliterated,  but  we  may  reasonably  conclude  that 
at  least  a  part  of  the  river  channels  of  to-day  have  existed  as  such  from 
earlier  geological  times;  that  the  greater  part  of  them  were  established 
in  epochs  anterior  to  our  own,  and  that  those  of  some  of  the  tributaries 
of  the  present  Mississippi  Kiver  system  are  identical,  at  least  in  part, 
with  former  outlets  or  inlets,  or  both,  of  the  great  ancient  lakes  which 
have  just  been  referred  to.  Consequently  we  may  reasonably  conclude 
also  that  the  molluscan  fauna  of  the  Mississippi  Eiver  system  is  lineally 
descended  from  the  faunae  of  those  ancient  lakes,  and  the  river  systems 
of  which  they  constituted  lacustrine  portions.*  This  view  is  confirmed 

*  I  here  include  the  Laramie  Sea  in  the  use  of  the  term  "  lacustrine,"  the  term  "sea" 
being  used  simply  to  indicate  that  its  waters*  were  saline  and  not  fresh ;  just  as  the 
Black  and  Caspian  are  called  seas  instead  of  lakes,  and  for  the  same  reason.  It  may 
eeem  to  be  the  use  of  a  misnomer  to  speak  of  the  Laramie  Sea  as  a  part  of  a  river  sys- 
tem, because  it  was  so  immensely  large,  and  the  continental  area  which  was  drained 
into  it  was  proportionally  so  small,  but  if  these  views  concerning  the  conditions  which 
then  existed  are  correct,  that  sea,  with  its  tributaries  and  outlet,  differed  only  in  de- 
gree and  not  in  kind,  from  any  river  system  which  has  a  lake  of  any  size  in  its  prin- 
cipal course.  The  waters  of  that  sea  having  been  saline,  the  Laramie  hydrographic 
system  more  nearly  resembled  that  of  the  Black  Sea  than  any  other  now  existing  that 
is  equally  well  known ;  and,  although  the  ancient  sea  has  long  since  disappeared  from 
the  face  of  the  earth,  its  "Hellespont "  still  flows  as  a  part  of  the  Missouri  River,  or  of 
some  one  of  its  tributaries. 

The  commingling  of  brackish-water  and  fresh- water  fossil  forms  in  an  estuary  de- 
posit is  readily  explained  by  the  supposition  that  the  river  which  debouched  into  the 
estuary  brought  down  the  latter  and  mingled  them  with  the  former.  But  the  com- 
mingling of  brackish- water  and  fresh-water  forms  occurs  in  some  portions  of  the 
Laramie  deposits  under  such  conditions  as  to  compel  the  belief  that  some  of  them  at 
least  lived  and  thrived  together.  There  is  evidence  also  that  the  fresh-water  fauna 
proper  of  the  Laramie  system  not  only  inhabited  the  streams  which  emptied  into  its 
sea,  but  that  in  great  and  shifting  areas  of  the  sea  itself  the  waters  were  sufficiently 
fresh  to  allow  the  existence  in  them  of  such  mollusks  as  Unio,  Goniobasis,  Yiviparus, 
Campeloma,  &c.,  and  saline  enough  in  other  parts  for  the  existence  of  Ostrea,  Anomia, 
Corbula,  &c.  This  view  of  the  conditions  of  the  Laramie  Sea  being  accepted  it  is 
plainly  seen  to  have  been,  what  Ritter  has  aptly  termed,  an  unfinished  river  system, 
though  an  extreme  example. 


484  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

by  the  identity  of  the  living  with  the  fossil  molluscau  types,  which  has 
already  been  referred  to. 

Rivers  have  of  course  existed  ever  since  a  sufficient  extent  of  conti- 
nental surface  was  raised  above  the  sea  to  accumulate  the  waters  that 
fell  from  the  clouds ;  and  in  view  of  the  mighty  changes  that  have  taken 
place  during  the  progressive  growth  of  the  North  American  continent, 
especially  the  elevation  of  its  great  mountain  systems  and  plateaus,  it 
would  be  natural  to  suppose  that  the  earliest  rivers  at  least  have  been 
obliterated.  Some  have  no  doubt  been  obliterated,  but  contrary  to 
what  has  been  the  general  belief,  the  recent  labors  of  Powell,  Button, 
and  others  have  shown  that  the  rivers  of  North  America  have  been 
among  the  most  persistent  of  its  physical  features ;  that  many  of  them 
are  older  than  the  mountain  ranges  of  the  regions  which  the  rivers 
traverse,  and  that  they  have  not  yielded  their  "  right  of  way"  when  the 
mountain  ranges  and  plateaus  were  raised,  but  continued  during  and 
after  that  elevation  to  run  in  essentially  the  same  lines  which  they  had 
chosen  when  the  region  they  traversed  was  a  plain  instead  of  a  mount- 
ainous one.  That  'ancient  river  systems  have  been  in  some,  and  per- 
haps many  instances,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  divided,  as  a  consequence 
of  unequal  continental  elevation,  or  from  other  causes,  is  quite  certain; 
and  it  was  doubtless  in  part  by  this  means  that  the  dispersion  of  fresh- 
water mollusca  into  different  river  systems  has  been  effected.  That 
some  formerly  existing  rivers  with  their  lacustrine  portions  have  been 
obliterated  and  their  molluscan  fauna3  destroyed  is  doubtless  also  true, 
but  these  facts  do  not  necessarily  affect  the  correctness  of  the  view  con- 
cerning the  general  persistent  integrity  of  rivers  and  river  systems 
which  has  been  referred  to.* 

The  coalescence  of  separate  minor  drainage  systems  by  the  confluence 
of  their  lower  portions  into  a  common  channel  during  the  progressive 
elevation  of  the  continent  has  also  been  an  important  means  of  the  dis- 
persion of  fluvatile  mollusca.  By  such  coalescence,  what  were  once  sep- 
erate  rivers  or  minor  drainage  systems  became  parts  of  larger  ones ;  as, 
for  example,  the  union  of  the  separate  peripheral  members  of  the  great 
Mississippi  River  system,  which  now  forms  a  common  drainage  for  the 
principal  part  of  the  continent.  The  Ohio  and  Upper  Mississippi,  the  two 
most  ancient  portions  of  the  present  great  system,  were  once  separate 
rivers,  emptying  into  a  northern  extension  of  the  Great  Gulf;  and  it  is 
practically  certain  that  neither  of  them  received  that  portion  of  the  mol- 

*  The  discovery  of  so  f*w  traces  of  fluvatile  deposits  as  have  been  made  among  the 
strata  of  the  earth  is  probably  due  to  the  persistent  adherence  of  rivers  to  their  an- 
cient channels.  When  land  upon  which  rivers  have  formerly  run  has  subsided  beneath 
the  level  of  the  sea,  the  fluvatile  deposits  were  doubtless  destroyed  by  the  encroach- 
ing marine  waters.  If  the  land  continued  to  rise,  as  has  been  so  generally  the  case  in 
the  gradual  production  of  the  North  American  continent,  the  earlier  river  deposits 
were  swept  away  hi  later  times  by  their  own  waters,  as  their  valleys  were  broadened 
and  deepened.  It  is  therefore,  as  a  rule,  only  in  the  deposits  of  lacustrine  portions  of 
ancient  river  systems  (hat  their  fauna;  have  been 


WHITE.]  GENERAL    DISCUSSION.  485 

luscan  fauna,  which  now  so  strongly  characterizes  them,  until  after  the 
confluence  with  them  of  the  western  portions  of  the  present  great  river 
system  which  brought  that  fauna  from  its  ancient  home  in  the  western 
part  of  the  continent.* 

Eivers  having  been  thus  persistent,  and  the  manner  in  which  conflu- 
ence of  the  waters  of  many  of  them  has  been  effected  being  understood, 
it  is  no  more  remarkable  that  the  types  of  fresh-water  gill-bearing  mol- 
lusca have  come  down  to  us  from  former  geological  periods  practically 
unchanged,  than  it  is  that  marine  and  land  mollusca  have  reached  us 
bearing  the  imprint  of  their  really  ancient,  but  what  we  have  been  ac- 
customed to  call,  modern  types. 

.  The  manner  in  which  the  various  types  of  molluscan  life  have  proba- 
bly come  down  to  the  present  time  from  former  geological  periods  hav- 
ing been  pointed  out,  we  come  next  to  inquire  to  what  extent  the  views 
thus  expressed  are  confirmed  by  a*  comparison  of  the  living  with  the 
fossil  non-marine  mollusca.  As  regards  the  fresh-water  and  land  mol- 
lusca, it  may  be  stated  without  hesitation  that  those  views  are  fully 
confirmed  by  such  a  comparison.  That  is,  we  find  between  the  fossil 
and  living  faunae  such  an  extensive  agreement  of  types  as  to  compel 
the  conclusion  that  the  former  represent  the  latter  ancestrally.  It  is 
true  our  investigations  have  shown  that  some  of  the  types  of  fresh- 
water gill-bearing  mollusca  which  existed  in  Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic 
time  are  not  represented  among  living  forms,  having  become  extinct; 
but  every  family,  almost  every  if  not  every  genus,  and  many  of  the  sub- 
ordinate divisions  of  those  genera  that  are  known  among  living  North 
American  fresh-water  mollusca,  have  been  recognized  among  the 
species  that  constitute  the  different  fauna?,  the  fossil  remains  of  which 
have  been  collected  from  the  Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  strata  of  Western 
North  America,  t  These  investigations  also  show  the  interesting  fact 
that  while  considerable  numbers  of  types  among  the  mollusca  referred 
to  have  been  from  time  to  time  extinguished,  the  extinguishment  hav- 
ing in  some  instances  taken  place  as  late  as  the  Pliocene  epoch,  few  or 
no  new  ones  appear  to  have  been  introduced  to  replace  any  of  them 

*  These  remarks  are  made  with  especial  reference  to  the  Unionidse  ;  but  they  are  also 
applicable  to  other  gill-bearing  mollusca,  and  they  will  no  doubt  apply  with  equal 
torce  to  at  least  a  part  of  the  ichthyc  fauna  of  that  great  river  system.  The  progeni- 
tors of  the  ganoids  now  living  in  that  river  system  were  doubtless  originally  land- 
locked in  the  Laramie  sea,  continued  through  the  fresh  water  Eocene  lakes,  and  finally 
escaped  to  the  present  river  system  in  the  manner  already  suggested. 

tThe  extinctions  referred  to  seem  to  have  been  caused  by  a  failure  of  the  waters  in 
which  the  lost  types  lived,  to  secure  a  continuous  flow  into  any  existing  liver  system, 
This  is  of  course  equivalent  to  supposing  an  exception  to  the  rule  already  announced, 
that  rivers  have  been  persistent ;  but  such  exceptions  being  well  authenticated  would 
only  add  strength  to  the  argument  in  favor  of  the  rule.  The  portion  of  the  Laramio 
Group  known  as  the  Bear  Eivcr  beds,  and  the  Miocene  Truckee  Group  of  Nevada, 
Idaho,  and  Oregon,  both  containing  extinct  types,  maybe  taken  sis  indicating  a  failure 
of  the  waters  in  which  they  were  respectively  deposited  to  secure  persistent  continuity 
during  subsequent  time. 


486  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSC  A. 

since  the  closing  epochs  of  Mesozoic  time.  Fresh- water  mollusca  ap 
pear  to  have  been  less  subject  than  marine  mollusca  to  those  cosmical 
influences  which,  from  age  to  age  and  from  epoch  to  epoch  of  geological 
time,  progressively  impressed  the  marine  mollusca  with  their  wonderful 
diversity  of  form  and  structure. 

While  so  large  a  proportion  of  the  types  among  the  fossil  fresh- water 
and  land  mollusca  are  clearly  recognized  among  those  now  living,  a 
large  proportion,  if  not  the  greater  part  of  the  fossil  brackish- water 
types  which  are  presented  in  this  article,  are  different  from  those  of  the 
corresponding  fauna  now  living.  This  is  doubtless  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  lines  of  succession  of  most  of  the  brackish-water  mollusca,  the 
remains  of  which  we  have  had  opportunity  for  study,  were  denizens  of 
the  brackish-water  Larainie  Sea,  and  were  cut  off  by  the  final  freshen- 
ing of  its  waters,  from  which  there  was  no  escape  to  the  coasts  of  the 
open  sea,  where  they  might  have  Had  a  congenial  habitat,  while  their 
contemporaries  of  the  land  and  fluvatile  waters  survived.  This  fact 
has  been  mentioned  on  previous  pages  in  connection  with  the  presenta- 
tion of  the  several  types  referred  to.  It  is,  however,  a  remarkable  fact 
that  at  least  five  of  the  types  that  are  recognized  among  the  fauna  of 
the  Laramie  Group,  namely,  Bathyomplialus^  Cerithidea,  Pyrgulifera, 
Melanopsis,  and  true  Melania,  have'never  been  found  among  the  living 
fauna  of  North  America,  but  are  represented  by  living  species  in  the 
old  world.  But  this  and  other  questions  pertaining  to  the  Laramie 
invertebrate  fauna  will  be  discussed  in  a  monograph  of  that  fauna  now 
in  preparation. 


488  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSC  A. 


PLATE  1.    DEVONIAN. 
STROPHITES  GRANDJEVA  Dawson.    (Page  455.; 

FIG.  1.  Fragment,  enlarged.    The  small  outline  to  the  left  shows  the  natural  size. 
After  Dawson. 

ANODONTA?  ANGUSTATA  (Vanuxem)  Hall.    (Page  424.) 

FIG.  2.  Right  side  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  3.  Dorsal  view  of  same.    After  Vanuxenv 

ANODONTA?  CATTSKILLENSIS  (Vanuxem)  Hall.    (Page  424.) 
FIG.  4.  Right  side  view,  natural  size.    After  Vanuxem. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PL  1 


DEVONIAN. 


490  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSC!. 


PLATE  2.     CARBONIFEROUS. 
PUPA  VETUSTA  Dawson.    (Page  456.) 

Fio.    1.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

Fio.    2.  Apertural  view,  enlarged.    After  Dawson. 

DAWSONELLA  MEEKI  Bradley.    (Page  453.) 

FIG.    3.  Apertural  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.    4.  Outline  of  under  view,  enlarged.    After  Whitfield. 

ANTHRACOPUPA  OHIOENSIS  Whitfield.    (Page  456.) 

FIG.  5.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  6.  Lateral  view,  outline  showing  edge  of  outer  lip. 

FIG.  7.  Lateral  view,  outline  showing  aperture. 

FIG.  8.  Outline  view  of  aperture,  more  enlarged.    After  Whitfield. 

PUPA  BIGSBYI  D.    (Page  456.) 

FIG.    9.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  10.  Lateral  view  of  a  smaller  example,  enlarged.    After  Dawson. 

ZONITES  PRISCUS  D.     (Page  453.) 

FIG.  11.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  12.  View  showing  the  aperture,  enlarged.    After  Dawson. 

PUPA  VERMILLIONENSIS  B.     (Page  456.) 

FIG.  13.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  14.  Lateral  view,  showing  the  aperture,  enlarged.    After  Dawson. 

NAIADITES  CARBONARIA  D.    (Page  425.) 
FIG.  15.  Left  side  view,  natural  size.    After  Dawson. 

NAIADITES  ELONGATA  D.    (Page  425.) 
FIG.  16.  Right  side  view,  natural  size,  and  enlarged.    After  Dawson. 

NAIADITES  L.EVIS  D.    (Page  425.) 
FIG.  17.  Left  valve  enlarged,  and  smaller  examples  of  natural  size.    After  Daweon. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  2 


11. 


12. 


17. 


CARBONIFEROUS. 


492  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  3.    JURASSIC  AND  TRIASSIC  T 

UNIO  STEWARDI  White.     (Page  426.) 

FIG.    1.  Outline  of  a  left  valve  restored  from  fragments,  natural  size. 
UNIO  NUCALIS  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  426.) 

FIG.    2.  Lateral  view  of  a  left  valve  slightly  restored  from  a  specimen  a  little  crushed. 
FIG.    3.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same ;  the  right  valve  restored  in  symmetry  with  the  left. 
FIG.    4.  Dorsal  view  of  one  of  the  originally  figured  types,  slightly  restored,  the 
specimen  being  a  little  crushed ;  all  natural  size. 

UNIO  CRISTONENSIS  Meek.     (Page  425.) 

FIG.    5.  Right  side  view  of  Mr.  Meek's  most  perfect  type,  natural  size. 
PLANORBIS  VETERNUS  M.  &  H.    (Page  446.) 

FIG.    6.  Lateral  view,  natural  size,  and  the  same  enlarged;  also,  a  transverse  section 
showing  the  number  and  shape  of  volutions.    After  Meek. 

VALVATA  SCABRIDA  M.  &  H.    (Page  470.) 
FIG.    7.  Copy  of  original  figure  of  Meek  &  Hayden. 

VIVIPARUS  GILLIANUS  M.  &  H.     (Page  470.) 
FIG.    8.  Two  views  of  the  type  specimen,  natural  size.     After  Meek  &  Hayden. 

LIOPLACODES  VETERNUS  M.  &  H.    (Page  470.) 

FIG.    9.  Two  views  of  the  type  specimen,  natural  size.    After  Meek  &  Hayden. 
NERITINA  NEBRASCENSIS  M.  &  H.     (Page  457.) 

FIG.  10.  Two  views  of  the  type  specimen,  natural  size.    After  Meek  &  Hayden. 
FIG.  11.  Enlarged  view  of  a  portion  of  the  surface  showing  the  pattern  of  the  color 
markings. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  3 


JURASSIC  AND  TRIASSICf 


494  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  4.    CEETACEOUS. 
MARQARITANA  NEBRASCENSIS  Meek  &  Hayden.    (Page  427. ) 


FIG.  1.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. . 
FIG.  2.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

CYRENA  DAKOTENSIS  M.  &  H.    (Page  436. ) 

FIG.  3.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  4.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same.    After  Meek. 

PHYS  A ?    (Page  444 .) 

FIG.  5.  Lateral  view  of  an  imperfect  natural  cast,  natural  size. 


U.  8,  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  EEPOBT  1882    PI  k 


CRETACEOUS. 


496  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

PLATE  5.    CRETACEOUS. 
UNIO  PENULTIMUS  Gabb.    (Page  427.) 
FIG.    1.  Copy  of  Mr.  Gabb's  original  figure,  natural  size. 

UNIO  HUBBARDI  G.    (Page  427.) 

<» 

FIG.    2.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    3.  Outline  of  front  view.    After  Gabb. 

CYRENA  CARLETONI  Meek.    (Page  436.) 

FIG.    4.  Left  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    5.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

ANOMIA  pRorATORis  White.    (Page  422.) 

FIG.    6.  Exterior  view  of  an  upper  valve,  natural  size. 
FIG.    7.  Lateral  view  of  the  same. 

NERITINA  (VELATELLA)  BELLATULA  M.    (Page  458.) 

FIG.    8.  Dorsal  view  of  a  small  example,  enlarged. 
FIG.    9.  Lateral  view  of  another  example,  enlarged. 

NERITINA  (VELATELLA)  CARDITOIDES  M.    (Page  458.) 
FIG.  10.  Dorsal  view  of  the  type  specimen,  natural  size. 

NERITINA  BANNISTERI  M.    (Page  458.) 

FIG.  11.  Lateral  view,  enlarged,  showing  the  color  markings.  The  specimen  has  been 
a  little  compressed. 

FIG.  12.  Two  views  of  a  small  example,  enlarged.  The  color  markings  are  not  pro- 
served  in  this  example. 

MELAMPUS?  ANTIQUUS  M.    (Page  444.) 

FIG.  13.  Lateral  view  of  a  small  example,  enlarged. 

FIG.  14.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  15.  Fragment  of  a  very  large  example,  natural  size. 

FIG.  16.  Apex  very  much  enlarged,  showing  the  reversed  initial  whorl. 

MELAMPUS  ?  —     —  ?    (Page  444. ) 
FIG.  17.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

PIIYSA  CARLETONI  M.     (Page  449.) 
FIG.  18.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

VALVATA  NANA  M.    (Page  470.) 

FIG.  19.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 
FIG.  20.  Summit  view  of  the  same. 


U.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  5 


CRETACEOUS. 


32  G 


498  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  6.     BEAR  RIVER  LARAMIE. 
UNIO  BELLIPLICATUS  Meek.     (Page  430.) 

FIG.    1.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    2.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 

FIG.    3,  Dorsal  view  of  a  left  valve,  a  little  distorted,  showing  the  plications  of  the 
umbo. 

PYRGULIFERA  HUMEROSA  M.    (Page  460.) 

FIG.    4.  Lateral  view  of  a  large  example,  natural  size. 

FiG.    5.  Opposite  view  of  the  same.     This  is  the  same  example  that  is  figured  by  Meek 

on  p.  177  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  40th  Parallel,  vol.  iv,  but  it  has  since  been  cleaned 

of  extraneous  matter. 
FIG.    6.  Lateral  view  of  a  smaller  example. 

GONIOBASIS  CLEBURNI  White.     (Page  462.) 

FIG.    7.  Lateral  view,  natural  size.        . 
FIG.    8.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.    9.  Fragment  of  a  large  example. 

GONIOBASIS  CHRYSALLOIDEA  W.    (Page  462. ) 

FIG.  10.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  11.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 

GONIOBASIS  MACILENTA  W.    (Page  462.) 

FIG.  12.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

GONIOBASIS  CHRYSALIS  M.     (Page  462.) 

FiG.  13.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  14.  Similar  view  of  another  example.  ^ 

LlMNJEA   (LlMNOPHYSA)   NITIDULA  M.      (Page  445.) 

FIG.  15.  Lateral  view,  enlarged  two  diameters. 
FIG.  16.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

PH YSA ?    (Page  449. ) 

FIG,  17.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

LlMNJSA   (ACELLA)   HALDEMANI   W.      (Page  445.) 

FIG.  18.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 
FIG.  19.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 


U.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  EEPOET  1882    PI.  6 


10. 


17. 


BEAR  RIVER  LARAMIE. 


500  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSC  A. 


PLATE  7.    BEAR  RIVER  LARAMIE. 
UNIO  VETUSTUS  Meek.     (Page  430.) 

FIG.  1.  Left  side  view  of  a  large  example;  a  little  compressed  laterally. 
FIG.  2.  Right  side  view^  the  posterior  portion  a  little  compressed  vertically. 
FIG.  3.  Dorsal  view  of  Fig.  2 ;  the  left  valve  restored  in  symmetry  with  the  right. 
FIG.  4.  Interior  view  of  a  left  valve. 
(All  natural  size.) 

NERITINA  NATICIFORMIS  White.     (Page  458.) 

FIG.  5.  Lateral  view ;  enlarged. 
FIG.  6.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

GOXIOBASIS  ENDLICHI  W.     (Page  463.) 

FIG.  7.  Lateral  view ;  revolving  lines  faint. 
FIG.  8.  Another  example ;  revolving  lines  obsolete. 

FIG.  9.  Apical  portion  of  another  example ;  revolving  lines  unusually  distinct. 
(All  natural  size.) 


U.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PL  7 


BEAR  RIVER  LARAMIE. 


502  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLU8CA. 


PLATE  8.     BEAR  RIVER  LARAMIE. 
VIVIPARUS  COUESII  White.     (Page  467.) 
FiO.    1.  Lateral  view  of  a  very  large  example,  natural  size. 

RHYTOPHORUS  PRISCUS  Meek.     (Page  444.) 

FIG.    2.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.    3.  Opposite  view  of  the  same.     After  Meek. 

RHYTOPHORUS  MEEKII  W.     (Page  444.) 

FIG.    4.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.    5.  Opposite  view  of  a  larger  example. 

CAMPKLOMA  MACROSPIRA  M.     (Page  469.) 

FIG.    6.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.    7.  Opposite  view  of  the  same.  , 

CORBICULA  (VELORITINA)  DURKEEI  M.    (Page  437.) 

FIG.    8.  Left  valve. 

FIG.  9.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.  10.  Dorsal  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.  11.  Front  view. 

(All  natural  size.) 

CORBULA   PYRIFORMIS   M.       (Page  441.) 

FIG.  12.  Right  side  view. 
FIG.  13.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  14.  Front  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  15.  Interior  view  of  a  right  valve. 
FIG.  16.  Interior  view  of  a  left  valve. 
(All  natural  size.) 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  8 


U.  9. 

BEAR  RIVER  LARAMIE. 


504  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  9.    LARAMIE. 
OSTREA  GLABRA  Meek  &  Haydeiu     (Page  421.) 

FIG.  1.  Exterior  view  of  type;  lower  valve.    After  Meek. 
FIG.  2.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  3.  Exterior  view  of  a  lower  valve,  from  the  valley  of  the  South  Platte,  Colorado. 
FIG.  4.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
(All  natural  size.) 


U.  B.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  EEPOET  1S8S    PI  9 


LARAMIE. 


506  NON-MAKINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  10.    LARAMIE. 
OSTREA  GLABRA  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  421.) 

FIG.  1.  Exterior  view  of  an  upper  valve,  from  the  valley  of  tlie  South  Platte,  Colorado. 
FIG.  2.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  3.  Lower  valve  of  the  type  of  the  variety  0.  insecuris  White;  exterior  view. 
FIG.  4.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  5.  Type  specimen  of  variety  O.  arvuatilia  Meek. 
(All  natural  size.) 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PL  10 


LARAMIE. 


508  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  11.     LARAMIE. 

OSTREA  GLABRA  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  421.) 

FIG.  1.  Exterior  view  of  an  upper  valve  of  the  variety  0.  wyomingensis  Meek,  from  the 

valley  of  the  South  Platte,  Colorado. 
FIG.  2.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  3.  Exterior  view  of  an  example  of  the  upper  valve  of  the  same  variety,  from  Point 

of  Rocks,  Southern  Wyoming. 
FIG.  4.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
(AH  natural  size.) 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  11 


LARAMIE. 


510  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSC  A. 


PLATE  12.     LARAMIE. 
OSTREA  GLABRA  Meek  &  Hay  den.     (Page  4:21.) 

FIG.    1.  Interior  view  of  an  under  valve  of  the  variety  0.  wyoming&nsis  Meek ;  from 
Point  of  Rocks,  Southern  Wyoming.     Natural  size. 

OSTREA  SUBTRIGONALIS  Evans  &  Shumard.     (Page  421.) 

FIG.    2.  "Exterior  view  of  a  lower  valve. 

FIG.    3.  Interior  view  of  another  example  of  the  lower  valve. 
FIG.    4.  Exterior  view  of  an  upper  valve. 
FIG.    5.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
(All  natural  size. ) 

ANOMIA  MICRONEMA  Meek.     (Page  422.) 

FIG.    6.  Exterior  view  of  an  upper  valve,  showing  radiating  lines  of  ordinary  char- 
acter. 

FIG.    7.  Similar  view  of  another  example,  the  lines  upon  which  are  very  fine,  and  less 
conspicuous  than  they  appear  upon  the  figure. 

FIG.    8.  Similar  view  of  another  example,  having  radiating  lines  much  coarser  than 
usual. 

FIG.    9.  Interior  view  of  a  large,  nearly  flat,  upper  valve,  showing  the  four  muscular 
scars,  and  the  process  beneath  the  beak. 

FIG.  10.  Similar  view  of  another  example,  showing  the  process  more  plainly  ;  but  the 
scars  are  obliterated. 

FIG.  11.  Interior  view,  showing  the  under  valve,  with  its  byssal  plug. 
(All  natural  size. ) 

ANOMIA  GRYPHORHYNCHUS  M.     (Page  422. ) 

FIG.  12.  Exterior  view  of  a  lower  valve. 

FIG.  13.  Similar  view  of  two  other  valves. 

FIG.  14.  Lateral  view  of  Fig.  12. 

FIG.  15.  Interior  view  of  an  upper  valve,  showing  the  muscular  markings  and  the 

small  process  beneath  the  beak. 
(All  natural  size. ) 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPOET  1883    PI.  IS 


LARAMIE. 


512  NON-MAKINE  , FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  13.    LARAMIE. 

VOLSELLA  (BRACHYDONTES)  RKGULARIS  White.     (Page  423.) 
FIG.    1.  Right  valve,  natural  size. 

VOLSELLA  (BRACHYDONTES)  LATICOSTATA  W.    (Page  423.) 
FIG.    2.  Right  valve,  natural  size. 

UNIO  PROAVITUS  W.    (Page  433.) 

FIG.    3.  Left  valve,  exterior  view. 
FIG.    4.  Similar  view  of  right  valve. 
FIG.    5.  Front  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.    6.  Interior  view  of  a  left  valve. 
(All  natural  size.) 

UNIO  GOINONOTUS  W.    (Page  433.) 

FIG.    7.  Right  side  view. 
FIG.    8.  Front  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.    9.  Left  side  view  of  young  example. 
FIG.  10.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
(All  natural  size.) 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PL  IS 


LARAMIE. 


33  G 


514  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  14.     LARAMIE. 
UNIO  PRISCUS  Meek  &  Hayden.    (Page  432.) 
FIG.  1.  Copy  of  the  original  figure  of  Meek  &  Hayden. 

Uxio  SUBSPATULATUS  Meek.    (Page  431.) 

FIG.  2.  Left  side  view. 

FIG.  3.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same.     After  Meek. 

UNIO  PRIM2EVUS  White.     (Page  432.)  ^ 

FIG.  4.  Exterior  view  of  a  small  left  valve. 
FIG.  5.  Interior  view  of  a  large  right  valve. 
(Both  natural  size.) 

UNIO  CRYPTORHYNCnus  W.     (Page  431.) 

FIG.  6.  Exterior  view  of  an  imperfect  right  valve. 

FIG.  7.  Interior  view  of  a  fragment  of  a  left  valve,  showing  the  cavity  behind  the 
cardinal  plate. 


V.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPOBT  1882    PL 


LARAMIE. 


516  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSC  A. 


PLATE  15.    LARAMIE. 
Uxio  ENDLICIII  White.     (Page  432.) 

FIG.  1.  Right  valve  of  a  large  example,  exterior  view. 
FIG.  2.  Interior  view  of  a  smaller  left  valve. 
(Both  natural  size.) 

UNIO  PROPHETICUS  W.    (Page  433.) 
Fio.  3.  Exterior  view  of  a  left  valve.    Natural  size. 

UNIO  ALDRICHI  W.     (Page  433.) 
FIG.  4.  Left  side  view. 

FIG.  5.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same.    Natural  size. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  18W    PI.  16 


LAKAMIE. 


518  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  16.    LARAM1E. 
Uxio  COUESII  White.     (Pago  432.) 
FIG.  1.  Exterior  view  of  a  left  valve.    Natural  size. 

UNIO  IIOLMBSIANUS  \V.     (Page  433.) 

FIG.  2.  Left  side  view  of  an  adult  example. 
FIG.  3.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  4.  Left  side  view  of  a  young  example. 
FIG.  5.  Front  view  of  the  same. 
FiG.  C.  Posterior  view  of  the  same. 
(All  natural  size.) 

UNIO  BRACiiYOPiSTnus  W.    (Page  433.) 

FIG.  7.  Right  side  view  of  an  example  not  fully  adult. 
FiG.  8.  Front  view  of  the  same.    Natural  size. 


U.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI. 


LARAMIE. 


520  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSC  A. 


PLATE  17.    L  ARAM  IE. 
Uxio  DAN^E  Meek  &  Ilaydcn.     (Page  431.) 

FIG.    1.  Left,  side  view. 

FIG.    2.  Dorsal  view  of  tlie  same  example. 

FIG.    3.  Right  side  view  of  another  example.     After  Meek.  - 

Uxio  DEWEYANUS  M.  &  II.     (Page  431.) 

FIG.    4.  Left  side  view. 

FIG.    5.  Interior  view  of  the  same.    After  Meek. 

CORBICULA  OCCIDENTALS  M.   &  II.      (Page  437.) 

FIG.    G.  Left  side  view  of  the  type  of  C.  btinnisteri  Meek. 
FIG.    7.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same;  natural  size. 

(For  other  figures  of  C.  occidental  is,  see  Plate  XXIII.) 

SriLEitiUM  TLAXUM  M.  &  IT.    (Page  439.) 

FIG.    8.  Exterior  view  of  a  left  valve  and  outline  of  a  dorsal  view  of  the  same; 
natural  size.    After  Meek. 

SPUJERIUM  RECTICARDINALE  M.  &  H.    (Page  439.) 

FIG.    9.  Exterior  view  of  a  leffc  valve  and  outline  of  a  dorsal  view  of  the  same; 
natural  size.    After  Meek. 

SPILERIUM  SUBELLIPTICUM  M.  &  II.     (Page  439.) 

FIG.  10.  Exterior  view  of  the  left  valve,  natural  size,  together  with  the  same  much 
enlarged.     After  Meek. 

SPII^RIUM  FORMOSUM  M.  &  II.    (Page  439.) 

FIG.  11.  Exterior  view  of  the  right  side,  natural  size,  together  with  side  and  dorsal 
views  of  the  same  much  enlarged.     After  Meek. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  17 


LARAMIE. 


522  NON-MA"RINE    FOSSIL 


PLATE  18.    LARAMIE. 
UNIO  DANJS  Meek  &  Ilayden?    (Page  433.) 

FiO.    1.  Exterior  view  of  the  right  valve  of  an  example  from  Black  Buttes  Station, 

Southern  Wyoming. 

FIG.    2.  Interior  view  of  a  left  valve  from  the  same  locality. 
(Both  natural  size.) 

UNIO  MENDAX  White.    (Page  433.) 

FIG.    3.  Exterior  view  of  a  left  valve;  adult. 
FIG.    4.  Similar  view  of  a  smaller  right  valve. 
FIG.    5.  Interior  view  of  part  of  a  right  valve. 

(All  from  the  Canon  of  Desolation,  Utah;  and^ill  natural  size.) 

CORBULA  UNDIFERA  Meek.    (Page  440.) 

FIG.  6.  Right  side  view  of  an  adult  example. 

FIG.  7.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  8.  Left  side  view  of  a  smaller  example. 

FIG.  9.  Front  view  of  the  same. 

CORBULA  UNDIFERA  var.  SUBUNDIFERA  W.   (Page  440. ) 

FIG.  10.  Left  side  view  of  the  type  specimen. 
FIG.  11.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same,  natural  size. 

CORBULA  MACTRIFORMIS  M.  &  H.    (Page  440.) 

FIG.  12.  Exterior  view,  left  valve. 
FIG.  13.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  14.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  15.  Interior  view  of  the  right  valve  of  another  example. 
(All  natural  size,  and  all  after  Meek.) 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  18 


LARAMIE. 


524  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  10.    LARAMIE. 
Uxio  SENECTUS  White    (Page  432.) 

Fio.    1.  Exterior  view  of  a  portion  of  a  right  valve. 
FlO.    2.  Interior  view  of  a  portion  of  a  left  valve. 
(Both  natural  size.) 

UNIO  GONIAMBONATUS  W.     (Page  433.) 

FIG.    3.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    4.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

(Both  figures  are  partial  restorations,  the  type  specimen  having  been  dis- 
torted by  compression.)  , 

AXODOXTA  PARALLELA  W.      (PagO  429.) 

FIG.    5.  Left  side  view,  restored  from  fragments ;  natural  size. 
ANODONTA  PROPATORIS  W.    (Page  429.) 

FIG.    6.  Left  side  view  of  an  internal  cast  of  large  example. 
FIG.    7.  Right  side  view  of  a  similar  cast  of  a  larger  example. 
FIG.    8.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.    9.  Fragment  showing  the  edentulous  hinge. 
(All  natural  size.) 

COIIBULA  SUBTRIGONALIS  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  442.) 

FIG.  10.  Exterior  view  of  a  left  valve,  natural  size.     After  Meek. 

FIG.  16.  Exterior  view  of  left  valve  of  the  variety  C.  perundata  Meek.      * 

FIG.  17.  Similar  view  of  another  left  valve  of  the  same  variety. 

(Both  natural  size,  and  both  after  Meek.) 

FIG.  15.  Right  side  view  of  the  variety  C.  tropidophora  Meek,  natural  size. 
FIG.  14.  Right  side  view  of  the  variety  C.  crassatelliformis  Meek,  natural  size. 
FIG.  11.  Left  side  view  of  an  example  trom  Crow  Creek,  Colorado;  natural  size. 
FIG.  12.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  13.  Left  side  view  of  another  example  from  the  same  locality. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI  19 


LARAMIE. 


52  G  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  20.    LARAMIE. 
CORBICULA  (LEPTESTHES)  FRACTA  Meek.    (Page  439.) 

FIG.  1.  Copy  of  Mr.  Meck's  original  figure. 

FIG.  2.  Left  side  view  of  a  robust  example. 

FIG.  3.  Dorsal  view  of  tlio  same. 

FlG.  4.  Left  side  view  of  a  young  example. 

FIG.  5.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  6.  Left  side  view  of  a  more  elongate,  partially  cruslied  example. 
(All  natural  size.) 

CORBICULA  CLEBURXI  White.    (Page  437.) 

FIG.    7    Left  side  view  of  an  adult  example. 
FIG.    8.  Right  side  view  of  a  smaller  example. 
FIG.    9.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
(All  natural  size.) 

CORBICULA  SUBELLIPTICA  Meek  &  llayden.    (Page  437.) 

FIG.  10.  Exterior  view  of  a  right  valve;  natural  size. 
FIG.  11.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 

CORBICULA  NEBRASCEXSIS  M.  &  H.    (Page  437.) 

FIG.  12.  Exterior  of  a  left  valve;  natural  size. 
FIG.  13.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 

PISIDIUM  SAGINATUM  W.     (Page  440.) 

FIG.  14.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 
FIG.  15.  Front  view  of  the  same. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PL  20 


LARAMIE. 


528  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  21.    LARAMIE. 
CORBICULA  BERTnouDi  White.    (Page  438. ) 

FIG.    1.  Left  valve  of  a  large  example,  exterior  view. 
FIG.    2.  Dorsal  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.    3.  Interior  view  of  a  left  valve. 
(All  natural  size  ) 

CORBICULA  AUGHEYI  W.    (Pago  433.) 

FIG.    4.  Exterior  view  of  a  right  valve. 
FIG.    5.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.    6.  Dorsal  view  of  another  example. 
(All  natural  size.) 

CORBICULA  UMBONELLA  Meek.    (Pago  438.) 

FIG.    7.  Exterior  view  of  a  left  valve. 

FIG.    8.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 

FiG.    9.  Dorsal  view  of  another  example. 

FIG.  10.  Front  view  of  the  same. 

• 
CORBICULA  (LEFTESTIIES)  MACROPISTIIA  W.    (Pago  437.) 

FIG.  11.  Left  side  view  of  an  adult  example. 
FIG.  12.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  13.  Left  side  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.  14.  Interior  view  of  a  left  valve 


V.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI. 


LARAMIE. 


34 


530  NON-MARINE   FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  22.    LARAMIE. 
•         CORBICULA  CYTHERIFORMIS  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  437.) 

FIG.    1.  Left  side  view  of  a  large  example. 
FIG.    2.  Right  side  view  of  a  small  example. 

(Both  after  Meek.) 

FIG.    3.  Right  side  view  of  an  example  from  Southern  Wyoming. 
FIG.    4.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.    5.  Hinge  view  of  left  valve ;  from  same  locality. 
'Fio.    6.  Similar  view  of  right  valve ;  from  same  locality. 

(All  natural  size.) 

CORBICULA  (LEPTESTHES)  PLANUMBONA  Meek.    (Page  437.) 

FIG.    7.  Right  side  view  of  an  adult  example. 
FIG.    8.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.    9.  Left  side  view  of  a  large  example. 
(All  natural  size.) 

CORBICULA  (LEPTESTHES)  CARDINI^FORMIS  White.    (Page  437.) 

FIG.  10.  Left  side  view  of  a  large  example. 
FIG.  11.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  12.  Exterior  view  of  a  right  valve  of  a  smaller  example. 
FIG.  13.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  14.  Dorsal  view  of  another  example. 

FIG.  15.  Exterior  view  of  a  left  valve,  less  transversely  elongate  than  usual. 
(All  natural  size.) 


V.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


AXXf'AL  REPORT  18S2    PI. 


LARAMIE. 


532  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

PLATE  23.     LARAMIE 
CORBICULA  OCCLDENTALIS  Meek  &  Hay  den.     (Page  437.) 

FiQ.  1.  Exterior  view  of  the  right  valve  of  an  example  from  Yampa  River.  North- 
western Colorado. 

FIG.    2.  Interior  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.    3.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same ;  the  left  valve  restored  in  symmetry  with  the  right 

FIG.  4.  Left  side  view  of  an  example  from  the  same  locality  of  less  proportionate 
height  than  usual. 

FIG.    5.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.    6.  Copy  of  one  of  Mr.  Meet's  original  figures. 
(All  natural  size.) 

CORBICULA  OBESA  White.     (Page  437.) 

FIG.    7.  Exterior  view,  right  side. 
FIG.    8.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.    9.  Front  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  10.  Dorsal  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.  11.  Interior  view  of  a  left  valve. 
(All  natural  size.) 

NEKITINA  VOLVILINEATA  W.    (Page  458.) 

FIG.  12.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 
FIG.  13.  Opposite  view  of  the  same/ 

NERITTNA  BRUNERI  W.    (Page  459.) 

FIG.  14.  Lateral  view,  natural  size ;  showing  color-markings. 
FIG.  15.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

NERITTNA  (VELATELLA)  BAPTISTA  W.    (Page  458.) 

FIG.  16.  Dorsal  view  of  the  type  specimen  from  Wyoming,  showing  the  cdior- mark- 
ings; enlarged. 

FIG.  17.  Lateral  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  18.  Dorsal  view  of  an  example  from  Northeastern  Colorado,  showing  the  color- 
markings  ;  enlarged. 

FIG.  19.  Lateral  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  20.  Inferior  view  of  the  same. 

MELANOPSIS  AMERICANA  W.    (Page  461.) 

FIG.  21.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  22.  Opposite  view  of  the  same,  showing  aperture  and  broken  outer  lip. 
FIG.  23.  Similar  view  of  the  proximal  portion  of  the  same  more  enlarged,  showing 
callus  of  inner  lip  and  canal. 

LIMN.EA  (PLEUROLIMN^A)  TENUICOSTATA  M.  &  H.    (Page  445.) 
FIG.  24.  Lateral  view,  natural  size~and  enlarged.    After  Meek. 
CASSIOPELLA  TURRICULA  W.    (Page  464.) 

FIG.  25.  Lateral  view  of  the  type  specimen ;  the  proximal  volutions  a  little  broadened 

by  compression. 

FIG.  26.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.  27.  Similar  view  of  a  smaller  example. 
FIG.  28.  Lateral  view  of  another  example  showing  the  umbilicus,  and  approximately 

the  outline  of  the  aperture. 
FIG.  29.  Inferior  view  of  a  basal  fragment  of  another  example  showing  the  umbilicus. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

4 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI  28 


LARAMIE. 


534  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MQLLUSCA. 


PLATE  24.     LARAMIE. 
VIVIPARUS  RETUSUS  Meek  &  Hay  den.     Page  467.) 

FIG.    1.  Lateral  view  of  an  adult  example. 
FIG.    2.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.    3.  Lateral  view  of  another  example,  showing  aperture. 
(All  natural  size. ) 

VIVIPARUS  CONRADI  M.  &  H.     (Page  467.) 

FIG.    4.  Lateral  view  of  an  adult  example. 

FIG.    5.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.    6.  Another  example,  more  than  usually  elongate. 

VIVIPARUS  LEIDYI  M.  &  H.     (Page  467. ) 
FIG.    7.  Lateral  view  of  the  type  specimen.     After  Meek. 

VIVIPARUS  LEIDYI  var.  FORMOSUS  M.  &  H.     (Page  467.) 

FIG.    8.  Lateral  view  of  the  type  specimen. 

FIG.    9.  Opposite  view  of  the  same.     After  Meek. 

VIVIPARUS  TROCHIFORMIS  M.  &  H.     (Page  467.) 

FIGS.  10, 11,12,  13,  14, 15,  and  16.  Lateral  views  of  different  examples ;  all  natural  size. 
TULOTOMA  TIIOMPSONI  White.     (Page  467.) 

FIGS.  17,  18,  19, 20,  and  21.  Lateral  views  of  different  examples,  showing  the  ornamen- 
tation of  the  first  to  be  nearly  like  that  of  V.  trochiformis,  and  the  increas- 
ing size  of  the  nodes  towards  the  higher  numbers;  all  of  natural  size,  and 
all  from  Northern  Colorado,  cast  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

FIG.  22.  Lateral  view  of  an  example  from  Southern  Wyoming,  west  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

VIVIPARUS  PKCULIARIS  M.  &  H.     (Page  467.) 

FIG.  23.  Lateral  view  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden. 
FIG.  24.  Opposite  view  of  the  same,  natural  size. 

VIVIPARUS  PLICAPRESSUS  W.     (Pago  467.) 

FIG.  25.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  26.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 

ACROLOXUS  MINUTUS  M.   &  II. 

FIG.  27.  Apical  view,  magnified  to  four  diameters. 


U.  B.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI, 


LARAMIE. 


536  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 

PLATE  25.    LARAMIE. 
PHYSA  COPEI  White.    (Pago  450.) 

FIG.    1.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    2.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

PIIYSA  FELIX  W.     (Page  450.) 
FIG.    3.  Lateral  view  of  an  imperfect  example,  natural  size. 

BULINUS  DISJUNCTUS  W.     (Page  451.) 

FIG.    4.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    5.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

BULINUS  ATAVUS  W.     (Page  450.) 

FIG.    6.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    7.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

BULINUS  LONGINSCULUS  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  451.) 
FIG.    8.  Two  lateral  views  of  the  same  example,  natural  size.     After  Meek. 

BULINUS  RHOMBOIDEUS  M.  &  H.    (Page  451.) 
FIG.    9.  Lateral  view,  natural  size.    After  Meek. 

BULINUS  SUBELONGATUS  M.  &  H.    (Page  450.) 

FIG.  10.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  11.  Opposite  view  of  the  same.     After  Meek. 

HELIX  KANABENSIS  W.     (Page  454.) 

FIG  12.  Lateral  view  of  an  internal  cast  of  the  last  volutions,  showing  the  grooves  left 

by  the  internal  ridges  near  the  aperture ;  natural  size. 
FIG.  13.  Upper  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  14.  Under  view  of  the  same. 

COLUMNA  TERES  M.  &  H.     (Page  454. ) 
FIG.  15.  Lateral  view,  natural  size,  and  enlarged.    After  Meek. 

COLUMNA  VERMICULA  M.  &  H.    (Pago  454.) 
FIG.  16.  Lateral  view^  natural  size,  and  enlarged.    After  Meek. 
VIVIPARUS  PRUDENTIUS  W.     (Page  467.) 

FIG.  17.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.  18.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

VIVIPARUS  PANGUITCHENSIS  W.     (Page  467.) 

FIG.  19.  Lateral  view  of  an  internal  cast. 

FIG.  20.  Opposite  view  of  another  example,  showing  a  part  of  the  surface  markings. 

FIG.  21.  Lateral  view  of  another  example,  showing  a  portion  of  the  natural  surface 

of  the  shell. 
(All  natural  size.) 

VIVIPARUS  REYNOLDSIANUS  M.  &  H.     (Page  407.) 

FIG.  22.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  23.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example. 

TlIAUMASTUS   LIMNyEIFOKMIS   M.  &  II.      (Page  454.) 

FIG.  24.  Apcrtural  and  opposite  views  of  an  example  not  quite  aduU;  natural  size. 


U.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1889    PI.  95 


LARAMIE, 


538  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  20.     LARAMIE. 

MELANIA  WYOMINGENSIS  Meek.     (Page  460.) 
Fio.    1.  Lateral  view,  showing  the  outline  of  the  outer  lip. 
FIG.    2.  Similar  view  of  another  example. 

Fia.    3.  Similar  view  of  the  distal  volutions,  showing  those  of  the  apical  portion  to 
be  destitute  of  spines. 

MELANIA  INSCULPTA  M.    (Page  460.) 
FIG.    4.  Fragment  of  an  adult  example. 
FIG.    5.  Fragment  of  a  smaller  example. 

(Both  natural  size,  and  both  from  Northeastern  Colorado.) 

GONIOBASIS  CONVEXA  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  463.) 
FIG.    6.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    7.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example. 

GONIOBASIS  CONVEXA  var.  IMPRESSA  M.  &  H.     (Page  463.) 
FIG.    8.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    9.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example. 

GONIOBASIS?  OMITTA  M.  &  H.    (Page  463.) 
J£iG.  10.  Apertural  and  opposite  views;  natural  size.     After  Meek. 

GONIOBASIS  TENUICARINATA  M.  &  H.    (Page  463.) 
FIG.  11.  Apertural  and  opposite  views;  natural  size. 

GONIOBASIS  GRACILENTA  M.     (Page  463.) 

FIG.  12.  Apertual  and  opposite  views  of  Mr.  Meek's  type  specimen. 
FIG.  13.  Lateral  view  of  an  example  from  Crow  Creek,  Colorado. 
(Both  natural  size.) 

LIMN^A  ?  COMPACTILIS  M.     (Page  445.) 
FIG.  14.  Apertural  and  opposite  views  of  Mr.  Meek's  type  specimen,  natural  size. 

GONIOBASIS  NEBRASCENSIS  M.  &  H.     (Page  463.) 
FIG.  15.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.  16.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example. 

GONIOBASIS  INVENUSTA  M.  &  H.     (Page  463.) 
Fia.  17.  Lateral  view  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Haydeu,  natural  size. 

GONIOBASIS  SUBL^EVIS  M.  &  H..     (Page  463.) 
FIG.  18.  Lateral  view  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden,  natural  size. 

CERITHIDEA  ?  NEBRASCENSIS  M.  &  H.     (Page  463.) 

FIG.  19.  Apertural  and  opposite  views  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden,  en- 
larged.    After  Meek. 

MlCROPYRGUS  MINUTULUS  M.  &  H.   (Page  465.) 

FIG.  20.  Apertural  and  opposite  views  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden, 
enlarged. 

CAMPELOMA  PRODUCTA  White.    (Page  469.) 

FIG.  21.  Lateral  view  of  an  elongate  example,  regarded  as  the  type. 
FIG.  22.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  23.  Lateral  view  of  a  more  robust  example. 
FIG.  24.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  25.  Lateral  view  of  a  subcarinate  variety. 
FIG.  26.  Similar  view  of  another  example  of  the  same  variety. 
FIG.  27.  Similar  view  of  another  example  of  the  same  variety. 
*     (All  natural  size.) 


U.S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI. 


U.  S.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.S7 


LARAMIE. 


NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSC  A.  539 

PLATE  27.     LARAMIE. 
CAMPELOMA  MULTILINEATA  Meek  &  Hayden.    (Page  469.) 

FIG.    1.  Copy  of  Meek's  original  figure. 

FIG.    2.  Lateral  view  of  a  larger  example,  showing  a  slight  angularity  at  the  distal 
side  of  the  larger  volutions. 

FIG.    3.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.    4.  Lateral  view  of  another  example,  having  the  angularity  a  little  more  distinct. 

FIG.    5.  Lateral  view  of  another  example,  having  the  angularity  distinct  and  promi- 
nent. 

FIG.    6.  Fragment  showing  the  aperture,  and  prominent  angularity. 

FIG.    7.  Lateral  view  of  an  example  from  Crow  Creek,  Colorado. 

Figs.  2-6  are  from  the  valley  of  the  Yellowstone,  Montana.     (All  natural  size. ) 

CAMPELOMA  VETULA  M.  &  H.    (Page  469.) 

FIG.    8.  Lateral  view  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden. 
FIG.    9.  Opposite  view  of  the  same,  natural  size. 

VIVIPARUS  LEAI  M.  &  H.     (Page  467.) 

FIG.  10.  Lateral  view  of  a  large  example. 
FIG.  11.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 
FIG.  12.  Lateral  view  of  another  example. 
FIG.  13.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

FIG.  14.  Lateral  view  of  another  example,  a  little  more  elongated  than  usual. 
(All'natural  size.) 

CAMPELOMA  MULTISTRIATA  M.  &  H.    (Page  469.) 
FIG.  15.  Copy  of  Meek's  original  figure. 

PLANORBIS  CONVOLUTUS  M.  &  H.    (Page  447.) 

FIG.  16.  Upper,  under,  and  peripheral  views  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hay- 
den.     After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  (BATHYOMPHALUS)  PLANOCONVEXUS  M.  &  II.    (Page  447.) 

FIG.  17.  Upper  view  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden,  natural  size. 
FIG.  18.  Peripheral  view  of  the  same.    After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  (BATHYOMPHALUS)  AMPLEXUS  M.  &  H.    (Page  447.) 

FIG.  19.  Upper  view  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden,  natural  size. 
FIG.  20.  Under  view  of  the  same,  enlarged.    After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  (BATHYOMPHALUS)  KANABENSIS  White.    (Page  447.) 

FIG.  21.  Upper  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  22.  Under  view  of  the  same  example. 

FIG.  23.  Peripheral  view  of  the  same  example. 

VALVATA?  MONTANAENSIS  Meek.     (Page  470.) 
FIG.  24.  Outline  views,  enlarged.     After  Meek. 

VALVATA  SUBUMBILICATA  M.  &  H.    (Page  470.) 

FIG.  25.  Upper  and  under  views  of  the  type-specimen  of  Meek  &  Haydeu,   natural 
size.     After  Meek. 


540  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

HYALINA?  EVANSI  Meek  &  Hayden.     (Page  452.) 
FIG.  26.  Outline  views,  enlarged.    After  Meek. 

HYALINA?  OCCIDENTALS  M.  &  H.    (Page  452.) 

FIG.  27.  Upper,  under,  and  peripheral  views  of  the  type-specimen  of  Meek  &  Hay- 
den.    After  Meek. 

HELIX!  VETUSTA  M.  &  H.    (Page  454.) 

FIG.  28.  Apertural  and  opposite  views  of  the  type-specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden; 
natural  size.    After  Meek. 

HELIX  EVAN8TONEN8IS  White.     (Page  454.) 

FIG.  29.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  30.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example. 

FIG.  31.  Under  view  of  the  same  example. 

VITRINA  OBLIQUA  M.  &  H.    (Page  452.) 

FIG.  32.  Lateral  view  of  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden,  natural  size. 
FIG.  33.  Apical  view  of  the  same.    After  Meek. 

GONIOBASIS?  SUBTORTUOSA  M.  &  H.    (Page  463.) 

PIG.  34.  Apertural  and  opposite  views  of  the  type  specimen  of  Meek  &  Hayden,  natural 
size.    After  Meek. 

HYDROBIA  UTAHENSIS  W.    (Page  466.) 
FIG.  35.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

HYDROBIA  SUBCONICA  Meek.    (Page  465.) 
FIG.  36.  Outline  lateral  view,  enlarged ;  copy  of  Meek's  original  figure. 

HYDROBIA?  EULIMOIDES  M.    (Page  465.) 
FIG.  37.  Outline  lateral  view,  enlarged;  copy  of  Meek's  original  figure. 

HYDROBIA  RECTA  W.    (Page  466.) 
FIG.  38.  Lateral  views  of  two  fragments,  enlarged. 

HYDROBIA  ANTHONYI  M.  &  H.    (Page  465.) 
FIG.  39.  Lateral  view,  natural  size  and  enlarged.    After  Meek. 

HYDROBIA  WARRENANA  M.  &  H.    (Page  465.) 
FIG.  40.  Lateral  view,  natural  size  and  enlarged.    After  Meek. 


542  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  28.    EOCENE. 
UNIO  CLINOPISTHUS  White.    (Page  434.) 

FIG.    1.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    2.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same. 

UNIO  SHOSHONENSIS  W.    (Page  435.) 
FIG.    3.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. 

UNIO  HAYDEXI  Meek.    (Page  435.) 

FIG.    4.  Right  side  view,  natural  size. 

FlG.    5.  Left  side  view  of  a  smaller  example* 

UNIO  WASHAKI.ENSIS  M.    (Page  435.) 

FIG.    6.  Left  side  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.    7.  Right  side  view  of  a  sandstone  cast. 

FIG.    8.  Interior  view  of  a  fragment  of  a  right  valve. 

UNIO  TELLINOIDES  Hall.     (Page  435.) 
FIG.    9.  Copy  of  Hall's  original  figure. 

PLANORBIS  (GYBAULUS)  MILITARIS  W.    (Page  447.) 

FIG.    10.  Upper  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  .11.  Under  view  of  the  same  example. 

BYTHINELLA  GREGARIA  M.    (Page  466.) 

FIG.    12.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 
FIG.    13.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

BULIMUS  FLORIDANUS  Conrad.    (Page  454.) 
FIG.    14.  Copy  of  Conrad's  original  figure. 

MELANIA  CLAIBORNENSIS  Heilprin.    (Page  460.) 

FIG.    15.  Lateral  view,  much  enlarged,  together  with  an  outline  of  natural  size.   After 
Heilprin. 


U.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PL 


EOCENE. 


544  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSC  A. 

PLATE  29.    EOCENE. 
PLANORBIS  UTAKENSIS  Meek.    (Page  447.) 

FIG.    1.  Upper  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.    2.  Under  view  of  the  same  example. 

FIG.    3.  Peripheral  view  of  the  same.    After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  UTAHENSIS  var.  SPECTAEILIS  M.    (Page  447.) 
FIG.    4.  Upper  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.    5.  Under  view  of  the  same  example. 
FIG.    6.  Peripheral  outline  of  the  same.    After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  CIRRATUS  White.    (Page  448.) 
FIG.    7.  Upper,  under,  and  peripheral  views,  enlarged. 

PLANORBIS  .EQUALIS  W.    (Page  448.) 
FIGS.  8  and  9.  Under  and  peripheral  views,  enlarged. 
FIG.  10.  Upper  view  of  a  smaller  example,  enlarged. 

(All  are  imperfect,  and  perfect  adult  examples  are  doubtless  larger.) 

HELIX  PERIPHERIA  W.    (Page  455.) 
FIG.  11.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.  12.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

HELIX  RIPARIA  W.    (Page  455.) 
FIG.  13.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.  14.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example. 

PUPA  INCOLATA  W.    (Page  456.) 

FIG.  15.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  1(3.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example,  showing  the  aperture. 
FIG.  17.  View  of  the  same,  showing  the  edge  of  the  outer  lip. 
PUPA  ATAVUNCULA  W.    (Page  456.) 
FIG.  18.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

PUPA  ARENULA  W.     (Page  50  456.)  • 

FIG.  19.  Two  lateral  views  of  the  type  specimen.    The  rim  of  the  aperture  has  been 
broken  off. 

LIMN^A  SIMILIS  M.     (Page  445.) 
FIG.  20.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 
FIG.  21.  Opposite  view  of  the  sa*me.    After  Meek. 

LIMN.EA  VETUSTA  M.    (Page  445.) 
FIG.  22.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  23.  Opposite  view  of  another  example,  a  little  enlarged.    After  Meek. 
LIMNJEA  MINUSCULA  W.     (Page  446.) 

FIG.  24.  Lateral  view,  enlarged. 

FIG.  25.  Opposite  view  of  the  same  example. 

SUCCINKA  (BEACHYSPIRA)  PAPILLISPIRA  W.    (Page  457.) 

FIG.  26.  Three  views  of  separate  examples,  natural  size,  from  gutta-percha  casts  in 
natural  molds. 

ANODONTA  DECURTATA  Conrad.    (Page  479.) 
FIG.  27.  Lateral  view,  natural  size,  from  an  example  believed  to  have  been  Conrad's 

type  specimen. 

FIG.  28.  Dorsal  view  of  the  same.    The  true  geological  age  of  this  species  is  not  cer- 
tainly known,  but  it  is  believed  to  be  Eocene. 


U.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI.  #9 


EOCENE. 


35  G 


546  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA 


PLATE  30.     EOCENE. 
MACROCYCLIS  SPATIOSA  Meek  &  Haydon.     (Pago  452.) 

FIG.  1.  Upper  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  2.  Lateral  view  of  the  same  example. 

FIG.  3.  Under  view  of  the  same,  all  natural  size.     After  Meek. 

HELIX  ?  VETERXA  M.  &  H.     (Page  454.) 
FIGS.  4  and  5.  Copies  of  Meck's  outline  figures. 

PHYSA  PLEROMATIS  White.     (Page  450.) 

FIG.  0.  Lateral  view  of  type  specimen. 

FIG.  7.  Opposite  view  of  a  larger  example,  a  little  distorted,  probably  belonging  to 

this  species. 

FIG.  8.  Fragment  of  a  very  large  example,  believed  to  belong  to  this  species. 
(All  natural  size.) 

PHYSA  BRIDGEREXSIS  Meek.    (Pago  450.) 

FIG.    9.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  10.  Opposite  view  of  a  more  robust  example. 

VIVIPARUS  PALUDiN,EFORMis  Hall.     (Page  468.) 

FIG.  11.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.  12.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 

VIVIPARUS  WYOMINGENSIS  M.     (Page  468.) 

FIG.  13.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.  14.  Opposite  view  of  the  same. 


D.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


A  NNUA  L  REPOB  T  1883    PL  SO 


EOCENE. 


548  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL   MOLLUSCA. 


PLATE  31. 

All  the  forms  represented  on  this  plate  occur  in  the  fresh- water  Eocene  deposits  of 
Wyoming,  Colorado,  and  Utah ;  and  all  are  believed  to  be  genetically  related.  They 
have  been  described  by  different  authors  under  six  respective  names,  according  to  the 
variation  of  ornamentation  and  form.  (See  remarks  on  page  464.) 

Figs.  1,  2,  and  3  may  be  regarded  as  representing  the  Goniobasis  simpsoni  of  Meek ; 
Figs.  5,  10,  12,  and  others,  G.  tenera  Hall;  Figs.  14,  15,  20,  and  others,  G.  nodulifera 
Meek;  Figs.  19,  25,  28,  and  others,  G.  carteri  Conrad;  and  Figs.  29  and  30,  G.  columlnis 
White.  Fig.  31  is  a  copy  of  Meek's  figure  of  G.  arcta,  which  he  finally  regarded  as 
only  a  variety  of  his  G.  simpsoni.  It,  is  however,  very  like  a  form  which  occurs  in  the 
Larainie  beds  of  Bear  River  Valley  in  Southwestern  Wyoming. 


V.  8.  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PI  31 


25. 


17. 


M. 


U.S.  GEOLOGICAL  SrHVKY 


ANNUAL  REPORT  1882    PL  32 


MIOCENE  AND  PLIOCENE? 


NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA.  549 

PLATE  32.     MIOCENE  AND  PLIOCENE? 

MELANIA  SCULPTILIS  Meek.    (Page  461.) 
FIG.    1.  Lateral  view,  natural  size.    After  Meek. 

MELANIA  SUBSCULPTILIS  M.    (Page  461.) 
FIG.    2.  Lateral  view,  natural  size.     After  Meek. 

MELANIA  TAYLORI  Gabb.     (Page  461.) 
FIG.    3.  Lateral  view,  natural  size.     After  Gabb. 

LITHASIA  ANTIQUA  G.     (Page  465.) 

FIG.    4.  Lateral  view,  showing  the  aperture,  natural  size.     After  Gabb. 
CARINIFEX  (VORTICIFEX)  BINNEYI  M.     (Pago  448.) 

FIG.    5.  Lateral  view,  natural  size,  showing  the  aperture. 
FIG.    6.  Upper  view  of  the  same  example.     After  Meek. 

CARINIFEX  (VORTICIFEX)  TRYONI  M.     (Pago  448.) 

FIG.    7.  Lateral  view,  natural  size,  showing  the  aperture. 
FIG.    8.  Upper  view  of  the  same  example. 
FIG.    9.  Under  view  of  the  same.     After  Meek. 

ANCYLUS  UNDULATUS  M.    (Page  451.) 

FIG.  10.  Upper  view  and  lateral  outline,  natural  size.     After  Meek. 
SPH^RIUM  RUGOSUM  M.    (Page  440.) 

FIG.  11.  An  example  of  not  quite  adult  size,  enlarged  two  diameters. 

FIG.  12.  A  larger  example,  enlarged  two  diameters. 

FIG.  13.   Outline  showing  the  convexity  of  the  valves.    After  Meek. 

SPILERIUM  IDAHOENSE  M.     (Page  440.) 

FIG.  14.  An  imperfect  example,  natural  size. 

FIG.  15.  Outline  showing  the  convexity  of  the  valves.     After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  VETUSTUS  Meek  &  Haydeu.     (Page  448.) 

FIG.  16.  Under  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  17.  Upper  view  of  the  same  example,  enlarged. 

FIG.  18.  Peripheral  view  of  the  same,  more  enlarged.     After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  LEIDYI  M.  &  H.     (Page  448.) 

FIG.  19.  Upper  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  20.  Peripheral  view  of  the  same,  enlarged,  showing  the  aperture. 

FIG.  21.  Under  view  of  the  same,  less  enlarged.     After  Meek. 

PLANORBIS  NEBRASCENSIS  Evans  &  Shumard.     (Page  448.) 

FIG.  22.  Upper  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  23.  Peripheral  view  of  the  same,  enlarged.     After  Meek. 


550  NON-MARINE    FOSSIL    MOLLUSCA. 

PLANORBIS  LUNATA  Conrad.    (Pago  448.) 
FIGS.  24  and  25.  Copies  of  Conrad's  original  figures. 

LIMN^EA  MEEKII  Evans  &  Shnmard.     (Page  446.) 

FI-G.  2(>.  Lateral  view  of  a  largo  example,  natural  size. 
FIG.  27.  Opposite  view  of  a  smaller  example.     After  Meek. 

LIMN^A  SIIUMARDI  Meek  &  Haydcn.     (Page  446.) 

FIG.  28.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  29.  Opposite  view  of  the  same.    After  Meek. 


(PoLYiuiYTis)  KiNGii  Meek.     (Pago  446.) 
FIGS.  30  and  31.  Copies  of  Meek's  original  figures,  natural  size. 
HELIX  LEIDYI  Hall  &  Meek.     (Page  455.) 

FIG.  32.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  33.  Apical  view  of  the  same  example.     After  Meek. 

HELIX  (ZONITES)  MARGINICOLA  C.    (Pago  453.) 
FIG.  34.  Copy  of  Conrad's  original  figure. 

PHYSA  SECALIXA  E.  &  S.     (Page  450.) 

FIG.  35.  Lateral  view,  natural  size. 

FIG.  36.  Opposite  view  of  the  same.     After  Meek. 

LATIA  DALLII  White.     (Page  451.) 

FIG.  37.  Dorsal  view,  natural  size. 
FIG.  38.  Lateral  view  of  the  same  example. 
FIG.  39.  Dorsal  view  of  another  example. 

FIG.  40.  Similar  view  of  another  example,  showing  a  portion  of  the  shell  broken 
away,  revealing  the  large  lunate  shelf  extending  forward  from  the  beak. 


IISTDEX. 


Page. 

Abstract   of  report  on   geology   of  the 
Eureka    District,     Nov.,     by    Arnold 

Hague 237 

Accompanying  papers 43 

Acid  rocks  of  Keweenaw  Series,  Origin  of.          125 
Acrotreta  gemma 258,  259, 2(31 

—  prospectensis 256 

Administrative  report  of  chiefs  of  divis- 
ions and  heads  of  parties 1 

Affinities  of  Hesperornis 68 

Agassiz,  Alexander,  referred  to 153 

A  gate  Bay  group  of  the  Keweenaw  Series        116, 

145, 187 
,  Minnesota 108,117 

—  Harbor,  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich 17  G 

Agnostus  bidens 258,259,261 

—  communis 257, 258, 259, 261 

—  neon 258,259,261 

—  prolongus 259 

—  richmondcnsis 258 

—  scclusus 258 

—  tumidosus •        259 

—  tumifrons 259 

Ajjogebic  Lake,  Mich 136, 147, 163, 165 

Albany  and  Boston  conglomerate 114, 131 

Algoma  Mine,  Canada 159 

A  lhambra  Hills,  Basalt  of 286 

AllomzMine,  Mich 121 

Alpha  Peak,  Altitude  of 246 

Altamont  moraine 378,388,393 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 

Continued  courtesies  of  the xvii 

Amygdaloids  of  the  Keweenaw  Series  de- 
scribed  - 116 

Analyses  of  brine  from  Lake  Lahontan 

Basin 226 

river  water  given  by  Bischof 212 

tho  water  of  Great  Salt  Lake 212 

tufa  from  Lake  Lahontan  Basin 216 

Anclyus  undulate 451 

Ancylidae 451 

Andesitic  pearlites,  Position  of 281 

Auimikio  group 124, 135, 157 

.Apparent  thickness  of,  in  Thunder 

Bay  region 160 

at  Grand  Portage  Bay,  Minn 143, 157 

at  Pokcgama  Falls,  Minn 161 

,  Coarse  gabbro  dikes  of,  on  Pigeon 

Point  and  Thunder  Bay 1 58 

,  Dikes  in  the 158, 160 

,  Intel  bedded  eruptives  of 158, 163 

in  tho  Mesabi  Range,  Minn 161 

,  Magnetitic  beds  of 161 

on  Pigeon  Point 141, 158 


Aniinikie   group  on   the   Kaministiquia, 
River,  Canada 

Saint  Louis  River,  Minn 

,  Relation  of,  to  Keweenaw  Series  . . . 

,  Similarity  of,  to  Penokee  Huvoniau . 

—  rocks  of  Guuflint  Lake,  Minn 

Anodonta  ?  angustata 

—  ?  catskillensis 

—  decurtata 

—  parallela 

—  propatoris 

—  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin 

Anomia  gryphorhynchus 

—  micronema 


—  propatoris 

Anomiidae  

Anorthite  in  augite-andesite 

—  rock  of  Keweenaw  Series  described. .. 

Antelope  Hills 

Anthracopupa  ohioensis 

Apatornis 

Apostle  Islands,  Wis 

Archceopteryx  compared   with    Hesperor- 
nis and  Ichthyornis 

Arethusina  americana 

Arionidae 

Artesian  water  on  the  plains 

Asaphus  gigas 

Asar  defined 

Ashbed  diabase  of  Keweenaw  described. 
"Ashbed"  of  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich.  109, 
Assistants,  chief,  Monographs  neai  ly  com- 
pleted by  the 

— ,  — ,  Workoftho 

Athyris  subtilita 

Atlantic  mine,  Mich 

Atlas  of  the  Eureka  District 

Atrypa  Peak,  Altitude  of 

,  Devonian  of 

Atrypa  reticularis 

Augite-andesite,  Eureka  District 

281,  283, 
of  Cliff  Hills..... 

—  — ,  Richmond  Mountain 

Augite-syenite  described 

Auriculida) 

Australia,  Terraces  on  the  coast  of 

Babylon  Hills,  Devonian  limestone  of 

Bad  River  country,  Wis..H5, 119, 122, 130, 

174, 177, 

gabbros,. Relations  of,  to  Huronian. . 

region,  Great  thinning  of  rocks  in  . . 

,  Wis.,  Coarse  gabbros  of 

(551) 


Page. 

158 
162 
135, 

157, 163 
158 

159,161 
424 
424 
479 
429 
429 
221 
422 
242 
422 
421 
278 
97 

388,  393 

456 

69 

133, 155 

£3 

259,  261 
452 
xvi 
262 
299 
108 
119, 127 

xv 

xvii 
269 
182 
242 
246 
266 
266 

277,  L'80 
287,  290 

282 

278,  282 
114 
443 
207 
267 

134, 136, 

180, 18G 

135 

163 

134 


552 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Baptism  River,  Minn 127, 143, 145 

,  — ,  Quartz-porphyry  of 127 

Bare  Hills  of  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich 130 

Barrier,  Description  of  a 207 

Bars  and  embankments   built   by  Lake 

Lahontan 210,211 

Barus,  Dr.  Carl,  Important  work  under- 
taken by xvii 

Basalt  dikes  in  Richmond  Mountain 286 

— ,  Eureka  District 277, 280, 283,  284, 286, 290 

—  of  Alhambra  Hills 286 

Basic  flows  of  Keweenaw  Series,  Lateral 

extent  of 121 

—  rocks  of  Keweenaw   Series,   Chrono- 
logic relations  of,  to  acid  rocks  of  the 

same 128 

,  Origin  of 120 

,  Proofs  of  contemporaneous 

formation  of 121 

Basin  of  Lake  Superior,  Structure  of  the.          174 

Basin  Range  Structure  (Fig.  44) 196,  202 

— ,  The  Great  (See  Great  Basin). 

Bat chewanung  Bay,  Canada 171,187 

Battle  Islands,  Canada 141 

Ray  field  county,  Wis 155,175 

Beach  ridges 299 

Bead  Island,  Canada, 114 

Beaver  Bay,  Minn 114,126,143 

Becker,  G.  F.,  Administrative  report  of..  24 

Beds,  Sedimentary,  in  Lake  Lahontan  . . .  222,  224 

Bell,  R.,  on  the  Animikie  group 160 

,  referred  to 158,162,169,171 

Berg  till 297 

Bete  Grise  Bay,  Mich 108, 140, 148, 152 

Bien,  Morris,  Services  performed  by 243 

Bigsby,  Dr.,  cited 385 

Billings,  E.,  cited 257 

Birds,  Cretaceous ;  aquatic 85 

— ,  Existing,  without  teeth 49 

— ,  Geological  horizon  of 50 

—  incapable  of  flight 67 

— ,  Oldest  known 49 

-,  Origin  of 86 

—  related  to  reptiles 51 

— ,  Remains  of,  rare 49 

— ,  toothed,  Classification  of 86 

—  with  teeth,  by  Prof.  O.  C.  Marsh 45 

,  Geological  horizon  of 50 

Bischof,  Analyses  of  river  water  by 212 

Black  and  Nipigon  Bays,  Canada,  Rocks 

of  peninsula  between 141 

—  Bay,  Canada 129,137,176 

,  Thickness  of  Keweenawan  rocks 

of 137 

—  River,  Mich ". 152,177 

,Wis 150 

Bohemian  Mountain,  Mich 105 

—  Range  of  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich  . .  .93, 126, 139, 

153, 185 
Bois  Blanc  Lake,  Minn.,  Crystalline  schists 

of 169 

Bonneville,  Lake,  Extent  of 202 

Bowlderets  defined 324 

Bowlders,  Trains  of 320 

Brain  growth,  General  law  of 57 


P  age. 

Brain  of  Hespcrorni*   55 

Ichthyornis 71 

Brine  from  Lake  Lahontan  Basin,  Analyses 

of 226 

Brooks,  T.B.,  referred  to 166,171 

Brule  Lake.  Minn 186 

region,  Gabbro  of 135 

Brule  River,  Minn 126,144 

,  Felsitesof 144 

Brunschweiler  River,  Wis  133 

Brush  Peak,  Devonian  formations  of 266 

Buffalo    Salt   Works,  Nev.,  Analysis   of 

brine  from 226 

,  Description  of  the 225,  226 

,  Production  of  the 226 

Bulimus  floridanus  454 

Bulinus  atavus 450 

—  disjunctus 451 

—  longiusculus 451 

—  rhomboideus 451 

—  sublongatug 450 

Bull- whacker  Mine,  Quartz-porphyry  dike 

in 274 

Burlington  Bay,  Minn 143 

Bythinclla  gregaria 466 

Calumet  and  Hecla  Mine,  Mich 130, 180 

Cambrian  rocks,  Thickness  of,  in  Nevada.  254 

Campeloma  macrospira  4 69 

—  multilineata  469 

—  multistriata 469 

—producta 469 

—  vetula 469 

Canaday,  David,  cited . 381 

Cape  Choyye,  Lake  Superior 177 

—  Garguntua,  Lake  Superior 177 

Carbon  Ridge  and  Spring  Hill  group 251 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  Eureka  District. .  268 

Caribou  Island,  Lake  Superior 133 

,  Thunder  Bay,  Canada 133 

Carinifex  ( Vorticifex)  binneyi 448 

—  —  tryoni 448 

Carlton's  Peak,  Minn.  105 

Carp  Lake,  Minn 123 

Carson  and  Humboldt  Sink,  Description 

of  the 225 

Cascade  River,  Minn 144 

Cassiopella  turricula 464 

Cercocarpus  lardifolius 246 

Ceriphasidiice 462 

Cerithiidce 459 

Cerithiiea  1  nebrascensis 463 

Chamborlin,  Prof.  T.  C.,  Administrative 

report  of 17 

.Examination  of  glacial  moraines 

by xvii,17 

,  Preliminary  paper  on  the  ter- 
minal moraines  of  the  Second 

Glacial  Epoch,  by.  291 

,  referred  to 93,139,174,175 

Chaquamegon  Bay,  "Wis 155 

Chariocephalus  tumifrons 258 

Chauvenet,  W.  M.,  referred  to 126 

Chemical  deposits  of  Lake  Lahoutan 211 

Chester,  Prof.  A.  H.,  on  the  Mesabi  Iron 

Range,  Minn 161,170 


INDEX. 


553 


Page. 
Chester,  Prof.  A.  H.,  on  the  Vennillion 

Lake  region  of  Minnesota 169 

Chief    geologic   assistants,    Monographs 

nearly  completed  by  the xv 

,  Work  of  the xv 

Chippewa  glacier 381 

Chonet  es  granulifera 269 

—  scitula 266 

—  verneuiliana 269 

Clark,  F.  A.,  Services  performed  by 243 

Classification  of  toothed  birds 86 

Cliff  Hills,  Augite-andesite  of 282 

Climate  of  the  Great  Basin 196,  232 

— ,  Quaternary,  recorded  by  Lake  Lahontan  230 

Clinton  Point,  Wis 155, 175 

Cloquet  River,  Minn 126, 142 

Coarse  gabbro  of  Keweenaw  Series,  Ori- 
gin of  125 

Coast  moraines 379 

Colorado  Plateau  region,  Map  of  the xv 

,  Topographic  material  pertaining 

to  the xvi 

unrivaled  for  the  study  of  impor- 
tant problems xv 

.  Work  in  the xv,  xvi 

— ,  Work  in xvi 

Columna  teres 454 

—  vermicula .„ 454 

Comb's  Mountain,  Devonian  formations  of         266 
Commingling  of  Carboniferous  fauna  in 

N.  Mex.,  Col.,  and  Utah 269 

Comparison  of  Hesperornis  with  Archceop- 

teryx 83 

Ichthyornis  with  Archceopteryx 83 

Conchifera 420 

Conglomerates  of  Keweenaw  Series  de- 
scribed   98 

Conocephalites  bellus 258 

—  breviceps 259 

—  dissimilis 258 

—  laticeps 258 

—  linnarssoni 258 

—  pernasutus 258 

—  prospectensis 257 

Conrad,  T.  A.,  Description  of  fossil  Uniones 

by 479 

Cook,  G.H., cited 302,345 

Copper-bearing  rocks  of  Lake  Superior,  by 

R.D.Irving 89 

,  Former  studies  of 93 

,  Obstacles  to  the  study  of.  93 

Copper  deposits  of  Lake  Superior 180 

Ontonagou  region,  Mich 182 

1  Origin  of 184 

-  Harbor,  Keweenaw  Point 131, 176 

—  in  Saint  Croix  Valley,  Wis 187 

—  in  Wisconsin 187 

—  mining  in  Michigan 186 

—  on  Isle  Royale 188 

the  Minnesota  coast  of  Lake  Superior  187 

—  Range,  Douglas  County,  "Wis 156 

,  South,  Mich 122 

— ,  Rules  to  guide  explorers  for,  in  Lake 

Superior  region 185 

Corbicula  augheyi 438 


Page. 

Corbicula  berthoudi 438 

—  cleburni 437 

—  cytheriformis 437 

—  nebrascensis 437 

—  obesa 437 

—  occidentalis 437 

—  subelliptica 437 

—  umbonella 438 

—  (Leptesthes)  cardinceformis 437 

fracta 439 

macropistha 437 

planumbona   437 

—  (Veloritina)  durkeei 437 

Corbula  crassatteliformis 442 

—  englemanni   442 

—  mactriformis 442 

—  perundata 442 

—  pyriformis 441 

—  subtrigonalis 442 

—  tropidophora 442 

—  undifera 442 

var.  subundifera 442 

Corbulidse 441 

Cordaites  in  White  Pine  shale 267 

Coteau  des  prairies 389 

—  du  Missouri 394 

Crepicephalus  affinis 259, 261 

—  gallatinensis 258, 259, 261 

—  granulosus 259,261 

—  larviceps 258 

—  occidentalis 258 

—  aimilis .' 258 

—  simulatus 259 

—  unisulcatus 258, 259, 261 

Cretaceous  birds ;  aquatic 85 

Cross  River,  Minn 143 

Crystalline  schists  in  the  Lake  Superior 

region  of  doubtful  geological  posi- 
tion   168 

of  Bois  Blanc  Lake,  Minn 169 

Dog  Lake,  Canada 168 

east  shore  of  Lake  Superior 171 

Rainy  Lake 169 

Saganaga  Lake 169 

the  Marquette  and  Menominee  re- 
gions, Mich 166 

Wisconsin  River  Valley 171 

Vennillion  Lake,  Minn 162, 169 

Cupriferous  amygdaloids  of  the  Keweo- 

naw  Series 181 

—  conglomerate  s  of  the  Keweenaw  Series  -  1 80 

—  veins  of  the  Keweenaw  Series 183 

Current  River,  Thunder  Bay,  Canada 159 

Currents,  shore,  Action  of 207, 208 

Curtis.J.  S.,  Work  of. 

Curve  exhibiting  the  rise  and  fall  of  Lake 

Lahontan  (Fig.  51) 221 

Curves  exhibiting  the  oscillations  of  La- 
hontan climate  (Figs.  55, 56) 231 

Cyrena  carletoni 436 

—  dakotensis 436 

Cyrenidse 435 

Dacite,  Eureka  District 277, 280, 282, 284 

Dakota,  eastern,  Topographic  features  of .  393 

— ,  —  Moraines  of 394 


554 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Dakota  Valley  glacier 393 

Dalles  of  Saiut  Croix  River,  Wis 175 

Dana,  J.  D.,  cited 305 

Dawson,  G.  M.,  cited 313,  385,  398,  399 

Dawsonella  meeki 453 

Dead  Sea,  Salinity  of  the 212 

Deltas,  Terrace 304 

Dendritic  tufa  in  Lake  Labontan  Basin  ..  214,215 

Denver,  Soils  near,  investigated 

Deposits,  Saline,  of  Lake  Lahontau 224,  230 

—  Sedimentary,  in  Lake  Lahontaii  221 

—  Tufa,  ofLakoLaLoutau 212 

Description  of  Heaperornis 52 

Ichthyornis 69 

Desiccation  products  of  Lake  Lahontan . .  224 

Detrital  rocks  of  Keweenaw  Series 97, 114 

,  Origin  of 100 

Devil's  Track  River,  Minn 130 

Devonian  fossils  in  the  Mackenzie  River 

Basin 265 

—  rocks  of  Eureka  District 264 

Diabase-porphyrite  of  Keweenaw  Series 

described 108 

Diabases  of  Keweeuaw  Series  described. .  97 

Diamond  Mountains,  Geology  of 251 

—  Peak,  Altitudeof 246 

quartzite     268 

—  Range,  Position  of 245 

—  Valley 245 

Dicellocephalus  angustifrons 259 

—  lilobatus 259 

—  expansui 258 

—finalis 261 

—flabellifer 261 

—  marica 259 

—  nasutus 258,259 

—  osceola 259 

—  quadriceps 257,  258 

—  richmondensis 258 

Dikes  in  tbe  Keeweenaw  Series 124 

—  of  Auimikie  group  on  Pigeon  Point, 

Minn 158 

ThunderBay 158 

Director,  Report  of  the xv 

Dog  Lake,  Canada 168 

Dome,  tufa,  Section  of  a,  in  Lake  Lahontan 

Basin  (Fig.  50) 219 

Domes  and  towers  of  tufa  built  by  Lake 

Lahontau 216 

Douglas  County,  Wis 137, 155, 156, 174, 176, 179 

,  Copper  of 187 

Douglas  lloughton  River,  Keweenaw 

Point 151,153 

Drift,  Classification  of- 296 

—  features  of  eastern  Dakota 393 

— ,  shore,  Nature  of 207 

Driftkss  area 318 

Duluth  beds  of  Keweenaw  Series 134 

— ,  Minn.,  Coarse  gabbro  of 142 

,  Rocks  of  105, 110, 114, 119, 124, 134,  142, 175, 185 

Dwight,  W.  B.,  cited 365 

Eagle  Harbor,  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich..  176 

—  Mountain,  Minn.,  Augite-syenite  of ...  120 

—  Salt  Works,  Nev.,  Analysis  of  brine 

from  ..  227 


Page. 
Eagle  Salt  Works,  Nev.,  description  of  the         226 

,  Profile  of  reservoir  and  vats  at         227 

,  Yield  of 227 

East  Humboldt  Mountains 245 

—  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  Crystalline 

fohistsof 171 

,  Keweenawan  rocks  of 140 

Eastern  sandstone   between   Bete  Griso 

Bay  and  Lake  Agogobic 147 

,  Different  views  as  to  its  relation  to 

the  Keweenaw  Series 152 

east  of  Keweenaw  Bay 147 

,  Former  supposed  Triassic  ago  of . .          148 

,  Geologic  position  of 147 

—  of  LakeSupeiior 136,147 

on  Keweenaw  Point 147 

,  Phenomena    of    contact    of,    with 

Keweenawau  rocks 148 

,  Quarry  in,  on  the  Torch  Lake  Rail- 
road           151 

,  Relations  of,  to  Keweenawan  rocks         152 

Series 147 

Embankments,  shore,  Ideal  plat  illustrat- 
ing (Fig.  46) 207 

,  The  formation  of 206 

Emmons,  S.  F.,  Administrative  report  of. .  22 

,  cited  ...'. 257,265 

,  Work  of xvi 

Englacial  till  denned 397 

Eolian  deposits 304 

Erie  glacier,  Western  Moraine  of 330 

Eskers  defined 299 

Euomphalus  subrugosus 269 

Eureka  district,  Cambrian  rocks  of 254 

,  Carboniferous  rocks  of 268 

,  Climateof 246 

,  Devonian  rocks  of 264 

,  Diamond  Peak,  Quartzito  of 253,  268 

•  — ,  Eureka  quartzito  of 253, 262 

,  Hamburg  limestone  of 253, 255 

,  — shale  of 253,255 

,  Geologic  work  in xvi 

,  Geologic  sections  in 288 

,  Granite  of 273 

,  Granite  porphyry  of 274 

,  Lone  Mount  limestone  of 253, 262 

,  Lower  coal-measures  of 253,  268 

,  Mode  of  occurrence  of  volcanic  rocks 

in 280 

,  Nevada  limestone  of 253,264 

,  Paleozoic  formations  of 248 

,  —  section  of 251,  253 

,  Pogonip  limestone  of 253, 200 

,  Position  of 244 

,  Pro-Tertiary  igneous  rocks  of 273 

,  Prospect  Mountain  limestone  of 253 

— , quartzite  of 253 

,  Quartz  porphyry 273 

,  Relative  age  of  volcanic  rocks  of ...          281 

,  Secret  Canon  shale  of 2;>3,  255 

,  Silurian  rocks  of 2CO 

-  — ,  Tertiary  and  post-Tertiary  volcanic 

rocksof 277 

,  Upper  coal-measures  of 253,  270 

,  Weber  conglomerate  of 253,  270 


INDEX. 


555 


Page.  . 
Eureka  district,  White  Pine  shale  of  .....  253,  266 

—  Milling  district,  Development  of  ......  247 

—  quart  zite  ..............................  262 

Exchange  of  publications  provided  for  by 

law  ....................................  xvii 

Existing  birds  without  teeth  .............  49 

Expenditures  during  the  fiscal  year  ......  xvii 

Fault  on  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich  .........  179 

—,  The  Keweenaw  .......................  139.150 

Faulting,  Recent,  in  the  Great  Basin  ____  232 

Faults  at  Porcupine  Mountains,  Mich  ...  179  . 

—  in  Douglas  County,  Wis  ...............  179 

—  on  Lake  Superior  .....................  1  79 

Feet  of  Hesperornis  ......................  62 

--  Ichthyomis  ..........................  77 

Felsitc  of  Cascade  River,  Minn  ..........  144 

—  Devil's  Track  River,  'Minn  ..........  130 

-  --  Mt.    Houghton,    Keweenaw   Point, 

Mich  .............................  130 

Felsitic  porphyries  of  Koweeuaw  Series 

described  ..............................  113 

Fenestella  (Sp.  ?)  ..........................  269 

Field  work,  Synopsis  of  ..................  xv 

Financial  statement  for  the  fiscal  year.  .  .  xvii 

Finger  Lake  glacier  ......................  333 

Fish  Creek  Mountains  ....  ...............  249 

--  Valley  ..............................  245 

Floe  till  defined  ...............  v  ..........  297 

Flo  wage,  Indications  of,  in  basic  rocks  of 

Kewoenaw  Series  .................  .....  118,120 

Fluidal  structure  in  amygdaloids  of  Ke- 

weenaw Series  ...................  -  -  -  118 

—  texture  in  quartz-porphyry  of  Kewee- 

naw Series  ...........................  126  ' 

Fond  du  Lac,  Minn.,  Sandstone  of  .......  141 

Forest  beds  ..............................  340 

Fort  Wingate,  N.  Mex.,  Base  line  meas- 

ured near  .................  ............  xvi 

Fossil  lakes,  Discovery  of,  in  Nevada,  Cal- 

ifornia, and  Oregon.  ..............  195 

--  ,  The  smaller,  of  the  Great  Basin  ....  234 

—  plants  collected  by  L.  F.  Ward  ........  xvi 

Fossils,  invertebrate,  Collection  of,  by  Dr. 

C.  A.  White  ............................  xvi 

Foster  and  Whitney  referred  to  ..........  130,  148, 

149,  15?,  174,  180,  182 

Fourteen  Mile  Point,  Lake  Superior  .....  177 

French  River,  Minn  .............  -  .....  117,  142,  188 

Gabbro,  Coarse,  of  Duluth,  Minn  ........  134 

Gabbros  of  Keweenaw  Series  described.  .  102,  104 
Garnet  iu  rhyolite  ........................ 

Gary  moraine  ........................  378,  388,  333 

Gasteropod  shells  in  Lake  Lahontan  de- 

posits .......................  213,221,22; 

Gasteropoda  ............................. 

Gaylussite  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin  ..... 

Geddes  and  Bertram!  Mine,  Rhyolite  of.  . 

Gcikie,  James,  cited  .  ....................  307 

General  law  of  brain  growth  ............. 

Genesee  glacier,  Moraine  of  .............. 

Geographic  distribution  of  Devonianfauna 

___  volcanic  rocks  of  Eureka  District.  280 
Geologic  differences  between  augitc-ande- 
site  and  basalt  ....................... 

—  horizon  of  Odoutornithes  ...........  :  -  • 


284 


Page. 

Geology  of  the  Eureka  District 237 

Georgia  slates  of  Vermont 257 

Gilbei  t,  G.  K  ,  Administrative  report  of . .  14 

cited  respecting  drift 331, 333,  335, 338 

,  Paper  on  Lake  Lahontan  revised 

and  edited  by 195 

referred  to  131 

suggests  how  salt  lakes  may  be- 
come fresh  without  overflowing .  199, 229 
Glacial  corrasion 355 

—  epoch,  second,  Terminal  moraine  of ...  291 

—  movements  in  Dakota 389 

the  Finger  Lake  region 358 

Grand  River  region 342 

Green  Bay  region 318 

Hudson  Valley  region 373 

Lake  Michigan  region 325 

Lake  Superior  region 387 

Maumee  region 333 

Mohawk  region 361 

Minnesota  region 392 

Saginaw  region 330 

Scioto  region 340 

.Law  of 320 

Gneiss  of  Lake  Superior  region 168 

Thunder  Bay,  Canada 161 

Golden,  Colo.,  Geology  of  the  vicinity  of. 

Ooniobasis  arcta  464 

—  carteri 464 

—  chrysalis 462 

—  chrysalloidea 462 

—  cleburni 462 

—  columinis 464 

—  convexa 463 

var.  impressa 463 

—  endlichi  463 

—  gracilenta 463 

—  invenusta 463 

—  macilenta 462 

—  nebrascensis 463 

—  nodulifera 464 

—  fomitta 463 

—  simpsoni 464 

—  sublaevis  .. 463 

—  tsubtortuosa 463 

—  tenera 464 

—  tenuicarinata 463 

Gore,  J.  Howard,  Administrative  report  of  30 

Goose  Point,  Thunder  Bay,  Canada 159 

Grand  Marais,  Minn    123, 144, 177 

—  Portage  Bay,  Minn 135,141,143,157 

,  Animikie  slates  of  143,157 

,  Dikes  of 141 

—  River  glacier 341 

—  Traverse  glacier 326 

Granite,  Eureka  District 273 

—  of  Keweenaw  Series  described 1 14 

Granite-porphyry,  A  go  of 274 

(  Composition  of 275 

,  Eureka  District 274 

Granitoll  of  Keweenaw  Series  described  114 
Granitic  porphyry  of  Keweenaw  Series 

described  114 

Graptalites  in  Pogouip  limestone 261 

Gratiot  River,  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich  119, 139, 149 


556 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Great  Basin,  the,  Altitude  of 196 

,  Barrenness  of 196,199 

,  Climate  of 196,232 

,  Description  of 196 

,  Form  of 202 

,  Geologic  attractiveness  of 201 

,  Industries  of 201 

,  Lakes  of 197,201 

,  Mountains  of 196, 200,  202 

,Oasesin 199 

,  Present  orographic  movements  in .         232 

,  Quaternary  climate  of 231 

,  Rainfall  of 196,199 

,  Rivers  of 197 

,  Scenery  of 196,199 

,  Seasonsin 200 

,  Size  of 196 

,  Storms  in  the  uplands  of 200 

,  The  smaller  fossil  lakes  of 234 

,  Topography  of 196 

,  Valleysof 197,202 

;  why  so  called 196 

Great  Palisades  of  the  Minnesota  coast  105. 113, 114 

,  Quartz-porphyry  of  the 126 

,  Relations  of  acid  and  basic  rocks  at.          126 

—  Salt  Lake,  Analyses  of  the  water  of  . .         212 

Green  Bay  glacier 314 

Greenstone   group,    The,   of  Keweenaw 

Point 133 

— ,  The,  of  Keweenaw  Point 121, 131, 183, 186 

Gros  Cap,  Lake  Superior 178 

Growth,  brain,  General  law  of 57 

Gunflint  Lake,  Minn 159,161 

Habits  of  Hesperornis 65 

Ichthyornis 82 

Hague,  Arnold,  Abstract  report  on  Ge- 
ology of  the  Eureka  District,  Nov., 

by 237 

,  Administrative  report  of 10 

,  "Work  of xvi 

Halysites 263,266 


Hamburg  limestone 

—  •halo    

Hclicidae 

Helix  evangtonensi« 

—  kanabensis. 

—  leidyi , 

—  peripheria 

—  riparia 

—  ?  veterna 

—  ?  vetugta 

—  (Zonites)  marginicola 

Hfsperornis,  Affinities  of 

— ,  Brain  of 

— ,  Comparison  of,  with  Archceopteryx  . . . 

— ,  Description  of 

— ,  Habits  of 

— ,  Legs  and  feet  of 

— ,  Locomotion  of 

— ,  Origin  of  peculiar  features  of 

— ,  Pelvic  arch  of 

— ,  Reptilian  ancestry  of 

— ,  Restoration  of 

— ,  Ribs  of 

— ,  Scapular  arch  of 


255 

255 

453 

454 

454 

455 

555 

455 

454 

454 

453 

C8 

55 

83 

52 

65 

62 

67 

65 

60 

66 

64 

59 

57 


Hesperornis,  Size  of 

—.Tail  of 

— ,  Teeth  of  

— •,  Vertebra}  of 

— ,  "Wings  of 

Highland  Range,  Age  of 

History,  Sketch  of  the  geologic,  of  Lake 

Lahontan  

Hitchcock,  C.  H 

Hoosac  fault 

,  Volcanic  rocks  of 

Hornblende-andesite,  Eureka  District    . . . 

Hornbleude-gabbro  of  Keweenaw  Series 

described 

Hornitos  Cone,  Geology  of 

Hot  Springs  associated  with  lines  of  recent 

faulting  in  the  Great  Basin 

,  Tufa  deposits  of 

Houghton,  Douglas,  referred  to 

—  Mount,  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich 

House  Range,  Pogonip  limestone  of 

Howell,  E.  E.,  cited  

Hudson  Valley  moraine 

Hungarian  River,  Keweenaw  Point 

Hunt,  T.  S.,  on  the  Animikie  group 

referred  to 124, 

Huron  Bay,  Lake  Superior 

Huronian  (Animikie  group)..  ..  124,  135, 

— ,  Comparison  of  basic  eruptives  of  the, 

with  those  of  the  Keweenaw  Series. 

— ,  Confused  use  of  the  term 

—  of    the     Alarquette    and    Menouiiuco 

regions  of  Michigan 

Penokee  region,  "Wisconsin  

— ,  Relations  of  the,  in  general  to  the  Ko- 

weenaw  Series 

— ,  Relations  of  the,  to  synclinal 

—  The  original. 

,  Eruptives  of 

,  Relations  of,   to    the    Anhnikio 

group  

Hyalina  ?  evansi 

—  /  occidentalis 

Bydrobia  anthonyi   

—  ?  eulimoides 

—  recta 

—  subconica 

—  utahensis  . . . 


Page. 
65 
61 
52 

57 


—  warrenana 

Byolites primordialis   

Ichthyornis,  Brain  of   

— ,  Comparison  of,  with  Archceopteryx 

— ,  Description  of 

— ,  Habitsof   

— ,  Legs  and  feet  of 

— ,  Pelvic  arch  of 

— ,  Reptilian  features  of 

— ,  Restoration  of 

— ,  Scapular  arch  of 

— ,  Skull  of 

—.Tail  of     

— ,  Teeth  of 

— ,  Vertebra}  of. . . 


195 
306 

288 
280 

277,  280 
284,  289 

105 
284 

232 
219 
148 
130 
261 
256 
366 

149, 154 
162 

135. 162 
147,  177 

141,  143, 

157. 163 

172 
156 

166 
165 

171 

175, 179 
1C3 
164 

164 
452 
470 
465 
465 
466 
406 
466 
465 

258,  259 
71 
83 
69 
82 
77 
75 
79 
77 
73 
70 
76 
71 
73 


INDEX. 


557 


Page. 

Irhthyornis,  Wingsot 75 

Iddiugs,  Joseph  P. ,  cited 242,  278,  285 

,  Microscopic  petrography  of  Eu- 
reka District,  by 242 

Illustrations,  List  of xi 

Interlobate  moraines  defined 301,313 

described. .  .315, 323, 328,  330,  339,  341,  351,  373, 

380,  382,  384,  397 

Intermediate  moraines.     (See  Interlobate 
moraines. ) 

Investigations  initiated   xv 

Iphidea  depressa 258 

Irving,  R.  D.,  cited  in  respect  to  terminal 

moraines 316 

on  copper-bearing  rocks  of  Lake 

Superior 89 

Isbister,  A.  K.,  cited 265 

Isle  Royale,  Mich 137,141,174,177,183 

.Copperon 188 

,  Relation  of  rocks  of,  to  rocks  of 

Minnesota  coast 141 

,  Thickness  of  Keweenawan  rocks 

of 137 

Juniperus  occidentalis 246 

Kakabika  Falls,  Canada 159 

Kamosdifined    299 

Kaministiquia  River,  Canada 158, 159 

,  Animikie  group  on 158 

Kanab  Canon,  Paleozoic  section  of 272 

Kettle  moraine  synonymous  with  term- 
inal moraine  of  the  second  glacial 
epoch. 291 

—  Range 321 

—  River.Minn 187 

Kettles 311 

KeweenawBay 140,147,148,177 

—  Fault 139,154,155 

-  — ,  Foster  and  "Whitney's  view  as  to  ...         154 

—  Point,  Mich 114,115, 

117, 119, 121, 123, 130, 136, 139, 174 

,  Ashbedof 109,119,127 

,BareHillsof ,.         139 

,  Bohemian  Range  of 93, 126, 139, 153 

,  Eastern  sandstone  on 148 

,Faulton 139,179 

,  Great  conglomerate  of 121 

,  Greenstone  group  of 133 

,  Outer  conglomerate  of 131, 1 32 

,  Southern  range  of 93 

1  The  ashbed  of 109 

,  The  greenstone  of  ...  107, 121, 131, 183, 186 

,  Thickness  of  rocks  of 136 

,  Topography  of 123 

—  Series,  Absence  of  volcanic  ash  from ...         1 00 

,  Agate  Bay  group  of 116,145,187 

,  Alterations  of  diabase  of 106 

oli  vinitic  diabase  of 108 

,  Amygdaloids  of 110,116 

,  Amy  gdules  of  amygdaloids  of   117 

,  Anorthite  rock  of 97,105 

,  Ashbed-diabase  of 108 

.Ashbedsof 98 

,  Augitc-syenite  of 100,111,114 

,  Basic  rocks  of 97,101 


Page. 
Keweenaw  Series,  Chronologic  relation  of 

eruptive  rocks  of 100, 128 

,  Classification  of  basic  rocks  of 102 

,  Coarse  gabbros  of 122, 124 

.Comparison  of  basic  eruptivos  of, 

with  those  of  the  Huronian 172 

.Composition  of . 97 

,  Conglomerates  of 98 

.Contact  of,  with  western  sandstone 

in  Douglas  County,  "Wis 150 

,  Copper  deposits  of 180 

,  Cupriferous  araygdaloids  of 181 

conglomerates  of 180 

veins  of 183 

.Detrital  rocks  of 97,114 

.Diabase  of 97 

,  Diabase-porphyrite  of,  described 108 

,  Different  views  as  to  the  relations  of, 

to  eastern  sandstone 152 

,  Dikes  of 100, 124 

,  Distribution  of  upper  division  of. ...          132 

,  Duluth  group  of 134 

.Effect  on  topography  of  basic  rocks  of         123 

,  Extent  and  general  nature  of 95 

.Felsitesof 100,111,113 

,  Fluidal  texture  in  amy  gdaloids  of  . .         118 

,  Formation  of  coarse  gabbros  of 125 

.Gabbroof. 102,104 

,  General  stratigraphy  of 132 

,  Geologic  position  of '. 173 

.Granite  of 100,111,114 

,  Granitellof 111,114 

,  Granitic  porphyry  of 100,  111,  114 

,  Hornblende-gabbro  of 105 

in  Canada 95 

,  Indications  of  flowage  in  acid  rocks  of         126 

, basic  rocks  of 120 

in  Michigan 95 

Minnesota 95 

theNipigon  Basin 96 

,  Intrusive  augite-syenite  of 125 

,  —  granite  of 125 

in  Wisconsin 95 

,  Lateral  extent  of  basic  flows  of 121 

,  Lava  flows  of 97,100 

,Lithologyof 101 

,  Olivine-diabase  of 102,107 

,  Olivine-free  diabase  of 106 

,  Olivine-gabbro  of 102 

,  Olivinitic  diabase  or  melaphyr 107 

on  the  north  and  east  coasts  of  Lake 

Superior 140 

south  shore  of  Lake  Superior  . .          139 

,  Original  acid  rocks  of .     99,  111 

.Origin  of  acid  rocks  of 130 

, basic  rocks  of 120 

, coarse  gabbro  of 125 

, detrital  rocks  of 100 

,  Orthoclase-f ree  diabase  of 102 

,  Orthoclase-gabbro  of 104 

,  Proof   of  contemporaneousness    of 

basic  rocks  of 121 

,  Pseudamygdaloids  of 106, 116 

,  Quartziferous  porphyry  of 99,  111,  113 


558 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Keweenaw  Series,  Quartzless  porhyry  of.  Ill 

.Relations     of,     to     the     Animikie 

group 135, 157, 163 

, , associated  formations 1 47 

, , eastern  sandstone 147 

—  , , Iluronian . 171 

, , newer  formations 147 

,  Sandstones  of 98 

,  Source  of  basic  rocks  of 124 

, detrital  material  of 99 

,  Stratiform  amygdaloids  of 118 

,  Stratigraphy  of  lower  division  of. . .  133 

,  Structural  features  of  detrital  rocks 

of 131 

, three  classes  of  rocks  of 116 

—  —.  —  relations  of,  to  the  Huronian  in 

Nipigon  Basin 173 

,  Summary  view  of  original  rocks  of. .  114 

,  Superposition  of,  on  the  Animikie 

•lates  on  Thunder  Bay 159 

,  Thickness  of  beds  of  basic  rocks  of..  122 

, lower  division  of 136 

, . upper  division  of 132 

,  Topographic  effect  of  basic  rocks  of.  123 

,  Two  divisions  of 132 

,  Warped  bedding  of  lava  flows  of  .   .  ]20 

King,  Clarence,  Administrative  report  of.  3 

cited  in  respect  to  terminal  moraine .  346 

,  "Work  under  direction  of xvii 

King,  F.  H.,  cited , 357, 387,  398, 400 

Kinnicut,  Robert,  cited 265 

Knife  River,  Minnesota 116 

Kutorgina  minutissima 258,  259 

—  wJiitfiddi 258 

Laboratory  facilities  afforded  by  National 

Museum  and  American  Museum  of  Nat- 

ural  History xvii 

Lac  La  Belle,  Michigan 105,150 

Lacustrine  deposits  associated  with  ter- 
minal moraine 298,  321,  329,  350 

Labontan,  Lake.    (See  Lake  Lahonton.) 

,  Lakebedsof 222 

Lake  Bonneville,  Extent  of 202 

—  Erie  glacier,  Western 330 

—  Lahontan,  Bars  and  embankments  built 

by 210 

,  Chemical  deposits  of 211 

,  Curve  exhibiting  the  rise  and  fall  of.  221 

,  Dendritic  tufa  deposited  by 214 

,  Desiccated  bed  of 203 

,  Desiccation  products  of 224 

,  Extent  of 202 

,  Fluctuations  of 205 

,  Hydrographic  basin  of 204 

,  Investigations  relating  to xvi 

.Lake-beds  of 204,222 

,  Lithoid  tufa  deposited  by 212 

,  Many  questions  yet  to  bo  asked  of. .  230 

,  Outlet  of  not  found  205 

,  Oro graphic  movements  since  epoch 

of 232 

,  Preliminary  map  of 204 

,  Profile  of  the  shore  of 209 

,  Quaternary  climatic  oscillations  re- 
corded by 195,230 


Tape. 
Lake  Lahontan,  Salt  works  in  basin  of. . .         225 

,  Sections  of  strata  in 222 

,  Sedimentary  deposits  in 221 

,  Shore  topography  of 204,208 

,  Ske  tch  of  the  geologic  history  of  . .          195 

,  Terraces  carved  by 205,  208 

,  Thinolitic  tufa  deposited  by 213 

,  Tufa  deposits  of 212 

, ,  Analyses  of  the 216 

, ,  Succession  of  the 215 

, ;  what  they  teach 220 

,  Towers  and  domes  built  by 216 

—  Michigan  glacier 322 

—  Superior  Basin,  Structure  of 174 

,  Eastern  sandstone  of 136 

glacier 382 

synclinal 174 

Lakes,  Fossil,  discovered  and  explored  in 

Nevada,  California,  and  Oregon 195,  201 

— ,  Playa 198 

— ,  Quaternary,  of  Great  Basin,  Study  of.         xvi 

—  that  overflowed  into  Lake  Lahontan 

Basin 204 

— ,  The  modern,  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin.         203 

— , , are  not  remnants  of  the 

ancient  lake 229 

— ,  The  smaller  fossil,  of  the  Great  Basin.          234 

—  with  and  without  outlet,  Nature  of 211 

Lamb  Island  light,  Cana-la  129 

Laopteryx 49 

Lapham,  Dr.  I.  A.,  referred  to 175 

Latiadalltt 451 

Laurentian,  Confused  application  of  the 

term,   to  rocks  of  the  Lake  Superior 

region 156 

Lava  flows  of  Minnesota  coast,  Warped 

bedding  of 120 

Lea,  Dr.  Isaac,  describes  fossil  Uniones  ..         478 

Legs  and  feet  of  Hcsperornis 62 

Ichthyornis 77 

Letter  of  transmittal  of  Director's  report.  v 

Lenticular  hills 306,  318 

Leptcena  sericea 202 

Lester"  River,  Minn 142,145 

group  of  Keweenaw  Series  134 

Lewis,  H.C.,  cited 302,341,346 

Library,  Need  of  a  technical  working xvii 

Limncea  (Acella)  haldcmani 445 

—  ?  compactilis 445 

—  (Limnopfiysa)  nitidula •* . .          445 

—  meckii 446 

—  minuscula 446 

—  (Polyrhytis)  kingii 446 

—  shumardi 446 

—  simihs 445 

—  retusta 445 

Limnseidro 444 

Linear  topography 321,  353,  361,  364 

Lingula  manticula 258,  259, 261 

Lingulepis  mccra 258,  259,  L'61 

—  mmutct 258,259,261 

Lioplacodes  •veternus 46G 

List  of  illustrations xi 

.species 472 

Lithasia  antiqua 465 


559 


Page. 

Lithoid  tufa  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin  ....  212 

Locomotion  of  Besperornis 67 

Logan,  Sir  "W.,  on  the  Animikie  group 160 

— , ,  referred  to 153, 156, 159, 160, 169, 171 

— ,  W.E.,  cited 343 

Lone  Mountain  ^limestone 262 

Lower  Coal-measure  limestone  of  Eureka 

District 268 

—  copper-bearing  group 124 

—  division  of  Keweenaw  Series,  Stratig- 

raphy of 133 

,  Thickness  of  ../. 136 

Macfarlane,  James,  cited 355 

Mac  Farlaue,  T. ,  referred  to 137, 138, 162 

McKay's  Mountain,  Canada... :..  159 

McKinlay,  R.,  AVork  done  by,  on  South 

Copper  Range  of  Michigan 152 

Macrocyclis  spatiosa 452 

Macrodon  tefiuistriata 270 

Mahogany  Hills 250 

Main  Trap  Range  of  Michigan 130, 147, 177 

Mamainse,  Canada,  Keweenawan  rocks  of.  124 
,  Thickness  of  Keweenawan  rocks  of.  1 38 

—  peninsula,  Lake  Superior 124, 137, 178 

Mammillary  hills 306 

Manitou  Island,  Lake  Superior 177 

—  River,  Minn 144 

Map  of  northern  and  central  Nevada xvi 

the  Colorado  Plateau  region xv 

Ten  Mile  Mining  District,  Colo  . .  xvi 

— ,  Preliminary,  of  Lake  Lahontan 204 

Margaritana  nebrascensis 427 

Marsh,  Prof.  O.  C.,  Birds  with  Teeth,  by. .  45 

Marvine,  A.  R.,  referred  to 115, 139, 178 

Mather,  W.  W.}  cited 380 

Maumee  glacier 330 

Maxon,  Rev.  Dr 371 

Meek,  F.  B.,  cited 256,  259,  265 

Melampus  ?  antiqmts 444 

Melania  claibornensis 460 

—  decursa 479 

—  insculpta 460 

—  sculptilis 461 

—  subsculplilis *  461 

—  taylori 461 

—  wyomingensis 460 

Nelaniidce 459 

Melanopsis  americana 461 

Melaphyr  of  Keweenaw  Series  described-  107 

Mesabi  Range,  Minn.,  Animikie  group  at.  161 

,  Drift  relations  of 384 

,  Magnetitic  rocks  of 162 

Mica  in  andesi  tic  pearlites 282 

Michipicoten  Island,  Lake  Superior.  .109, 114, 130, 

137,  141,  171,  177 

, ,   Thickness   of   Kewcenawan 

rocks  of 137 

Micropyrgus  minutulus 465 

Mineral  Point,  Quartz  porphyry  of 273 

Mincralogic  differences  between   augite- 

andesite  and  basalt 284 

Minnesota  Coast,  Agate  Bay  beds  of..  116, 145,  187 

,  Beaver  Bay  group  of .  145 

,  Copper  on 187 

,  Dips  and  trends  of  rocks  of 141 


Page. 

Minnesota  Coast,  Duluth  group  of 145 

,  Great  Palisades  of 105, 113, 1 20 

,  Identity  of  rocks  of,  with  those  of 

Keweonaw  Point 142 

,  Keweenawan  rocks  of 140 

,  Lester  River  group  of 145 

,  Stratigraphy  of  Keweenawan  rocks 

of 144 

,  Temperance  River  group  of 146 

,  Thickness  of  Keweenawan  rocks  uf .  1 37 

—  mine,  M ich 181 

—  valley  glacier 388 

Mission  Creek,  Minn  141 

Missouri  Coteau. 394 

,  Moraines  of 396 

Mode  of  occurrence  of  volcanic  rocks  in 

Eureka  District 280 

Modern  lakes  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin 203 

Mohawk  moraine 360 

Monographs  by  chief  assistants  nearly 

completed x  v 

Montreal  River,  Wis 117,  119,131,  136,155, 

175, 180, 187 
Moraine,  Altamont 378, 388, 393 

—  of  the  Chippewa  valley  glacier 381 

coast  region 380 

Dakota  valley  glacier 393 

Finger  Lake  region    353 

Genesee  glacier 351 

Grand  River  glacier 341 

Traverse  glacier 326 

Green  Bay  glacier 314 

Hudson  Valley  glacier 366 

Lake  Erie  glacier,  "Western 330 

Michigan  glacier 322 

Superior  glacier,  Western 382 

Maumeo  glacier 330 

Minnesota  valley  glacier 388 

Missouri  Coteau 396 

Mohawk  glacier 360 

Saginaw  glacier 327 

Scioto  glacier 338 

— ,  Terminal,  of  the  second  glacial  epoch, 

by  T.  C.  Chamberlin 291 

Moraines  defined  and  classified 301 

— ,  General  distribution  of 313 

— ,  Intermediate  or  interlobate,  defined  ..  301,313 

,  described    315,  323,  328,  330,  339,  341,  351, 

373,  380,  382,  384,397 

—.Kettle,  defined 310 

—.Lateral 301,352,354 

— ,  Medial 301 

— ,  Modifications  of,  in  ridged  regions 344 

— .Paperon 291 

— .  Peripheral,  defined 302 

— ,  — ,  cited 336,384,400 

— ,  Relations  of,  to  the  margin  of  the  drift .         314 

— ,  Terminal,  defined 302 

— ,  — ,  described 310 

— t  — t  of  the  second  glacial  epoch 310, 402 

_,  — ,  Possible  course  of,  beyond  present 

explorations 401 

Morainic  loops 313 

,  Special  descriptions  of 314 

—  spurs  in  western  New  York 348 


560 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Morton.Dr.  S.  G.,  describes  fossil  TTniones.  478 

Mount  Houghton,  Keweenaw  Point,  Mich .  114 

, ,  — ,  Felaiteof 130 

Murray,  Alexander,  on  the  Huronian  of 

Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Superior 163, 169, 171 

Myalina  subquadrata 270 

Mytilidce 423 

Naiadites  carbonaria 425 

—  dongata 425 

—  leevis 425 

National  Museum,  Continued  courtesies 

of  the xvii 

Neritidaj 457 

Neritina  bannisteri 458 

—  bruneri 459 

—  naticiformis 458 

—  nebrascensis 457 

—  (Velatella)  baptista 458 

bellatula 458 

carditoides 458 

volvilineata 458 

Nevada  limestone 264 

— ,  Map  of  northern  and  central xvi 

— ,  Niagara,  limestone  in 263 

— ,  "Workin xvi 

New  investigations xv 

Newberry,  Dr.  J.  S.,  cited 331,  336,  339,  343 

Newman,  G.  Olivio,  Services  performed 

by 243 

Niagara  limestone  in  Nevada 263 

Nipigon  Bay,  Canada 126, 177 

,  Thickness  of  Keweenawan  rocks 

of 137 

—  Straits,  Canada 129 

Nonesuch  belt,  Mich 180 

—  cupriferous  sandstone 185 

—  silver-bearing  sandstone 139 

North  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  Distribu- 
tion of  Keweenawan  rocks 

on 143 

,  Distribution  of  rocks  on  ...  141 

,  Great  exposures  on 140 

,  Keweenawan  rocks  on 140 

,  Scenic  characteristics  of 140 

Norwood,  Dr.  J.  G.,  cited 385 

— , ,  on  the  geology  of  the  Min- 
nesota coastof  Lake  Superior.  118,  121, 124, 143, 

158,  164 

Numakagan  Lake,  Wisconsin 134, 165, 175 

Oboletta  discoidea 259,261 

OdontolccB 50,86 

Odontornithes,  Geologic  horizon  of 50 

Odontotormce 50,  69,  86 

Office  of  the  Survey,  Location  of  the xvii 

—  work,  Synopsis  of xv 

Ogyffia  problematica 258 

—  spinosa 258 

Old  Suffolk  mine,  Keweenaw  Point 113 

Oldest  known  birds 49 

Olenellus  abnormig 256 

—  barrandi  256 

—  iddingri 256 

—  thompsoni 257 

—  vermontana 257 

-shales 256,257 


Page. 
Oli vine  -  diabase    of    Kewienaw    Series 

described 102,107 

Olivine-free  diabase  of  Keweenaw  Series 

described 106 

Olivine  -  gabbro    of    Keweenaw     Series 

described 102 

Olivino  in  basalt 285,286 

— ,  Relation  of,  to  silica  in  basalt 286 

Ontouagon  River,  Mich 130, 134, 136, 151 

Oquirrh  Range,  Age  of 256 

Ore  deposits  of  Eureka  District,  Study  of        xvi 

Origin  of  birds 86 

peculiar  features  of  Hesperornis 65 

vertebral  forms 79 

Original  rocks  of  Keweenaw  Series,  Sum- 
mary view  of 114 

Orographic  movements,  Post-Lahoiitan  . .  232 

probably  in  progress  in  the  Great 

Basin *232 

Orthis  eurekensis 258 

—  macfarleni 265 

—  pecosi  270 

—  perveta 261 

—  testudinaria 261 

—  tricenaria 261 

—  tulliensis 266 

Orthoclase-free    diabase    of     Keweenaw 

Series  described 102 

Orthoclase-gabbro  of  Keweeuaw  Scries 

described 104 

Orton.E.,  cited 339,340 

Osars 299 

Ostrea  glabra 421 

—  subtrigonalis 421 

Ostreida? 420 

Owen,  D.D.,  referred  to 147,174 

Paleozoic  formations  in  the  Eureka  Dis- 
trict    248 

Palisade  Creek,  Minn 126 

Papers     accompanying    the      Director's 

report 43 

Paracydas  occidentalis 266 

Pelvic  arch  of  Hesperornis CO 

Ichthyornis 75 

Penokee  Huronian,  Similarity  of,  to  Ani- 

mikie  group 158 

—  Iron  Range,  Wis 165 

Petit  Marais,  Minn 143 

PhUlipsia  (sp.  ?) 269 

Physa  bridgerensis 450 

—  carletoni 449 

—  copei 450 

— felix 450 

—  pleromatis 450 

—  secalina 450 

Physidso 449 

Pic  River,  Canada 177 

Pigeon  Point,  Minn.,  Animikie  rocks  of..  141, 158 
.Dikesof 158 

—  River,  Minn 117,126,130,137 

Pifion  Range,  Devonian  limestone  of 267 

Pinto  fault 289 

,  Volcanic  rocks  of 280 

—  Peak,  Altitude  of 246 

,  Rhyoliteof 279,282 


INDEX. 


5G1 


Page. 

Pisidiidao 440 

Pisidium  saginatum 440 

Plains  marginal  to  moraiuo.  .  .303, 321, 324, 329,  340, 

355,  378 

Planorbis  cequalis 448 

—  ( Bathyomphalus)  amplexus 447 

kanabensis 447 

planoconvexus 447 

—  drratus 448 

—  convolutus 447 

—  (Gyraulus)  militaris 447 

—  leidyi 448 

—  lunata 448 

—  ncbrascensis 448 

—  utahensis 447 

van  spectabilis 447 

—  veternus 446 

-Bvetustus '. 448 

Plant  impressions  in  White  Pino  shalo. . .  266 

Playalakos 198 

(Plcurolvmnced)  tenuicostata 445 

Pleurotomaria  sp.  ? 270 

Pogonip  limestone 2CO 

Pointe  aux  Minos,  Lake  Superior 177 

Pokegoma  Falls,  Minn 161 

,  — ,  Animikio  Group  at 161 

,  — ,  Maguetitie  quartzite  of  162 

Polypora  sp.  ? 270 

Poplar  River,  Minn   126,144 

— ,  — ,  Felsitic  porphyries  of 144 

Porcupine  Mountains,  Mich 93, 1 80 

,  — ,  Faults  in 179 

,  _  Felsiteof 114,139 

,  — ,  Relation  of  the,  to  Koweenawau 

synclinal 175, 186 

,  — ,  Structure  of 130,139 

•  — ,  — ,  Topography  of 123 

Portage  Lake,  Mich    121, 123, 150, 151, 180, 181 

Post-Lahontan  orographic  movements 232, 233 

Potato  River,  Wis 131 

Potsdam    sandstone   of   the   Mississippi 

Valley 156 

Power  of  flight  of  birds 87 

Preliminary  paper  on  the  terminal  mo- 
raine, by  Prof.  T.  C.  Chamberlin 291 

Productus  hallianus 266 

—  prattenianus 269 

—  punctatus 270 

—  semircticulatus 268 

—  shtimardianus 266 

—  subaculeatus 266 

Profile  of  terrace  and  sea  cliff  (Fig.  45)  ...  206 

-  the  Lahontan  lithoid  terrace  (Fig.  47)  209 

Prospect  Mountain  limestone 254 

quartzite 254 

,  Rhyolito  dikes  of 282 

—  Peak,  Altitude  of '. 246 

—  Ridge 248 

Protospongia  fencstrata 258 

Prygvlifcra  humerosa 460 

Pseudamygdaloids  of  Keweenaw  Series 

described 116 

Psllophyton  iu  "White  Pine  shale 267 

Ptilodictya  carbonaria 270 

—  serrata <•• ......  270 

36  a 


Page. 

Ptychas2)is  minuta 259 

Publications,  Exchange  of,  provided  for          xv 

bylaw xvii 

— ,  Preparation  of 

Pumpelly,  ft.,  referred  to. 115, 117, 129, 151, 153, 178, 

181, 184 
— ,  Studies  of  the  copper-bearing  rocks 

of  Lake  Superior  by 93,106,  111 

Pupa  arenula ...          456 

—  atavuncula 456 

—  bigsbyi 456 

—  incolata 456 

—  vermillionensis 456 

—  vetuata 456 

Pupida3 455 

Quartz  in  basalt 280 

Quartz-porphyry,  Age  of 274 

,  Eureka  District..."..  273 

of  Keweenaw  Series 113 

Quartzless-porphyries  of  Kcweenaw  Series 

described 112 

Quaternary  climate   recorded   by   Lake 

Lahontan 230 

—  formations,  Classification  of 295 

—  lakes  of  the  Great  Basin,  Study  of  the.         xvi 

Raer 299 

Rainfall  a  potent  factor  in  any  region 199 

—  of  t h e  Great  Basin 1 96, 1 99 

Rainy  Lake,  Crystalline  schists  of 169 

Read,  M.C.,  cited 341,342 

Read,  Thomas  J.,  Aid  rendered  by 243 

Receptaculites  mammillaris .         261 

Reconnaissance,  A  geologic,  in  Nevada, 

California,  and  Oregon 195 

Relative  age  of  augite  -  andesito  and 

basalt  284 

rhyolite 284 

dacite  and  rhy olito 283 

rhyolite  and  basalt 284 

volcanic  rocks  of  Eureka  District.  281,284 

Remains  of  birds  rare 49 

Report,  Administrative,  of  Clarence  King  3 

— ,  — ,  —  Arnold  Hague 10 

— ,  — ,  —G.K.Gilbert 14 

— ,  — ,  -  T.C.  Chamberlin 17 

— ,  — ,  —  S.F.Emmons 22 

— ,  — ,  —G.F.Becker 24 

_,  _,  _L.F.Ward 26 

— ,  — ,  —  J.  Howard  Gore 30 

— ,  — ,  —  Gilbert  Thompson 32 

Report  of  the  Director xv 

Reptiles,  Birds  related  to 51 

Reptilian  ancestry  of  Hesperurnis 66 

—  features  of  Ichthyornis  79 

Rescue  Canon,  Rhyolite  of 279,  282 

—  Hill,  Devonian  of 265 

Restoration  of  Hespcrornis 64 

Ichthyornis 77 

Ketzia  mormoni 270 

Review  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca 

of  North  America  by  Dr.  C.  A.  White. .  403,  550 
Rhynchonella  castcmca 265,  266 

—  eurekensis 269 

Rhyolite,  Eureka  District 277, 279, 281, 284, 289 

— ,  — — ,  Distribution  of 282 


562 


INDEX. 


444 
59 


Page. 

Rhyolite-pumice 277,284 

Rhytophorus  meekii 444 

—  priscu* 

Ribs  of  Hespfrornis 

Richmond  Mine,  Cambrian  fossils  inlime- 

stoneof 258 

—  Mount,  Altitudeof 246 

,  Augite-andesito  of 278,  282 

Rickard,  R. ,  Aid  rendered  by 243 

Rise  and  fall  of  Lake  Lahontan,  Curre  ex- 
hibiting the  (Fig.  51) 221 

Riseoidse 465 

Roberts  Teak  Mountains,  Devonian  lime- 
stone of 267 

Romiuger,  Carl,  cited 329 

,  referred  to 147,148 

Ruby  Hill,  Magnesiau  limestone  of 255 

.Mines  of 247 

,  Prospect  Mountain,  quartzite  of 254 

,  Rhyoliteof 282 

Russell,  I.  C.,  Sketch  of  the  geologic  his- 
tory of  Lake  Lahoutan,  by 195 

— , ,  Work  of xvi 

Saganaga  Lake,  Crystalline  schists  of. ...          169 

Sapinaw  glacier 327 

Saint  Croix  River,  Wis 174,177 

- ,  Kewe«-nawan  rocks  of.  .123, 133, 137. 156 

Valley,  Wis 187 

,  — ,  Copper  in 187 

—  Ignace  Island,  Lake  Superior 126, 176 

—  John's  ridge 332,338 

—  Louis  Rirer.Minn 105, 137, 141, 144, 

162, 175 

,  — ,  Animikie  group  on 162 

— ,—,  Coarse  gab  bro  of 142,144 

,  — ,  Gabbro  dikrs  in  slate  of 162 

,  — ,  Red  porphyries  of 144 

,  — ,  Relations  of  Keweenawan  and 

Huronian  rocks  on 142 

,— .Slates  of 137,141,175 

—  Mary'sridge 336 

River,  Minn 103 

Saline  deposits  of  Lake  Lahontan 224,  230 

Salinity  of  Great  Salt  Lake 212 

theDeadSea 212 

Salisbury,  R.  I).,  cited 350, 357, 360,  375 

Salt-works  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin 225,  228 

Salts  in  Lake  Lahoutau  Basin 224,  230 

Sand  Spring  Salt  Works 227 

Sandstones  of  Keweenasv  Series 98 

Sault  Ste.  Marie 140,176 

Scapular  arch  of  Hesperornis  57 

Ichthyornis 73 

Sccnrlla  conica 257 

Schell  Creek  Range,  Pogonip  limestone  of.         261 

Schizodiis  cuneatus 269 

Scioto  glacier 338 

Secret  Cafion  shale 255 

Section,  Generalized,  of  bank  of  Truckeo 

River  near  Indian  Agency  ...         223 
— ,  — ,  —  a  tufa  dome  of  Lake  Lahontan 

Basin  (Fig.  50) 219 

— ,  Ideal, 'illustrating  canons  of  Coraon 

River  (Fig.  53) 224 

— ,  — ,  of  a  spring  deposit  (Fig.  49)  , , .         219 


Page. 
Section,  Ideal,  of  Basin  Range  Structure 

(Fig.  44) 202 

—  illustrating  the  relations  of  the  Lahon- 

tan tufas  (Fig.  48) 216 

—  of  Quaternary  strata  at  Mill  City,  Nov. 

(Fig.  52) 222 

reservoir  and  vats    ar   Eagle  Salt 

Works,  Nev.  (Fi-.  54) 227 

Sedimentary  deposits  in  Lake  Lahontan .  221, 224 

Selwyn;  A.  R.  C. ,  referred  to 124 

Shells  of  fresh-water  gasteropods  in  Lake 

Lahontan  deposits 213,221,223 

Shore  currents,  W  ork  of . 207 

—  drift,  Nature  of 207 

embankments,   Ideal  plat  illustrating 

(Fig.  46) 207 

,  T  he  formation  of 206 

SierraCanon,  Dacite  of WB 

Silica  in  augite-andesite,  Percentage  of  . .  287 

Silurian  rocks,  Eureka  District 260 

Silver  Creek,  Minn 110 

—  Islet  Landing,  Canada 160 

Mine,  Canada 161 

—  Mountain,  Mich 139 

Silverado  and  County  Peak  group 250 

Size  of  Hesperornis 65 

Sketch  of  the  geologic  history  of  Lake 

Lahontan,  by  I.  C.  Russell 189 

Skull  of  Ichthyornis 70 

Smock,  J.  C.,  cited 302,  345,  346,  369,  377 

Snake  River,  Minn 187 

Soils  near  Denver  studied xvi 

South  copper  range,  Mich 122, 147, 152, 155 

—  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  Keweenawan 

rocksof 139 

,  Scenic  characteristics  of  ...  140 

Sphcerium  formosum 439 

—  idahoense 440 

—  planum 439 

—  recticardinale 439 

—  rugosum 440 

—  subellipticum 439 

Spirifera  camerata 269 

—  maid    ^    266 

—  pinonensis 266 

—  subumbona 266 

Split  Rock  Rivor,  Minn I0r»,  116, 143, 145, 177 

Spring  deposit,  Ideal  section  of  a  ( Fig.  49)  219 

—  Hill,  Carboniferous  fauna  of 269 

Spurious  and  doubtful  species 

Stannard's  Rock,  Lake  Superior    .113, 139, 177, 179 

,  Quartzloss  porphyry  of 139 

Stenotheca  elongate, 258 

Stevenson,  J.J.,  cited 343 

Stratiform    amygdaloids    of    Koweeuaw 

Series  described 118 

Mrcptorhynchus  chemunjensis  266 

—  crenutria 269 

Striation,  Glacial,  in  Dakota 399 

— ,  — ,    -  Finger  Luke  i\v  !an 358 

—  — ,  —  Grand  Rivn-ivgion 342 

— ,  — ,  —  Green  Bay  region 318 

— ,  — ,  — Hudson  (western)  region 374 

— ,  — ,  —  Lake  Michigan  region 325 

— f  — , Superior  region 387 


INDEX. 


563 


Page. 

Sttiation,  Glacial,  in  Maumeo  region. 333 

-  ,  — ,  —  Minnesota  Valley 392 

— ,  — ,  —  Mohawk  Valley 3C3 

— ,  — ,  —  Scioto  region 340 

Stromatopura  (sp.  ?) 260 

Strong,  Moses,  cited 387 

— ,  — ,   on   the  copper-bearing  rocks   of 

Lake  Superior 93,174,175 

Strophites  grandceva 455 

Strophodonta  perplana 266 

Structural   differences    between    augite- 

andesite  and  basalt 285 

in  granite-porphyry 275 

Styliola  fissurella 266 

Subaqueous  till.  .297,  324,  329, 331,  336.  351,  355,  360, 
362,  383,  386, 392 

Sub-glacial  till 296,321 

fyiccinea  ( Brachyspira)  papillispira 457 

Snccinidse 457 

Superglacial  till 297 

Sweet,  E.T.,  cited 381 

on  the   copper-bearing  rocks  of 

Lake  Superior 93, 139, 174, 175 

Synclinal  of  Lake  Superior. 174 

between  Isle  Koyale  and  Ke- 

weenaw  Point 174 

in  northern  "Wisconsin 174 

Synopsis  of  field  and  office  work xv 

Syrinrjopora  perelegans 266 

Tail  of  Hcsperornis 61 

Ichthyornis 76 

Taylor,  F.  W.,  Chemical  analyses  of  brines 

by 226 

Teeth,  Birdswith 45 

—  of  Hesperornis 52 

Ichthyornis 71 

Tellimanya  contracta 261 

Temperance  River  group  of  Keweenaw 

Scries 187 

,  Minn „ 105,143 

Ten  Mile  Mining  district,  Colorado,  In- 
vestigations in xvi 

,  — ,  Topographic  map  of xvi 

Terminal  moraine,  Paper  on 291 

Terrace  and  sea  cliff,  Profile  of  a  ( Fig.  45) .  206 
— ,  Profile  of  the  Lahontan  Lithoid  (Fig. 

47) 209 

Terraces 303,  349,  351 

—  and  embankments,  The  formation  of. .  206 

—  cut  by  Lake  Lahontan 208 

;  what  they  teach 229 

—  on  the  coast  of  Australia 207 

Tertiary  and  post-Tertiary  volcanic  rocks 

of  Eureka  District 277 

Thaumastus  limnceiformis 454 

Thickness  of  paleozoic  rocks  of  Eureka 

District 253 

Kanab  Cafion 272 

Wahsatch  Range 271 

Thinolite  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin 213 

Thinolitic  tufa  in  Lake  Lahontan  Basin . .  213 
Thompson,    Gilbert,   Administrative    re- 
port of 32 

1  Geodetic  and  topographic  work  of. .  xv 

Thompson,  Minn.,  Animikie  slates  at 142 


Page. 

Thunder  Bay,  Canada,  Rocks  of 135, 141, 158 

,  — ,  Sandstone  of 35 

,  Lake  Superior,  Dikes  of. 158 

region,  Coarse  gabbro  of 144 

—  Cape,  Lake  Superior 159 

Till  classified 296 

— ,  Subaqueous,  berg  or  floe.  .297, 324,  329,  331, 336, 

351,  355,  360, 362,  383,  386,  392 

— ,  Subglacial 296,321 

— ,  Suporglacial,  englacial,  or  upper 297 

Todd,  J.E.,  cited 395,397,400 

Topographic  relations  of  the  Grand  River 

moraine - .         342 

Green  Bay  moraine  316 

Lake  Michigan  moraine  ... 323 

Maumee  moraine 333 

Minnesota  moraine 389 

Saginaw  moraine 329 

Scioto  moraine 339 

—  types,  Asar 307 

,  Beach 308 

classified 304 

,  Drainage-erosion 305 

,  Dune 308 

,  Fluviatile  309 

,  Glacio-erosion 305 

,  Kame 307 

,  Lacustrine 308, 321,  329, 350 

.Lenticular    306,318,321 

,  Linear 306, 318,  321, 353, 361, 364 

,  Mammillary  306,321 

,  Marine 308 

,  Morainic 307 

,  Orographic 305 

,  Till 306 

Topography  of  eastern  Dakota 393 

shores 304 

Torch  Lake,  Keweenaw  Point 149, 151 

Torrell,  Otto,  cited 297 

Towers  and  domes  of  tufa  built  by  Lake 

Lahontan 216 

Trains  of  bowlders 320 

Treasure  Bill,  Devonian  limestone  of . . . .         267 
Trenton  limestone  in  the  northern  penin- 
sula of  Michigan 148 

—  species  in  the  Lone  Mountain  limestone.         262 

—  Pogonip 261 

Tridymite  in  augite^-andesite 278 

Trinuclcus  concentricu* 262 

Tucubit  Mountains,  Devonian  fishes  of . .         265 

,  —  limestone  of 267 

Tufa  deposits  of  hot  springs   219 

Lake  Lahontan 212 

,  Section  illustrating  the  re- 
lations of  the  (Fig.  48)  ...          216 
;  what  they  teach 220,229 

—  from  Lake  Lahontau  Basin,  Analyses 

of 216 

— ,  Physical  conditions  favorable  to  fonna- 

tionof 218 

—  towers  and  domes  built  by  Lake  La- 

hontan           216 

Tulotoma  thompsoni ». . .         467 

Two  Islands  River,  Minn 143 

Tyler's  Fork,  Wis 114 


564 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Unconformity  at  top  of  Eureka  quartzite .  262, 267 

TTnio  clavus 431 

—  aldrichi  433 

—  bettiplicatus 430 

—  brachyopisthus 433 

—  clinopisthus 434 

—  coucsii 432 

—  cristonensis      425 

—  cryptorhynchus 431 

—  dcweyanus — 431 

—  endlichi 432 

—  goinonotus 433 

—  goniambonatus 433 

—  haydeni 435 

—  holmesianus 433 

—  hubbardi 427 

—  mendax 433 

—  mucalis 426 

—  penultimus 427 

—  primcevus *. 432 

—  priscug 432 

—  proavitug 433 

—  propheticus 433 

—  senectus 432 

—  shoshonensis 435 

—  stewardi 426 

—  subspatulatus 431 

—  tellionoides 435 

—  retustus 430 

—  waahakiensis 435 

Unonidso 424 

Upham,  Warren,  cited 302, 346, 377, 378,  380, 

383,384,387,388,392,39 
Upper  Coal-measure  limestone  of  Eureka 

District 270 

—  division  of  the  Keweenaw  Seiies 131 

Valley  drift 302,  321, 350,  352,  355,  357,  360,  382 

Valleys  of  the  Great  Basin  occupied  by 

Quaternary  lakes 234 

Valvata  1  montanaenaia 470 

—  ?  nan  a 470 

—  fscabrida 470 

—  ?  subumbUicata 470 

Valvatida)     470 

Vanuxem,  Larned,  cited 352, 357,  364 

Vermillion  Lake.Minn.. Crystalline  schists 

of.... 162,169 

Vermont,  Georgia  slates  of.  .-> 257 

Vertebra?  of  Hesperornis 57 

Ichthyomis 73 

Vertebral  forms,  Origin  of 79 

Vitrina  obliqua 452 

Vitrinida)  452 

Viviparidjc  466 

Viviparus  conradi 467 

—  coutsii 467 

—  fjiUianus 466 

—  leai 467 

—  leidyi  var.  formosa, 467 

—  paludlneaformis 468 

—  panguitchensis 467 

—  pccnliaris 467 

—  plicapressug 407 

—  prudentius 467 

—  retusus 467 


Page. 

Viviparus  reynoldsianus 407 

—  trochiformis 467 

—  wyomingensis 4C8 

Volcanic  rocks  of  Eureka  District,  Agoof.          277 

Volsella  (Brachydontes)  laticostata 423 

regularis 423 

Wadsworth,  M.  E.,  on  the  relation  of  east- 
ern sandstone  of  Lake  Superior 

to  the  Keweenaw  Series 1 54 

— , ,  referred  to 150, 153, 154 

Wahhatch  Range,  Paleozoic  section  of    . .          271 

Walcott,  Charles  D.,  cited 257,  2C5,  269,  272 

— , ,  on  Devonian  fishes  in  Kanab  Canon         265 

— , ,  Paleontology  of  the  Eureka  Dis- 
trict, by 242 

Ward,  L.  F.,  Administrative  report  of. . .  26 

,  Paleontologic  work  of xvi 

Wave  action  on  shores 200 

Weber  conglomerate  of  Eureka  District.         270 
Western  sandstone  at  Fond  du  Lac,  Minn  141 

of  Lake  Superior 155 

,  Contact  of,  with  Kowoenaw 

Series  in  Douglas  Co.,  Wis.         156 

,  Equivalency  of  the,  with  the 

eastern  sandstone 1 56 

,  Relation  of  the,  to  the  Ko- 

weenaw  Series 155 

, , Mississippi  Pots- 
dam           156 

White,  Dr.  C.  A.,  cited 259,269 

in  respect  to  terminal  mo- 
raine   389,392 

,  Collection  of  invertebrate  fos- 
sils by xvi 

.  Review  of  the  non-marine  fos- 
sil mollusca  of  North  Amer- 
ica by 403 

—  I.C.,  cited 343,372,373 

White  Cloud  Peak,  Altitude  of 246 

—  Pine  shale 266 

Whitfield,  R.  P.,  cited 269 

Whittlesey,  C.,  cited 316,  336, 339,  384 

Wirhraan,  A.,  on  the  microscopic  charac- 
ters of  the  Menomince  Hurunian  167 

Williams,  J.  S.,  cited 333 

— ,  Prof.  II.  S.,  cited -. 3:>9 

— ,  Pro  I'. ,  aid  rendered  by 371 

Wilson,  G.  II.,  Services  performed  by 243 

Wine-hell,  A. ,  cited    .' .  326,  329, 334 

—  X.IT.,  (ited  330,  332,  3:»3,  33(5,  383 

— ,  referred  to.  118, 123, 126, 158, 161, 164, 169, 171 

Wings  of  Hcsperornis -r>9 

Ichthyomis 75 

Wisconsin  geological  survey 93 

—  River  Valley,  Crystalline  schists  of 171 

Woodpecker's  Peak,  Altitude  of 246 

,  Devonian  of '-'<;."> 

WoiKter,  Prof.  L.  C.,  cited 3'J3,  3'A :;  10 

Work  of  chief  geologic  assistants \v 

Wright,  G.  F.,  cited 302,  341 ,  346,  3 17,  380 

Zaphrentis  (sp.?) '-'70 

Zircon  in  augite-andesito 278 

—  rhyolito 279 

Zirkel,  Prof.  Ferdinand,  cited 285 

Zonites  priscua 453 


RETURN     EARTH  SCIENCES  LIBRARY 

TO— ^     230  Earth  Sciences  Bldg.    642-2997 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

Books  needed  for  class  reserve  are  subject  to  immediate  recall 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD8,  7m,  12/80          BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


6foratf 


